MODEL 3
OWNER'S MANUAL
Software version: 2020.44
North America
SAFETY INFORMATION
The Model 3 Owner's Manual is available on the touchscreen. To view it, touch Controls > Service > Owner's Manual.
For detailed information about your Model 3, go to www.tesla.com, and log on to your Tesla Account, or sign up to get
an account.
If you have any questions or concerns about your Model 3, call 1-877-79TESLA (1-877-798-3752).
DOCUMENT APPLICABILITY
Features released in the most recent versions of software may not be described in this document but are described in
Release Notes. Display Release Notes on the touchscreen by touching the Tesla T at the top center of the touchscreen,
then touching the Release Notes link. If information provided in this document conflicts with information in the Release
Notes, the Release Notes take precedence. ILLUSTRATIONS The illustrations provided in this document are for
demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicle options, software version and market region, the information
displayed on the touchscreen in your vehicle may appear slightly
dierent.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
All specifications and descriptions contained in this document are verified to be accurate at the time of printing.
However, because continuous improvement is a goal at Tesla, we reserve the right to make product modifications at any
time. To communicate any inaccuracies or omissions in this document, please send an email to:
ownersmanualf[email protected]om.
© 2012-2020 TESLA, INC.
All information in this document and all vehicle software is subject to copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Tesla, Inc. and its licensors. This material may not be modified, reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the
prior written permission of Tesla, Inc. and its licensors. Additional information is available upon request. The following are
trademarks or registered trademarks of Tesla, Inc. in the United States and other countries:
TESLA, TESLA MOTORS, MODEL S, MODEL X, ROADSTER, MODEL 3, MODEL Y
Overview................................................................ 2
Interior Overview............................................................................. 2
Exterior Overview............................................................................3
Touchscreen Overview.................................................................. 4
Opening and Closing.........................................8
Keys.......................................................................................................8
Doors...................................................................................................13
Windows............................................................................................15
Rear Trunk.........................................................................................16
Front Trunk....................................................................................... 18
Interior Storage and Electronics...............................................21
Seating and Safety Restraints..................... 25
Front and Rear Seats................................................................... 25
Seat Belts......................................................................................... 29
Child Safety Seats.........................................................................32
Airbags..............................................................................................38
Driving.................................................................. 45
Driver Profiles.................................................................................45
Steering Wheel.............................................................................. 47
Mirrors............................................................................................... 49
Starting and Powering O..........................................................51
Gears.................................................................................................. 53
Lights.................................................................................................54
Car Status.........................................................................................57
Wipers and Washers....................................................................60
Braking and Stopping...................................................................61
Traction Control.............................................................................65
Park Assist....................................................................................... 66
Vehicle Hold.................................................................................... 68
Track Mode......................................................................................69
Getting Maximum Range.............................................................71
Rear View Camera........................................................................ 73
Dashcam...........................................................................................74
Pedestrian Warning System......................................................76
Cold Weather Best Practices.................................................... 77
Autopilot............................................................. 80
About Autopilot............................................................................ 80
Trac-Aware Cruise Control.................................................... 83
Autosteer..........................................................................................88
Navigate on Autopilot.................................................................92
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control....................................... 95
Autopark.........................................................................................102
Summon..........................................................................................104
Smart Summon............................................................................ 107
Lane Assist......................................................................................110
Collision Avoidance Assist.........................................................113
Speed Assist...................................................................................116
Using the Touchscreen...................................118
Controls
............................................................................................ 118
Climate Controls.......................................................................... 124
Maps and Navigation..................................................................129
Media and Audio..........................................................................134
Phone............................................................................................... 137
Calendar..........................................................................................139
Using Voice Commands............................................................140
Security Settings.......................................................................... 141
HomeLink Universal Transceiver............................................145
Connecting to Wi-Fi................................................................... 147
Software Updates........................................................................148
Mobile App.................................................................................... 150
Charging.............................................................153
Electric Vehicle Components.................................................. 153
Battery Information.................................................................... 155
Charging Instructions.................................................................156
Maintenance.......................................................161
Maintenance Schedule................................................................161
Tire Care and Maintenance...................................................... 163
Cleaning.......................................................................................... 169
Wiper Blades and Washer Jets.............................................. 172
Fluid Reservoirs............................................................................ 173
Jacking and Lifting......................................................................175
Parts and Accessories................................................................176
Specifications.................................................... 181
Identification Labels.................................................................... 181
Vehicle Loading............................................................................182
Dimensions and Weights..........................................................184
Subsystems....................................................................................186
Wheels and Tires..........................................................................188
Roadside Assistance......................................195
Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance................................195
Instructions for Transporters...................................................196
Consumer Information..................................199
Easter Eggs....................................................................................199
About this Owner Information..............................................200
Disclaimers.....................................................................................201
Reporting Safety Defects........................................................203
Declarations of Conformity....................................................204
Troubleshooting Alerts............................................................ 206
Index................................................................... 225
Contents
1.
Door open button (Opening Doors from the Interior on page 13)
2.
Turn signal stalk (High Beam Headlights on page 55), Turn Signals on page 56, and Wipers and Washers on
page 60)
3.
Horn (Horn on page 48)
4.
Drive stalk (Shifting Gears on page 53, Trac-Aware Cruise Control on page 83, and Autosteer on page
88)
5.
Touchscreen (Touchscreen Overview on page 4)
6.
Driver dome light (Lights on page 54)
7.
Cabin camera (Cabin Camera on page 23)
8.
Hazard warning flashers (Hazard Warning Flashers on page 56)
9.
Passenger dome light (Lights on page 54)
10.
Climate control vent (see Climate Controls on page 124)
11. Power window switches (Windows on page 15)
12. Manual door release (Opening Doors from the Interior on page 13)
13.
Left scroll button (Scroll Buttons on page 47)
14.
Brake pedal (Braking and Stopping on page 61)
15. Accelerator pedal (Regenerative Braking on page 62)
16. Right scroll button (Scroll Buttons on page 47)
17.
Center console (Interior Storage and Electronics on page 21)
18.
Glovebox (Glovebox on page 21)
Interior Overview
2 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
1.
Exterior lights (Lights on page 54)
2.
Autopilot camera (About Autopilot on page 80)
3.
Front door handle (Using Exterior Door Handles on page 13)
4.
Key card sensor (Keys on page 8), Autopilot camera (About Autopilot on page 80)
5.
Rear door handle (Using Exterior Door Handles on page 13)
6.
Charge port (Charging Instructions on page 156)
7.
Autopilot cameras (About Autopilot on page 80)
8.
Exterior mirrors (Mirrors on page 49)
9.
Radar sensor (hidden from view) (About Autopilot on page 80)
10. Hood/front trunk (Front Trunk on page 18)
11. Tow eye cover (Instructions for Transporters on page 196)
12. Wheels and tires (Wheels and Tires on page 188)
13.
Rear view camera (Rear View Camera on page 73)
14.
Rear trunk (Rear Trunk on page 16)
Exterior Overview
3Overview
The features and information you need to drive Model 3 are displayed on the touchscreen. When driving, the
touchscreen displays driving-related information such as driving speed, vehicle range, warnings, etc. The
touchscreen is used to control many features that, in traditional cars, are controlled using physical buttons (for
example, adjusting mirrors). You can also use the touchscreen to customize Model 3 to suit your preferences.
WARNING: Always pay attention to road and trac conditions when driving. To minimize driver distraction
and ensure the safety of vehicle occupants as well as other road users, avoid using the touchscreen to adjust
settings while the vehicle is in motion.
NOTE: The image below is provided for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicle options, software
version and market region, your touchscreen may appear slightly dierent.
1.
This area on the top of the touchscreen displays useful information and provides shortcuts to various features.
In addition to the time of day and the current outside temperature, this area displays the following icons:
Touch to lock/unlock all doors and trunks.
Access information about your
Model 3. See The Tesla "T" on page 7.
Add,
configure, or quickly switch driver profiles (including Valet Mode and Easy Entry). See
Driver Profiles on page 45.
Touchscreen Overview
4 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Displays when a notification is in eect. Touch to display information about the notification. To
display a list of the most recent notifications, with the most recent listed first, you can also
touch Service > Notifications. See Troubleshooting Alerts on page 206.
Displays when a software update is available (see Software Updates on page 148).
Displays when Dashcam is ready to be used (you have inserted a supported flash drive into the
USB port). Touch to operate Dashcam. When in Park, touch the Dashcam icon and select
"Launch Viewer" to watch your saved Dashcam and Sentry Mode clips (see Dashcam on page
74).
Touch to enable or disable Sentry Mode to actively monitor the vehicle's surroundings (see
Sentry Mode on page 141).
Control or program HomeLink devices (if equipped) (see HomeLink Universal Transceiver on
page 145).
Connected to a Wi-Fi network.
Connected to cellular network. Touch to connect to Wi-Fi (see Connecting to Wi-Fi on page
147).
Connect to a Bluetooth device (see Pairing a Bluetooth Phone on page 137).
Displays the status of the front passenger airbag (applicable only in regions where the airbag
can be disabled, as described in Airbags on page 38).
2.
Car Status. This area dynamically displays the current status of Model 3 as you drive, park, open doors, turn lights
on, etc. Monitor this area when driving as it displays important information such as driving speed and warning
messages (see Car Status on page 57). When the car is in Park, you can open the trunks or charge port door.
3. Cards. This area automatically updates to display information such as incoming calls, seat belt reminders, current
state of the wipers, etc. It also provides easy access to the rear view camera (see Rear View Camera on page
73), charging status (see Charging Instructions on page 156), voice commands (see Using Voice Commands on
page 140), wiper controls (see Wipers on page 60), and seat belt reminders (see Seat Belt Reminders on page
29). Swipe to the right or left to access:
◦ Trips. You can display distance driven, energy usage and energy eciency starting at any time, or since Model
3 was last charged. You can also display this information for up to two trips. Touch ... in the top right corner of
a trip to rename or reset a trip.
Touchscreen Overview
5Overview
◦ Tire Pressures. Display tire pressures or view cautions or warnings related to pressures that are not within
acceptable limits (see Tire Care and Maintenance on page 163).
4. Controls. Touch to control features and customize Model 3 to suit your preferences (see Controls on page 118).
5. Media Player (see Media and Audio on page 134).
6. Touch the app launcher then choose from the following apps:
Call. See Phone on page 137.
Calendar. See Calendar on page 139.
Camera. Display the area behind Model 3. This area also displays automatically whenever you
shift into Reverse. See Rear View Camera on page 73.
Energy. See Getting Maximum Range on page 71.
Charging. See Charging Instructions on page 156.
Web. Access the Internet using the web browser (if equipped with premium connectivity).
Entertainment. Browse the full library of games and access video streaming services, all from
your vehicle's touchscreen. To launch, Model 3 must be in Park.
NOTE: Due to vehicle configuration or market region, Entertainment, Arcade, and/or Theater
may not be available on your vehicle.
Toybox. Display Easter Eggs (see Easter Eggs on page 199).
NOTE: Swiping up on the app launcher displays the most recently used app (provided an app is not currently
being displayed).
NOTE: Depending on the market region and vehicle options, your vehicle may not be equipped with some
features.
7.
Climate Controls (see Climate Controls on page 124).
8.
Volume Control (see Volume Control on page 134).
9. The map displays on the touchscreen at all times (see Maps and Navigation on page 129).
Touchscreen Overview
6 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: When you touch Controls, choose an app, or
expand Media Player, the window displays on top of
the map. To close the Controls window, touch
Controls again or touch the X in the top corner of the
window. To close an app, touch the X in the top
corner of the window. To close Media Player, drag it
all the way down to the bottom of the touchscreen or
touch the icon again.
The Tesla "T"
Touch the Tesla "T" at the top center of the touchscreen
as a one-touch shortcut to the Controls > Software tab,
which displays:
• Vehicle name (see Naming Your Vehicle on page
122).
• Vehicle configuration.
• Odometer.
•
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
•
Version of software currently installed on your Model
3.
•
Access to release notes associated with the currently-
installed software version.
•
Access to this owner's manual.
•
One-touch access to call Tesla Customer Support and
Roadside Assistance (if available in your market
region).
Touchscreen Overview
7Overview
Three Types of Keys
Model 3 supports three types of keys:
•
Authenticated phone - You can set up your personal
smartphone to communicate with
Model 3 using
Bluetooth. Supports automatic locking and
unlocking as well as several other functions using the
Tesla mobile app.
• Key card - Tesla provides a key card that
communicates with Model 3 using short range radio-
frequency identification (RFID) signals. The key card
is used to "authenticate" your phone to work with
Model 3 and to add or remove other key cards,
phones, or key fobs. In situations where your
authenticated phone has a dead battery, or is lost or
stolen, use your key card to unlock, drive, and lock
Model 3.
•
Key fob - The key fob allows you to press buttons to
open the front and rear trunks, and unlock, lock, and
drive
Model 3. The key fob also supports automatic
locking and unlocking, if available in your region (see
Passive Key Fob on page 10). This is an accessory
sold separately.
Model 3 supports a total of 19 keys, which can include
authenticated phones, key cards, and up to four key
fobs.
CAUTION:
Remember to bring a key with you
when you drive. Although you can drive Model 3
away from its key, you will be unable to power it
back on after it powers o.
Authenticated Phone
Using your phone is a convenient way to access your
Model 3. As you approach, your phone's Bluetooth
signal is detected and doors unlock when you press a
door handle. Likewise, when you exit and walk away
with the phone, doors automatically lock (provided the
Walk-Away Door Lock feature is turned on, as
described in Walk-Away Door Lock on page 14).
Before you can use a phone to access Model 3, follow
these steps to authenticate it:
1.
Download the Tesla mobile app to your phone.
2. Log into the Tesla mobile app using your Tesla
Account user name and password.
NOTE: You must remain logged in to your Tesla
Account to use your phone to access Model 3.
3. Ensure that your phone's Bluetooth settings are
turned on.
You must have your phone's Bluetooth setting
turned on AND you must also ensure that Bluetooth
is turned on within your phone's global settings for
the Tesla mobile app. For example, on your phone,
navigate to Settings, choose the Tesla mobile app,
and ensure the Bluetooth setting is enabled.
NOTE: Model 3 communicates with your phone
using Bluetooth. To authenticate your phone or use
it as a key, the phone must be powered on and
Bluetooth must be enabled. Keep in mind that your
phone must have enough battery power to run
Bluetooth and that many phones disable Bluetooth
when the battery is low.
4.
Ensure that Allow Mobile Access (Controls > Safety
& Security > Allow Mobile Access) is enabled.
5. In the Tesla mobile app, touch PHONE KEY then
touch START to search for your Model 3.
When your Model 3 is detected, the mobile app asks
you to tap your key card.
6.
Tap the key card against the Model 3 card reader on
the door pillar or center console (see Key Card on
page 9).
When Model 3 detects your key card, the mobile app
confirms that your phone has been successfully
authenticated. Touch DONE.
If the key card is not successfully scanned within
approximately two minutes, the mobile app displays an
error message. Touch PHONE KEY on the app again to
retry.
To view a list of keys that can currently access Model 3,
or to remove a phone, touch Controls > Locks (see
Managing Keys on page 11).
NOTE: Authenticating your phone allows you to use it
as a key to access
Model 3. To use the phone hands-
free, access your phone's contacts, play media from it,
etc., you must also pair and connect to it using the
Bluetooth settings (see Phone on page 137).
NOTE: Model 3 can connect to three phones
simultaneously. Therefore, if more than one phone is
detected and you want to use, or authenticate, a
dierent phone, move the other connected phone(s)
out of range or turn o its Bluetooth setting.
NOTE: Unlike the mobile app, once a phone has been
authenticated, it no longer requires an internet
connection to communicate with Model 3.
Authenticated phones communicate with Model 3 using
Bluetooth.
NOTE: Although Bluetooth typically communicates over
distances of up to approximately 30 feet (9 meters),
performance can vary based on the phone you are
using, environmental interference, etc.
Keys
8 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: If multiple vehicles are linked to the Tesla
Account, you must switch the mobile app to the vehicle
that you want to access before you can use the phone as
a key.
Key Card
Tesla provides you with two Model 3 key cards, designed
to fit in your wallet. Tap your Model 3 key card on one of
its card readers, located on the driver's side door pillar
and on the center console.
To use a key card to unlock or lock Model 3, position the
card as shown and tap it against the card reader located
just below the Autopilot camera on the driver's side
door pillar. When Model 3 detects the key card, the
exterior lights flash, the mirrors unfold or fold (if Fold
Mirrors is on), the horn sounds (if Lock Sound
Confirmation is on), and the doors unlock or lock.
NOTE: You may need to physically touch the center
console or driver's side door pillar with the key card, and
you may need to hold it against the transmitter for one
or two seconds.
Once inside, power up Model 3 by pressing the brake
pedal within two minutes of scanning the key card (see
Starting and Powering O on page 51). If you wait
longer than two minutes, you must re-authenticate by
placing the key card near the card reader located behind
the cup holders on the center console. When your key
card is detected, your two minute authentication period
restarts.
NOTE: Walk-Away Door Lock operates only when using
an authenticated phone or passive key fob. When you
walk away from Model 3 carrying your key card, Model 3
does not automatically unlock/lock, even if this feature
is turned on (see Walk-Away Door Lock on page 14).
CAUTION:
Always carry your key card with you in
your purse or wallet to use as a backup in case
your authenticated phone has a dead battery, or is
lost or stolen.
Key fob
If you have purchased the key fob accessory (available
for purchase from Tesla stores or online at http://
www.tesla.com/shop), you can quickly familiarize
yourself with this key by thinking of it as a miniature
version of
Model 3, with the Tesla badge representing
the front. The key has three buttons that feel like softer
areas on the surface.
1.
Front trunk - Double-click to open the front trunk.
Keys
9Opening and Closing
2. Lock/Unlock All - Single-click to lock doors and
trunks (all doors and trunks must be closed).
Double-click to unlock doors and trunks.
3. Rear trunk - Double-click to open the rear trunk.
Hold down for one to two seconds to open the
charge port door.
Once inside, power up Model 3 by pressing the brake
pedal within two minutes of pressing the unlock button
on the key fob (see
Starting and Powering O on page
51). If you wait longer than two minutes, you must
press the unlock button again, or place the key fob near
the card reader located behind the cup holders on the
center console. When your key fob is detected, the two
minute authentication period restarts.
When approaching or leaving Model 3 carrying the key
fob, you do not need to point the key fob at Model 3 as
you press a button, but you must be within operating
range.
Radio equipment on a similar frequency can aect the
key. If this happens, move the key at least one foot
(30 cm) away from other electronic devices (phone,
laptop, etc.).
If the key fob does not work (for example, its battery is
dead), you can touch its flat side against the card
reader on the driver's side door pillar (like the key card).
Instructions for changing the battery are provided in
Replacing the Key Fob Battery on page 10.
NOTE: You can use the same key fob with multiple
Model 3 vehicles provided you authenticate it (see
Managing Keys on page 11). However, key fob works
with only one Model 3 at a time. Therefore, to use a key
fob for a dierent Model 3, touch its flat side against
the card reader on the driver's side door pillar.
NOTE: Model 3 supports up to four dierent key fobs.
CAUTION:
Protect the key from impact, high
temperatures, and damage from liquids. Avoid
contact with solvents, waxes and abrasive
cleaners.
Passive Key Fob
Due market region or vehicle configuration, Passive Key
Fob may not be available for your vehicle.
Locking and unlocking Model 3 with your key fob is
conveniently hands-free. Although you must be
carrying a paired key fob, there is no need to use it.
Model 3 has sensors around the vehicle that can
recognize the presence of a key fob within a range of
approximately three feet (one meter). Therefore, you
can keep your key fob in your pocket or purse and
simply pull on the door handle to unlock. When
carrying your key fob with you, you can also open the
trunk without having to use the key by pressing the
trunk's exterior door handle. If Walk-Away Lock is on,
your vehicle automatically locks when you exit and
senses that the key fob is no longer in range (see
Walk-
Away Door Lock
on page 14). Passive key fob is
automatically enabled when you pair your key fob to
your vehicle.
The key fob can only be paired to one vehicle at a time.
If you want your key fob to passively lock and unlock
for a
dierent vehicle, touch the flat side of the key fob
onto the driver's side door pillar or center console card
reader. You only need to do this once to pair it to your
desired vehicle. You must pair your key fob every time
you use it with a
dierent vehicle.
NOTE: Only key fobs with the TESLA logo printed on
the flat side have the passive locking and unlocking
functionality. Key fobs with the MODEL 3 logo printed
on the flat side cannot passively lock and unlock your
vehicle.
NOTE: For increased security, your key fob disables
itself after five minutes of being stationary while in
range but the vehicle is not in use. The vehicle will not
lock or unlock passively when this occurs. Shake or
press a button on your key fob to wake it up.
Replacing the Key Fob Battery
Under normal use, the accessory key fob (available at
https://shop.tesla.com) has a battery that lasts for up
to five years, depending on key fob version and
selected vehicle settings. When the battery is low, a
message displays on the touchscreen.
To replace the key fob battery:
1.
With the key fob placed button side down on a soft
surface, release the bottom cover.
2.
Remove the battery by lifting it away from the
retaining clips.
Keys
10 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
3. While avoiding touching the battery's flat surfaces,
insert the new battery (type CR2032) with the ‘+’
side facing up.
NOTE: CR2032 batteries can be purchased through
online retailers, local supermarkets, and drug stores.
4.
Holding the bottom cover at an angle, align the tabs
on the cover with the corresponding slots on the key
fob, then press the cover
firmly onto the key fob until
it snaps into place.
5.
Test that the key fob works by unlocking and locking
your vehicle.
Attaching a Lanyard
To attach a lanyard, release the bottom cover as
described above. Place the lanyard over the pin located
between the slots on the widest side of the key fob. Re-
align the cover and snap into place.
Managing Keys
To display a list of all keys (phones, key cards, and key
fobs) that can access your Model 3, touch Controls >
Locks. An icon displays next to each key to indicate
whether the key is a phone, key card, or key fob. Use this
list to manage keys that have access to your vehicle. To
add or delete keys, see
Adding and Removing Keys on
page 11.
NOTE: You can use the same key for more than one
Model 3. This prevents you from having to deal with
multiple keys when you switch vehicles. If you customize
the name of an authenticated key card or key fob on one
Model 3 (by touching the pencil icon), any other Model 3
to which the key card or key fob is authenticated also
displays the same customized name.
NOTE: Model 3 supports up to 19 keys. When you reach
this limit, you must delete a key before adding a new
one.
Adding and Removing Keys
Adding a new key card or key fob:
NOTE: If adding a key fob, ensure the key fob is at room
temperature. Pairing may be unsuccessful if the key fob
is cold.
1. On the touchscreen, touch Controls > Locks then
touch + in the Keys section.
2. Scan your new key card or key fob on the key reader
behind the cup holders on the top of the center
console. After the new key card or key fob is
recognized, remove it from the key reader.
3. Scan an already-authenticated (i.e. already has access
to the vehicle) key card or key fob on the key reader
behind the cup holders on the top of the center
console.
4. When complete, the key list on the touchscreen
displays the newly-authenticated key. You can
customize its name by touching the associated pencil
icon.
Adding a new phone key:
NOTE: To add a new phone key, Bluetooth must be
enabled and the phone must have the Tesla mobile app
installed and connected to the vehicle’s Tesla account.
1.
While sitting in the vehicle, open the Tesla mobile app
and select the appropriate vehicle (if there are
multiple vehicles associated with the account), then
touch
Phone Key > Start.
2.
Scan an already-authenticated key card or key fob on
the key reader behind the cup holders on the top of
the center console.
3.
When the mobile app notifies you that the pairing
was successful, touch Done. The key list on the
touchscreen (Controls > Locks) displays the new
phone key. The name of the phone key is determined
by the name used in the phone’s settings.
Removing a key:
When you no longer want a key to access your vehicle
(for example, you lost your phone or key card, etc.), you
can remove the key.
1.
On the touchscreen, touch Controls > Locks.
2. Find the key that you would like to delete in the key
list, then touch the key’s associated trash icon.
3.
When prompted, scan an already-authenticated key
card or key fob on the key reader behind the cup
holders on the top of the center console to confirm
the deletion. When complete, the key list no longer
includes the deleted key.
Keys
11Opening and Closing
NOTE: Your vehicle requires at least one authenticated
key card or key fob at all times. If only one key card is
included on the key list, this key cannot be deleted.
Keys
12 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Keyless Locking and Unlocking
Locking and unlocking Model 3 is easy and convenient.
Just carry your authenticated phone or paired key fob
with you.
Model 3 recognizes the presence of an
authenticated phone or paired key fob and
automatically unlocks when you press a door handle,
and locks when you leave (see
Walk-Away Door Lock
on page 14).
NOTE: If you don't have your authenticated phone or
paired key fob with you (or if the phone's battery is
dead or its Bluetooth setting is turned
o), place the
key card against the driver's side door pillar to manually
unlock or lock Model 3 (see Keys on page 8).
NOTE: Due to market region or vehicle configuration, an
authenticated phone or Passive Key Fob may not be
available for your vehicle.
NOTE: Your key fob (https://shop.tesla.com) also allows
you to press buttons to lock and unlock
Model 3.
NOTE: Walk-Away Door Lock operates only when using
an authenticated phone or paired key fob. When you
walk away from
Model 3 carrying a key card or unpaired
key fob accessory,
Model 3 does not automatically
unlock/lock, even if this feature is turned on (see Walk-
Away Door Lock on page 14).
NOTE: Accessory key fobs manufactured before
approximately October, 2019 are not equipped with
passive functionality.
Using Exterior Door Handles
Use your thumb to push the wide part of the door
handle. The handle pivots toward you, and you can
open the door by pulling the handle or pulling the edge
of the door.
The handle retracts automatically.
When a door or trunk is open, the
touchscreen displays the Door Open
indicator light.
NOTE:
See Cold Weather Best Practices on page 77
to ensure the vehicle's door handles function properly
in cold weather.
Opening Doors from the Interior
Model 3 doors are electrically powered. To open a door
while sitting inside, press the button located at the top
of the interior door handle and push the door open.
NOTE:
To prevent children from opening the rear doors,
turn on child-protection locks (see Child-Protection
Lock on page 14).
In the unlikely situation that Model 3 has no power,
these electrically powered buttons at the top of the
door handles no longer work. Instead, pull up the
manual door release located in front of the window
switches on the front doors.
To open a front door when Model 3 has no power, pull
up the manual door release located in front of the
window switches.
Doors
13Opening and Closing
NOTE: Only the front doors are equipped with a manual
door release.
CAUTION:
Manual door releases are designed to
be used only in situations when Model 3 has no
power. Whenever Model 3 has power, use the
button located at the top of the interior door
handle.
Interior Locking and Unlocking
While sitting inside Model 3, you can lock and unlock all
doors and trunks by touching the lock icon on the
touchscreen.
The icon changes to indicate whether
doors are locked or unlocked.
You can also unlock the doors by pressing the Park
button on the end of the drive stalk a second time.
Pressing this button once engages the Park gear and
pressing it again unlocks the doors.
Walk-Away Door Lock
Doors and trunks can automatically lock whenever you
walk away carrying your authenticated phone or paired
key fob (if ordered after approximately October 1,
2019). To turn this feature on or
o, touch Controls >
Locks > Walk-Away Door Lock.
When the doors lock, the exterior lights flash once and
the mirrors fold (if Fold Mirrors is on). To also hear a
confirmation sound whenever Model 3 locks, touch
Controls > Locks > Lock Confirmation Sound > ON.
Model 3
does not automatically lock if:
• You check the Exclude Home checkbox and Model 3
is parked at the location you have designated as
Home. For details on how to designate a location as
Home, see Recent, Favorite, Home and Work
Destinations on page 132.
•
An authenticated phone or paired key fob is
detected inside Model 3.
•
You are not using an authenticated phone or paired
key fob as the key, and walk away carrying the key
card or unpaired key fob (see Passive Key Fob on
page 10). When using the key card you must
manually lock Model 3 by tapping the key card
against the door pillar. When using an unpaired key
fob (sold as an accessory), you must manually lock
Model 3 by pressing the lock button. See Keys on
page 8.
•
A door or trunk is not fully closed.
• The phone's Bluetooth setting is turned o.
NOTE: If all doors are closed and Model 3 was
automatically unlocked by your authenticated phone or
paired key fob, walk-away locking is temporarily
suspended for one minute. If you open a door within
this minute, it will not re-lock until all the doors are
closed and you have walked away with the
authenticated phone or paired key fob.
NOTE: If Model 3 detects an authenticated key for five
minutes after you exit the vehicle and close all doors,
Walk-Away Lock disables and doors do not lock when
you walk away. In this case, you must manually lock
your vehicle until after your next drive.
Drive Away Locking
Model 3 automatically locks all doors (including the
trunks) whenever your driving speed exceeds 5 mph
(8 km/h).
Child-Protection Lock
Model 3 has child-protection locks on the rear doors to
prevent them from being opened using the interior
release buttons. On the touchscreen, touch
Controls >
Locks > Child Lock.
NOTE: It is recommended that you turn child-protection
locks on whenever children are seated in the rear seats.
Unlock on Park
When you stop Model 3 and engage the Park gear, you
can choose to unlock all doors. To turn this feature on
or o, touch Controls > Locks > Unlock on Park.
NOTE: If set to OFF, you can unlock all doors by
pressing the Park button a second time after engaging
the Park gear.
Doors
14 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Opening and Closing
Press down on a switch to lower the associated window.
Window switches operate at two levels:
• To lower a window fully, press the switch all the way
down and immediately release.
• To lower a window partially, press the switch gently
and release when the window is where you want it.
Similarly, pull a switch to raise the associated window:
•
To raise a window fully, pull the switch all the way up
and immediately release.
•
To raise a window partially, pull the switch gently
and release when the window is where you want it.
NOTE: See Cold Weather Best Practices on page 77
for information on preparing windows for cold weather.
CAUTION:
When exiting the vehicle, be careful
not to unintentionally press the window switches,
as they may lower the windows on the driver or
other doors.
CAUTION:
Closing the door while the window is
fully raised (for example, if manually raised) can
damage the windows or the vehicle. Ensure the
window is slightly lowered before closing the
door.
WARNING:
Before closing a window, it is the
driver’s responsibility to ensure that all occupants,
especially children, do not have any body parts
extended through the window’s opening. Failure
to do so can cause serious injury.
Locking Rear Windows
To prevent passengers from using the rear window
switches, touch
Controls > Quick Controls > Window
Lock. To unlock the rear windows, touch Window Lock
again.
WARNING: To ensure safety, it is recommended
that you lock the rear window switches whenever
children are seated in the rear seats.
WARNING: Never leave children unattended in
Model 3.
Calibrating Windows
In the unlikely event that a window behaves
unexpectedly (touches the bright molding, fails to open
or close properly, goes down more than normal when
the door opens, etc.), you can calibrate it to potentially
fix the issue.
To calibrate a window:
1.
Close the door with the aected window.
2.
Sit in the driver's seat and close the driver door.
3.
Use the driver window switch to raise the aected
window until it stalls.
4.
Use the driver window switch to lower the aected
window until it stalls.
5.
Use the driver window switch to raise the aected
window until it stalls.
The window should now be calibrated. If the issue
continues after attempting the calibration procedure a
couple times, contact Tesla.
Windows
15Opening and Closing
Opening
To open the rear trunk, ensure the vehicle is in Park,
then do one of the following:
• Touch the associated OPEN button on the
touchscreen.
• Double-click the rear trunk button on the key fob
accessory.
• Touch the rear trunk button on the mobile app.
•
With Model 3 unlocked, press the switch located
under the rear trunk's exterior handle.
When a door or the rear trunk is open,
the touchscreen displays the Door Open
indicator light. The image of your
Model
3 on the touchscreen also displays the
open trunk.
WARNING:
Before opening or closing the rear
trunk, it is important to check that the area
around the trunk is free of obstacles (people and
objects).
To open the rear trunk from inside Model 3 in the
unlikely situation that
Model 3 has no power, see
Interior Emergency Trunk Release on page 17.
Load Limits
Secure all cargo before moving Model 3, and place
heavy cargo in the lower trunk compartment.
CAUTION:
To avoid damage, never load more
than 130 lbs (60 kg) on the rear load floor (above
the lower trunk compartment), or more than 285
lbs (130 kg) in the large lower trunk compartment.
Doing so can cause damage.
Closing
To close the rear trunk, push it downward until you hear
the latch click into place. Model 3 is equipped with pull
cups to assist with lowering the rear trunk.
WARNING: Before driving, ensure that the trunk is
securely latched in the fully-closed position by
lifting up on the bottom edge and confirming
there is no movement.
Accessing the Cargo Area
To access the cargo area inside the rear trunk, pull up
the strap at the rear of the cargo cover. You can then
fold the cargo cover forward or remove it from
Model 3.
CAUTION:
Never load more than 130 lbs (60 kg)
on the rear load floor (above the lower trunk
compartment) or more than 285 lbs (130 kg) in
the lower trunk compartment. Doing so can cause
damage.
Rear Trunk
16 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Interior Emergency Trunk Release
An illuminated mechanical release located inside the
rear trunk allows you to open the rear trunk from the
inside if
Model 3 has no electrical power. This mechanical
release also allows a person locked inside to get out.
1.
Firmly push the illuminated button in the direction of
the arrow to release the latch.
2.
Push the rear trunk open.
NOTE: The button glows for several hours after a brief
exposure to ambient light.
WARNING:
Do not allow children to play inside the
trunk or become locked inside. An unrestrained
child could suer serious injury or death in a crash.
A child could suer heat exhaustion if trapped in
the vehicle, especially without climate control on.
Rear Trunk
17Opening and Closing
Opening
To open the front trunk:
1.
Ensure that the area around the hood is free of
obstacles.
2. Touch the associated OPEN button on the
touchscreen, double-click the front trunk button on
the
key fob accessory, or touch the front trunk button
on the mobile app.
3.
Pull the hood up.
When a door or trunk is open, the
touchscreen displays the Door Open
indicator light. The image of your Model 3
on the touchscreen also displays the
open front trunk.
WARNING: Before opening or closing the hood, it
is important to check that the area around the
hood is free of obstacles (people and objects).
Failure to do so may result in damage or serious
injury.
NOTE: The front trunk locks whenever closed and you
lock Model 3 using the touchscreen, mobile app, key
card, you leave Model 3 carrying your authenticated
phone (if Walk-Away Door Lock is turned on), or if Valet
mode is active (see
Valet Mode on page 45).
Closing
The Model 3 hood is not heavy enough to latch under its
own weight and applying pressure on the front edge or
center of the hood can cause damage.
To properly close the hood:
1. Lower the hood until the striker touches the latches.
2. Place both hands on the front of the hood in the
areas shown (in green), then press down
firmly to
engage the latches.
3. Carefully try to lift the front edge of the hood to
ensure that it is fully closed.
CAUTION: To prevent damage:
• Apply pressure only to the green areas shown.
Applying pressure to the red areas can cause
damage.
• Do not close the hood with one hand. Doing so
applies concentrated force in one area and can
result in a dent or crease.
• Do not apply pressure to the front edge of the
hood. Doing so can crease the edge.
•
Do not slam or drop the hood.
WARNING: Before driving, you must ensure that
the hood is securely latched in the fully closed
position by carefully trying to lift the front edge of
the hood upward and confirming there is no
movement.
Interior Emergency Release
An illuminated interior release button inside the front
trunk allows a person locked inside to get out.
Front Trunk
18 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Press the interior release button to open the front trunk,
then push up on the hood.
NOTE: The interior release button glows following a brief
exposure to ambient light.
WARNING:
People should never climb inside the
front trunk. Never shut the front trunk when a
person is inside.
WARNING:
Care should be taken to ensure that
objects inside the front trunk do not bump against
the release button, causing the trunk to
accidentally open.
Opening Hood with No Power
In the unlikely event that Model 3 has no 12V power, you
will be unable to open the front trunk using the
touchscreen, key fob, or mobile app. To open the front
trunk in this situation:
NOTE: The following will not open the front trunk if
Model 3 is locked and has 12V power.
1.
Locate an external 12V power supply (such as a
portable jump starter).
2.
Release the tow eye cover by pressing firmly on the
top right perimeter of the cover until it pivots inward,
then gently pulling the raised section toward you.
NOTE: Depending on production date, either the
positive or negative terminal may be attached to the
tow eye cover.
3.
Pull the two wires out of the tow eye opening to
expose both terminals.
4.
Connect the 12V power supply's red positive (+)
cable to the red positive (+) terminal.
5.
Connect the 12V power supply's black negative (-)
cable to the black negative (-) terminal.
Front Trunk
19Opening and Closing
NOTE: Applying external 12V power to these
terminals only releases the hood latches. You cannot
charge the 12V battery using these terminals.
6. Turn on the external power supply (refer to the
manufacturer’s instructions). The hood latches are
immediately released and you can now open the
hood to access the front trunk area.
7. Disconnect both cables, beginning with the black
negative (-) cable.
8.
If pulling the vehicle onto a flatbed truck, do not
replace the tow eye cover yet. If necessary, replace
the tow eye cover by inserting the wires into the tow
eye opening and aligning the tow eye cover into
position and turning it into place.
Front Trunk
20 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Center Console
In addition to housing an RFID transmitter that reads
key fobs and key cards (see
Key Card on page 9), the
center console includes cup holders, two storage
compartments, and
a phone dock for two phones (or
other devices).
To open the main storage compartment, pull its cover
upward. Open the other storage compartment or
access the phone dock by pressing firmly near the
cover's opening edge. To close a storage compartment,
push its cover down gently.
Second Row Console
Your Model 3 has a rear console integrated in the center
of the second row seat back. Pull the console down to
access the rear cup holders, or use it as an armrest.
Glovebox
To open the glovebox, touch Controls > Glovebox on
the bottom corner of the touchscreen. The glovebox
automatically opens and its light turns on.
To close the glovebox, push it upward until it clicks into
its closed position.
For additional glovebox security, touch Controls >
Safety & Security > Glovebox PIN to set a 4-digit PIN
(see Glovebox PIN on page 141).
NOTE: If you leave the glovebox open, its light
eventually turns o.
NOTE: The glovebox locks whenever closed and you
lock
Model 3 using the mobile app, key card, you leave
Model 3 carrying your authenticated phone (if Walk-
Away Door Lock is turned on), or if Valet mode is active
(see Valet Mode on page 45). It does not lock when
Model 3 is locked by touching the lock icon on the
touchscreen.
WARNING:
When driving, keep the glovebox
closed to prevent injury to a passenger if a
collision or sudden stop occurs.
USB Ports
Model 3 has two USB ports located in the front
compartment of the center console. These ports can be
used to:
• Connect and charge USB devices.
•
Play audio files stored on a phone or USB device
(see Playing Media from Devices on page 135).
• Save videos when using features such as Sentry
Mode or Dashcam (see Security Settings on page
141).
The left port is USB-C compatible whereas the right
port is USB-A (on vehicles manufactured before
approximately June, 2020, both ports are USB-A).
Interior Storage and Electronics
21Opening and Closing
Open the center console door below the touchscreen
and lift the phone dock upward to access the front USB
ports.
Two additional USB ports are located in the rear of the
center console (on vehicles manufactured since
approximately June 2020, these ports are USB-C).
These ports charge USB-connected devices but do not
communicate with the vehicle.
NOTE: Power is available whenever the vehicle is
considered "awake". The vehicle may be awake for
many reasons. For example, when using features such
as Summon, or when features such as Cabin Overheat
Protection, Keep Climate On, Dog Mode,
Sentry Mode,
etc. are enabled. The vehicle is also awake whenever
the 12V battery is being charged or is in use, during HV
charging, when the vehicle is communicating with the
mobile app, etc. Leaving an accessory plugged in does
not deplete the 12V battery.
NOTE: Use USB 3.0 compliant cables to connect a
device to a USB port. Using non-compliant cables can
result in slower charging, potential connection
problems or degraded performance.
NOTE: Do not connect multiple devices using a USB
hub. This can prevent connected devices from charging
or from being recognized by Media Player
, Sentry
Mode, Dashcam, etc.
Installing Phone Charging Cable
To make it easy to connect your phone while keeping
the console free of clutter, you can install a phone
charging cable in
Model 3.
NOTE: The phone dock supports two phones side-by-
side.
To install a phone charging cable:
1.
Open both center console doors in front of the cup
holders.
2.
Remove the rubber mat from the phone dock.
3.
Lift the phone dock to access the USB ports.
4.
Release the cover from the base of the phone dock
by sliding it to the left.
5.
Plug the USB connector on the phone charging
cable into a USB port.
6. Insert the phone end of the charging cable through
the bottom of the phone dock and route the cable
through the securing tabs towards the bottom of the
phone dock.
Interior Storage and Electronics
22 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
7. Reinstall the cover to the base of the phone dock by
sliding it to the right.
8. Lower the phone dock and reinstall the rubber mat.
12V Power Socket
Your Model 3 has a power socket located in the center
console's rear compartment.
The power socket is suitable for accessories requiring up
to 12A continuous draw (16A peak).
NOTE: Power is available whenever the vehicle is
considered "awake". The vehicle may be awake for many
reasons. For example, when using features such as
Summon, or when features such as Cabin Overheat
Protection, Keep Climate On, Dog Mode,
Sentry Mode,
etc. are enabled. The vehicle is also awake whenever the
12V battery is being charged or is in use, during HV
charging, when the vehicle is communicating with the
mobile app, etc. Leaving an accessory plugged in does
not deplete the 12V battery.
WARNING:
The power socket and an accessory’s
connector can become hot.
WARNING:
To prevent excessive interference with
the vehicle’s electronics, Tesla recommends that
you do not plug any non-Tesla accessories,
including power inverters, into the 12V power
socket. However, if you do use a non-Tesla
accessory and notice any malfunctions or
unexpected behavior, such as indicator lights, alert
messages, or excessive heat from the accessory,
unplug the accessory from the 12V power socket
immediately.
CAUTION:
Do not attempt to jump start Model 3
using the 12V power socket. Doing so can result in
damage.
Coat Hangers
Your Model 3 has a coat hanger on each side of the
vehicle in the second row. Push the coat hanger to
release it. Push it again to retract it.
Cabin Camera
Model 3 is equipped with a cabin camera located above
the rear view mirror.
Interior Storage and Electronics
23Opening and Closing
In CANADA: The camera is not currently active, but
may be used in potential future features which could be
added in a software update.
In the U.S.: By default, this camera is o. Touch Controls
> Safety & Security > DATA SHARING > Allow Cabin
Camera Analytics to enable, helping Tesla to continue
to develop even safer vehicles in the future. If enabled,
your Model 3 captures images and short video clips just
prior to a safety event, such as a collision or an
Automatic Emergency Braking event, aiding in Tesla's
development of future safety features.
To protect your privacy, cabin camera images and video
clips transmitted to Tesla servers (if operational in your
market region) are not associated with your Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN). Please remember, it is the
driver's responsibility to inform vehicle occupants of
this feature's use.
NOTE: Keep the camera lens clean and free of
obstructions. Remove any buildup of dirt or dust by
occasionally wiping the camera lens with a soft damp
cloth.
CAUTION:
Do not use chemical-based or abrasive
cleaners. Doing so can damage the surface of the
camera lens.
Interior Storage and Electronics
24 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Correct Driving Position
The seat, head support, seat belt and airbags work
together to maximize your safety. Using these correctly
ensures greater protection.
Position the seat so you can wear the seat belt correctly,
while being as far away from the front airbag as
possible:
1.
Sit upright with both feet on the floor and the seat
back reclined no more than 30 degrees.
2.
Make sure you can easily reach the pedals and that
your arms are slightly bent when holding the steering
wheel. Your chest should be at least 10 inches
(25 cm) from the center of the airbag cover.
3.
Place the shoulder section of the seat belt mid-way
between your neck and your shoulder. Fit the lap
section of the belt tightly across your hips, not across
your stomach.
Model 3 seats include integrated head supports that
cannot be adjusted or removed.
Adjusting the Front Seats
1.
Move seat forward/backward and adjust the seat’s
height and tilt angle up/down.
2. Adjust backrest.
3. Adjust lumbar support.
WARNING:
Before adjusting a front seat, check
that the area around the seat is free of obstacles
(people and objects).
WARNING:
Do not adjust seats while driving.
Doing so increases the risk of a collision.
Front and Rear Seats
25Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: Riding in a moving vehicle with the
seat back reclined can result in serious injuries in a
collision, as you could slide under the lap belt or
be propelled into the seat belt. Ensure your seat
back is reclined no more than 30 degrees when
the vehicle is moving.
Folding Rear Seats
Model 3 has a split rear seat that can fold forward.
NOTE: Driving with the rear seats folded forward might
result in increased perceivable noise and/or vibration
coming from the rear of the vehicle (trunk, suspension,
etc.).
Before folding, remove items from the seats and the
rear footwell. To allow the rear seat backs to fold
completely
flat, you may need to move the front seats
forward.
To fold a rear seat, pull the corresponding lever and fold
the seat forward.
Raising Rear Seats
Before raising a rear seat, make sure that the seat belts
are not trapped behind the backrest.
Pull the seat back upward until it locks into place.
To confirm that the seat back is locked in the upright
position, try pulling it forward.
WARNING:
Always ensure the seat backs are
locked in their upright position by pushing it
forward or rearward. Failure to do so increases
the risk of injury.
Head Supports
The front seats and outer rear seats include integrated
head supports that are not adjustable.
The rear center seat includes an adjustable head
support that can be raised, lowered, or removed. The
head support should always be raised and locked into
position (so that the center is aligned with the center of
the ears) when occupied by a passenger that is not in a
child safety seat.
Front and Rear Seats
26 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: The head support in the rear center
seat must be lowered when a seat belt retained
child safety seat is installed in that seating
position. See Raising/Lowering the Rear Center
Head Support on page 27.
WARNING: Ensure that all head supports are
positioned correctly before sitting in, or operating,
Model 3 to minimize the risk of severe injury or
death in the event of a collision.
Raising/Lowering the Rear Center Head
Support
To raise the head support, lift it until you hear it click
into place. Push down on the head support to ensure
that it is secure.
To lower the head support, press and hold the button on
the outer base of the right post and press the head
support down.
Removing/Installing a Head Support
To remove the head support:
1. Raise the head support as described above.
2. Press and hold the button on the outer base of the
right post.
3. Insert a short, flat object (such as a small flat-head
screwdriver) into the opening on the inside base of
the left post and pull the head support upward.
To re-install the head support:
1.
With the front of the head support facing forward,
insert both posts into the corresponding holes on the
seat back.
2.
Press down on the head support until it clicks into
place.
3.
Pull up on the head support to ensure that it is
secure.
WARNING:
Ensure that the head support is
correctly installed before seating an occupant.
Failure to do so increases the risk of injury or
death if a collision occurs.
Seat Heaters
The front and rear seats contain heating pads that
operate at three levels from 3 (highest) to 1 (lowest). To
operate the seat heaters, see Climate Controls on page
124.
WARNING:
To avoid burns resulting from
prolonged use, individuals who have peripheral
neuropathy, or whose capacity to feel pain is
limited because of diabetes, age, neurological
injury, or some other condition, should exercise
caution when using the climate control system and
seat heaters.
Front and Rear Seats
27Seating and Safety Restraints
Seat Covers
WARNING: Do not use seat covers in Model 3.
Doing so could restrict deployment of the seat-
mounted side air bags if a collision occurs. Also, if
the vehicle is equipped with an occupant
detection system that is used to determine the
status of the passenger front airbag, seat covers
may interfere with this system.
Front and Rear Seats
28 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Wearing Seat Belts
Using seat belts and child safety seats is the most
eective way to protect occupants if a collision occurs.
Therefore, wearing a seat belt is required by law in most
jurisdictions.
Both the driver and passenger seats are equipped with
three-point inertia reel seat belts. Inertia reel belts are
automatically tensioned to allow occupants to move
comfortably during normal driving conditions.
To
securely hold child safety seats, all passenger seating
positions are equipped with an automatic locking
retractor (ALR) that, by pulling the seat belt beyond the
length needed for a typical adult occupant, locks the
belt into place until the seat belt is unbuckled.
The seat belt reel automatically locks to prevent
movement of occupants if Model 3 experiences a force
associated with hard acceleration, braking, cornering, or
an impact in a collision.
Seat Belt Reminders
The seat belt reminder
on the
touchscreen alerts you if a seat belt for
an occupied driver or passenger seat is
unbuckled. If the belt remains
unbuckled, the reminder flashes and an
intermittent chime sounds. If all
occupants are buckled up and the
reminder stays on, re-buckle seat belts
to ensure they are correctly latched.
Also remove any heavy objects (such as
a briefcase) from an unoccupied seat. If
the reminder light continues to stay on,
contact Tesla.
You can temporarily mute a seat belt reminder
associated with a rear seating position. This is useful in
situations when you are carrying an object in a rear seat
that triggers the seat belt reminder alert. To mute the
reminder, touch the associated seat on the seat belt
reminder card that displays on the touchscreen when a
seat belt reminder alert is active. When a reminder is
muted, the seat belt reminder icon is replaced by a seat
icon. Touch the seat again to unmute the reminder. The
reminder is disabled for the current drive only.
WARNING:
Seat belts must be worn by
passengers in all seating positions. Do not disable
a seat belt reminder when the seating position is
occupied by a passenger.
To Fasten a Belt
1. Ensure correct positioning of the seat (see Correct
Driving Position on page 25).
2. Draw the belt out smoothly, ensuring the belt lays
flat across the pelvis, chest and mid-point of your
collar bone, between the neck and shoulder.
3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle and press
together until you hear a click indicating it is locked
in place.
4.
Pull the belt to check that it is securely fastened.
5.
Pull the diagonal part of the belt toward the reel to
remove excess slack.
To Adjust the Shoulder Anchor
Height
Model 3 is equipped with an adjustable shoulder anchor
for each front seat to ensure that the seat belt is
positioned correctly. The seat belt should lay
flat across
the mid-point of your collar bone while in the correct
driving position (see Correct Driving Position on page
25). Adjust the height of the shoulder anchor if the seat
belt is not positioned correctly:
1.
Press and hold the button on the shoulder anchor to
release the locking mechanism.
2.
While holding the button, move the shoulder anchor
up or down as necessary so that the seat belt is
positioned correctly.
3.
Release the button on the shoulder anchor so that it
locks into position.
Seat Belts
29Seating and Safety Restraints
4. Without pressing the button, pull on the seat belt
webbing and attempt to move the shoulder anchor
downwards to check that it is locked into position.
WARNING: Ensure that the seat belt is positioned
correctly and that the shoulder anchor is locked
into position before driving. Riding in a moving
vehicle with the seat belt positioned incorrectly or
with the shoulder anchor not locked into position
can reduce the eectiveness of the seat belt in a
collision.
To Release a Belt
Hold the belt near the buckle to prevent the belt from
retracting too quickly, then press the button on the
buckle. The belt retracts automatically. Ensure there is
no obstruction that prevents the belt from fully
retracting. The belt should not hang loose. If a seat belt
does not fully retract, contact Tesla.
Wearing Seat Belts When Pregnant
Do not put the lap or shoulder sections of the seat belt
over the abdominal area. Wear the lap section of the
belt as low as possible across the hips, not the waist.
Position the shoulder portion of the belt between the
breasts and to the side of the abdomen. Consult your
doctor for
specific guidance.
WARNING:
Never place anything between you
and the seat belt to cushion the impact in the
event of a collision.
Seat Belt Pre-tensioners
The front seat belts are equipped with pre‑tensioners
that work in conjunction with the airbags in a severe
frontal collision. The pre‑tensioners automatically
retract both the seat belt anchor and the seat belt
webbing, reducing slack in both the lap and diagonal
portions of the belts, resulting in reduced forward
movement of the occupant.
The outboard seats are equipped with shoulder pre-
tensioners to retract the seat belt webbing to reduce
forward movement of the occupant.
If the pre-tensioners and airbags did not activate in an
impact, this does not mean they malfunctioned. It
usually means that the strength or type of force needed
to activate them was not present.
WARNING:
Once the seat belt pre-tensioners
have been activated, they must be replaced. After
any collision, have the airbags, seat belt pre-
tensioners and any associated components
checked and, if necessary, replaced.
Testing Seat Belts
To confirm that seat belts are operating correctly,
perform these three simple checks on each seat belt.
1.
With the seat belt fastened, give the webbing
nearest the buckle a quick pull. The buckle should
remain securely locked.
Seat Belts
30 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
2. With the belt unfastened, unreel the webbing to its
limit. Check that unreeling is free from snags, and
visually check the webbing for wear. Allow the
webbing to retract, checking that retraction is
smooth and complete.
3.
With the webbing half unreeled, hold the tongue
plate and pull forward quickly. The mechanism should
lock automatically and prevent further unreeling.
If a seat belt fails any of these tests, contact Tesla
immediately.
For information about cleaning seat belts, see Seat Belts
on page 170.
Seat Belt Warnings
WARNING:
Seat belts should be worn by all
occupants at all times, even if driving for a very
short distance. Failure to do so increases the risk
of injury or death if a collision occurs.
WARNING:
Secure small children in a suitable child
safety seat as described in the Child Safety Seat
topic. Always follow the child safety seat
manufacturer's instructions when installing.
WARNING:
Ensure that all seat belts are worn
correctly. An improperly worn seat belt increases
the risk of injury or death if a collision occurs.
WARNING:
Do not wear seat belts over hard,
fragile or sharp items in clothing, such as pens,
keys, eyeglasses, etc. The pressure from the seat
belt on such items can cause injury.
WARNING:
Seat belts should not be worn with any
part of the strap twisted.
WARNING:
Each seat belt assembly must be used
by one occupant only. It is dangerous to put a seat
belt around a child being carried on an occupant’s
lap.
WARNING:
Seat belts that have been worn in a
collision must be inspected or replaced by Tesla,
even if damage to the assembly is not obvious.
WARNING:
Seat belts that show signs of wear
(such as fraying), or have been cut or damaged in
any way, must be replaced by Tesla.
WARNING:
Avoid contaminating a seat belt’s
components with any chemicals, liquids, grit, dirt
or cleaning products. If a seat belt fails to retract
or latch into the buckle, it must be replaced
immediately. Contact Tesla.
WARNING:
Do not make modifications or
additions that can prevent a seat belt mechanism
from taking up slack, or that can prevent a seat
belt from being adjusted to remove slack. A slack
belt greatly reduces occupant protection.
WARNING:
Do not make modifications that can
interfere with the operation of a seat belt, or that
can cause a seat belt to become inoperable.
WARNING:
When seat belts are not in use, they
should be fully retracted and not hanging loose. If
a seat belt does not fully retract, contact Tesla.
Seat Belts
31Seating and Safety Restraints
Guidelines for Seating Children
Your Model 3 seat belts are designed for adults and larger children. You must restrain infants and small children in
the second row seats only, and you must use a suitable child safety seat appropriate for the child’s age, weight, and
size.
WARNING: Never seat a child on a seat with an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it. DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to
the child can occur. See Passenger Front Airbag Status on page 39.
WARNING: Do not associate the Easy Entry setting with the driver's profile when a child is seated in the
second row. Doing so can cause the driver's seat to push against the child, especially when a child is seated
in a forward-facing child seat or booster seat. Do not rely on Model 3 to recognize or accommodate a child
seated in the second row while using this setting (see Driver Profiles on page 45).
Refer to the following label located on the sun visors.
NOTE: The image shown below is representative only and may not be identical to the label(s) in your vehicle.
Child Safety Seats
32 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Choosing a Child Safety Seat
All children age 12 and under should ride in the second and third row seats. Always use a child safety seat suitable
for a young child’s age and weight. The following table is based on child safety seat recommendations determined
by the National Highway
Trac Safety Administration (NHTSA) in the United States (for more information, go to
www.nhtsa.gov/ChildSafety/Guidance).
Infants Toddlers Young children
Age Birth to 1 year* Over 1 year* 4 years and older, and
less than 57 in.
(145 cm) tall
Weight Up to at least 20 lbs (9 kg)** Over 20 lbs (9 kg) (minimum)
and up to 40 lbs (18 kg)*
Over 40 lbs (18 kg)
Type of child safety seat Rear facing (or convertible) Forward facing (or
convertible)*
Seat belt retained
booster seat
Seat position Rear facing only* Forward facing* Forward facing
Recommended attachment
method
If combined weight of child
and safety seat is up to 65
lbs (29.5 kg), attach using
either LATCH** (lower
anchor only) or the seat belt
only.*** If combined weight
of child and safety seat is
over
65 lbs (29.5 kg), attach
using the seat belt only.***
If combined weight of child
and safety seat is up to 65 lbs
(29.5 kg), attach using either
LATCH** (both lower anchors
and top tether anchor), or the
seat belt and upper tether
strap.*** If combined weight of
child and safety seat is over
65
lbs (29.5 kg), attach using the
seat belt and upper tether
strap.***
Attach booster seats
using the seat belt
only.
* Many child safety seats currently available allow children to ride rear-facing using the child safety seat’s
integrated 5-point harness for a longer period of time BASED UPON SPECIFIC HEIGHT AND WEIGHT LIMITS. Keep
your child in a rear facing seat for as long as possible. CHECK THE CHILD SAFETY SEAT MANUFACTURER’S
INSTRUCTIONS AND CAREFULLY FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS
** ISOFIX is the international standard for attachment points for child safety seats in passenger cars. The system
has other regional names including LATCH ("Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children") in the United States and
LUAS ("Lower Universal Anchorage System") or Canfix in Canada. It has also been called the "Universal Child
Safety Seat System" or
UCSSS.
*** Subject to instructions provided by the child safety seat manufacturer.
WARNING: Laws that govern how and where children should be carried when traveling in a vehicle are subject
to change. It is the driver’s responsibility to keep up to date on, and comply with, all current regulations in the
region(s) where Model 3 is driven. To check the child passenger safety laws for states in the U.S., go to: http://
www.ghsa.org/html/stateinfo/laws/childsafety_laws.html.
WARNING: Do not use LATCH/Isofix/i-Size anchors with child restraint system or booster seats that have an
integral safety belt where the combined weight of the child plus the child restraint system exceeds 65 lbs
(29.5 kg).
Child Safety Seats
33Seating and Safety Restraints
Seating Larger Children
If a child is too large to fit into a child safety seat, but
too small to safely
fit into the standard seat belts, use a
booster seat appropriate for the child’s age and size.
Carefully follow the manufacturer’s instructions to
secure the booster seat.
Installing Child Safety Seats
There are two general methods used to install child
safety seats:
•
Seat belt retained - these seats are secured using the
vehicle’s seat belts.
• LATCH retained - these seats attach to anchor bars
built into the vehicle’s rear seats.
Check the child safety seat manufacturer’s instructions
and the table provided in this document to determine
which installation method to use. Some child safety
seats can be installed using either method. Always
follow the child safety seat manufacturer’s instructions.
Installing Seat Belt Retained Child
Seats
First, make sure that the child safety seat is appropriate
for the weight, height, and age of the child.
Avoid dressing the child in bulky clothing and do not
place any objects between the child and the restraint
system.
Adjust harnesses for every child, every trip.
To securely hold child safety seats, all passenger seating
positions are equipped with an automatic locking
retractor (ALR) that, by pulling the seat belt beyond the
length needed for a typical adult occupant, locks the
belt into place until the seat belt is unbuckled and the
webbing is fully retracted. The ALR mechanism operates
as a ratchet, winding in slack and preventing the seat
belt from extending any further until it has been
completely rewound. When installing a child safety seat,
engage the belt's automatic locking retractor by pulling
the seat belt webbing until it is
fully extended. The ALR
system engages only when the seat belt is at its
maximum extension point.
NOTE: An automatic locking retractor disengages only
when the seat belt is unbuckled and fully retracted. The
belt can then be worn as a normal belt, sliding freely in
and out and locking tight only in an emergency. Once
disengaged, the belt must be fully extended to re-
engage the locking mechanism whenever you install a
child safety seat.
Always follow the detailed instructions provided by the
child safety seat manufacturer. General guidelines are
provided below.
1. Place the child safety seat in
Model 3, and fully
extend the seat belt. Route and buckle the seat belt
in accordance with the child safety seat
manufacturer’s instructions.
2.
Allow the seat belt to retract, and remove all slack in
the seat belt while firmly pushing the child safety
seat into the Model 3 seat.
3.
If the seat belt retained child safety seat has an upper
tether, attach it to the back of the seat (see Attaching
Upper Tether Straps on page 35).
Installing LATCH (ISOFIX) Child
Seats
Lower LATCH anchors are provided in the second row
outboard seats. The anchors are located between the
seat's back rest and rear cushion. The exact location of
each anchor is
identified by a child safety seat
identification button, illustrated below. The button is
located on the seat back, directly above its associated
anchor.
Child Safety Seats
34 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
In the second row, install LATCH child safety seats in the
outboard seating positions only. Use only a seat belt
retained seat in the center position.
To install a LATCH child safety seat, slide the safety seat
latches onto the anchor bars until they click into place.
Carefully read and follow the instructions provided by
the child safety seat manufacturer.
Once installed, test the security of the installation before
seating a child. Attempt to twist the child safety seat
from side to side and try to pull it away from the seat,
then check to ensure the anchors remain securely in
place.
NOTE: Lower LATCH anchors should not be used with
child seats or booster seats that have an integrated
safety belt in situations where the combined weight of
the child plus the child restraint is more than 65 lbs (29.5
kg). In these situations, use the safety belt instead.
Attaching Upper Tether Straps
If an upper tether strap is provided, attach its hook to
the anchor point located on the shelf behind the rear
seats.
NOTE: The location of anchor points may not be readily
visible but can be found by identifying a slice in the
seat's material.
WARNING:
Tighten upper tether straps according
to the instructions provided by the manufacturer
of the child safety seat.
WARNING:
USE ONLY SEAT BELT RETAINED
CHILD SAFETY SEATS IN THE CENTER SEATING
POSITION.
Child Safety Seats
35Seating and Safety Restraints
To access an anchor point, press down on the back of
its cover.
For dual-strap tethers, position a strap on each side of
the head support.
For single-strap tethers at the outboard seating
positions, run the strap over the outside-facing side of
the head support (same side of the head support as the
seat belt retraction mechanism).
For a single-strap tether in the center seating position,
fully lower the head support
(see Raising/Lowering the
Rear Center Head Support on page 27) and run the
strap over the top center of the head support.
Testing a Child Safety Seat
Before seating a child, always make sure the child
safety seat is not loose:
1.
Hold the child safety seat by the belt path and try to
slide the safety seat from side to side and front to
back.
2.
If the seat moves more than one inch (2.5 cm), it is
too loose. Tighten the belt or reconnect the LATCH
retained child safety seat.
3.
If you are unable to reduce slack, try a dierent seat
location or try another child safety seat.
Child Safety Seat Warnings
WARNING:
Extreme hazard! Do not seat a child
on the front passenger seat even if you are using
a child safety seat. This seat has an airbag in front
of it. Although this airbag is disabled when Model
3 detects a lightweight passenger, do not rely on
technology to protect your child.
WARNING:
Child restraint systems are designed
to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the
lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt. Children
could be endangered in a crash if their child
restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle.
WARNING:
According to collision statistics,
children are safer when properly restrained in the
rear seating positions than in the front seating
positions.
WARNING:
Do not use a forward facing child
safety seat until your child weighs over 20 lbs (9
kg) and can sit independently. Up to the age of
two, a child's spine and neck are not suciently
developed to avoid injury in a frontal impact.
Child Safety Seats
36 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: Do not allow a baby or infant to be
held on a lap. All children should be restrained in
an appropriate child safety seat at all times.
WARNING: To ensure children are safely seated,
follow all instructions provided in this document
and by the manufacturer of the child safety seat.
WARNING: Children should ride in a rear facing
child safety seat using the seat’s integrated 5-
point harness for as long as possible.
WARNING: Do not use seat belt extenders on a
seat belt that is being used to install a child safety
seat or booster seat.
WARNING: When seating larger children, make
sure the child's head is supported and the child’s
seat belt is properly adjusted and fastened. The
shoulder portion of the belt must be away from
the face and neck, and the lap portion must not be
over the stomach.
WARNING: Never attach two child safety seats to
one anchor point. In a collision, one anchor point
may be incapable of securing both seats.
WARNING: Child restraint anchors are designed to
withstand only those loads imposed by correctly
fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are
they to be used for adult seat belts, harnesses, or
for attaching other items or equipment to the
vehicle.
WARNING: Always check harnesses and tether
straps for damage and wear.
WARNING: Never leave a child unattended, even if
the child is secured in a child safety seat.
WARNING: Never use a child safety seat that has
been involved in a collision. Have the seat
inspected or replaced as described in the child
safety seat manufacturer’s instructions.
Child Safety Seats
37Seating and Safety Restraints
Location of Airbags
Airbags are located in the approximate areas shown below. Airbag warning information is printed on the sun visors.
Model 3 is equipped with an airbag and lap/shoulder belt at both front seating positions. The airbag is a
supplemental restraint at those seating positions. All occupants, including the driver, should always wear their seat
belts whether or not an airbag is also provided at their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury or
death in the event of a crash.
1.
Knee airbag
2.
Front airbags
3.
Seat-mounted side airbags
4. Curtain airbags
Airbags
38 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
How Airbags Work
Airbags inflate when sensors detect an impact that exceeds deployment thresholds. These thresholds are designed
to predict the severity of a crash in time for the airbags to help protect the vehicle's occupants. Airbags
inflate
instantly with considerable force accompanied by a loud noise. The inflated bag, together with the seat belts, limits
movement of occupants to reduce the risk of injury.
Front airbags are not ordinarily designed to inflate in rear collisions, rollovers, side collisions and when braking
heavily or driving over bumps and potholes. Likewise, front airbags may not inflate in all frontal collisions, such as
minor front collisions, underride collisions, or minor impacts with narrow objects (such as posts or poles). Significant
superficial damage can occur to the vehicle without the airbags inflating and, conversely, a relatively small amount of
structural damage can cause airbags to inflate. Therefore, the external appearance of the vehicle after a collision
does not represent whether or not the front airbags should have inflated.
WARNING:
Before modifying your vehicle to accommodate a person with disabilities in a way that may aect
the airbag system, contact Tesla.
Types of Airbags
Model 3 has the following types of airbags:
•
Front airbags: The front airbags are designed to reduce injuries if larger children or adults are riding in the front
seats. Follow all warnings and instructions related to seating a child on the front passenger seat (if permitted in
your market region).
See Child Safety Seats on page 32.
•
Knee airbags: Knee airbags and the front airbags work together. The knee airbags limit the forward motion of the
front seat occupants by restricting leg movement, thereby positioning the occupants so that the front airbags
work more eectively.
•
Seat-mounted side airbags: A seat-mounted side airbag in the front seats helps protect the pelvis and the thorax
region of the torso. The seat-mounted side airbags on both the impacted and non-impacted side of the vehicle
will inflate in the event of severe side impact or severe oset frontal impact.
•
Curtain airbags: Curtain airbags help protect the head. Curtain airbags on both the impacted and non-impacted
side of the vehicle will
inflate only if a severe side impact occurs, or if the vehicle rolls over.
Passenger Front Airbag Status
The status of the passenger front airbag displays in the top corner of the touchscreen:
Before driving with a child seat on the front passenger seat (if legally permitted in your market
region), always double-check the status of the passenger front airbag to
confirm that it is OFF.
When the passenger front airbag is OFF, it will not inflate when a collision occurs. This indicator
also displays when the seat is unoccupied.
To protect an adult occupying the front passenger seat, ensure the passenger front airbag is ON.
When the passenger front airbag is ON, it may
inflate when a collision occurs.
Airbags
39Seating and Safety Restraints
Controlling the Passenger Front Airbag
Model 3 has an occupancy sensor in the front passenger seat that controls the status of the front airbag.
NOTE: The occupancy classification system (OCS) meets the regulatory requirement of FMVSS 208 and
automatically detects when inflating the passenger front airbag would be unnecessary or potentially harmful.
WARNING: Seating an infant in a rear facing child safety seat on a seat equipped with an operational airbag
can cause serious injury or death.
Object Classification OCS Passenger
Airbag Status*
Indicator status Notes
Empty OFF PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF
Object OFF or ON PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF
or PASSENGER AIRBAG ON
Depends on material/
contents.
Rear facing child seat
designed for children up to a
year old
OFF PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF 20 lbs (9 kg) or less
Forward facing child seat OFF PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF 35 lbs (16 kg) or less
Child in a booster seat OFF or ON PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF
or PASSENGER AIRBAG ON
20-100 lbs (9-45 kg)*
Large child OFF or ON PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF
or PASSENGER AIRBAG ON
5th percentile female or
larger (by weight)
ON PASSENGER AIRBAG ON Over approximately 100 lbs
(45 kg)
*If the passenger airbag status indicator does not match the situation, do not use the seat. The passenger must
ride in a dierent seat. Contact Tesla Service.
NOTE: It takes approximately six seconds after you power on Model 3 for the occupant classification system (OCS)
to report accurate status of the front passenger airbag. As a result, when you first power on Model 3, even in
situations when it should be OFF because the seat is occupied by a weight of 20 lbs (9 kg) or less, it will take the
touchscreen approximately six seconds to display the status, PASS AIRBAG OFF. If it fails to do so, contact Tesla
Service and do not seat a child in the front passenger seating position.
To make sure the sensing system can correctly detect occupancy status, eliminate the following:
•
Objects lodged under the seat.
•
Heavy objects sitting on the seat (briefcase, large purse).
•
Objects wedged between the seat back and seat cushion.
•
Cargo interfering with the seat.
•
Aftermarket items attached to, or sitting on or between, the seat and occupant including but not limited to
covers, mats, blankets, etc.
These conditions can interfere with the occupancy sensor. If you have eliminated the above possibilities, and the
airbag status is still incorrect, ask passengers to ride in the rear seats and contact Tesla to have the airbag system
checked.
NOTE: The front passenger occupancy sensor aects the operation of the passenger front airbags only. The side
airbags are not
aected.
WARNING:
If the front passenger airbag is not turning on or o as expected based on the weight thresholds
previously described, contact Tesla immediately.
Airbags
40 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: If seating a child in the front passenger seat is legally permissible in your market region, it is the
driver's responsibility to ensure that the passenger front airbag is OFF. Never seat a child in a rear facing
safety seat in the front passenger seat with an active airbag. DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the child can
occur. Per recommendations by the National Highway Trac Safety Administration, all occupants age 12 and
under must ride in the rear seats.
WARNING: Do not use seat covers on Model 3. Doing so could restrict deployment of the seat-mounted side
air bags if a collision occurs. It can also reduce the accuracy of the occupant detection system, if equipped.
Airbags
41Seating and Safety Restraints
Ensuring Accurate Occupant Classification
To help ensure an occupant in the front passenger seat can be accurately classified, the passenger must:
•
Wear a seat belt.
• Sit upright on the center of the seat cushion, with shoulders resting against the seat back and legs extended
comfortably in front with feet on the floor. See Examples of Correct and Incorrect Seating Positions on page
43.
•
Remain positioned on the seat cushion and not lift their weight o the seat (for example, by pushing their feet
against the floor or pressing on the center console or armrest to lift up).
•
Never wear thick, wet, or bulky clothing (such as ski wear or padded clothing).
In addition to the items listed above, the following situations can interfere with the accuracy of the occupant
classification system:
• Placing a radio transmitter (for example, a hunting radio or walkie-talkie) on the front passenger seat.
•
Placing an AC/DC inverter, or a device that is being powered by the inverter (for example, a cell phone, tablet,
or computer) on the front passenger seat cushion.
• Placing liquid (such as a bottled drink) or food containers on a car seat when a child seat is present.
•
Incorrectly placing a child safety seat so that the entire lower section is not positioned against the seat cushion.
•
Objects lodged under the seat or wedged between the seat back and cushion.
•
Heavy objects sitting on the seat (briefcase, large purse).
•
Cargo interfering with the seat.
•
Aftermarket items attached to or placed between the seat and the occupant, such as covers, mats, blankets, etc.
These conditions can interfere with the occupancy sensor. If you have eliminated the above possibilities, and the
airbag status is still incorrect, instruct passengers to ride in the rear seats and contact Tesla to have the airbag
system checked.
NOTE: Tesla follows NHTSA (National Highway Trac Safety Administration) recommendations that all occupants
age 12 and under must ride in a rear seating position.
NOTE: The front passenger occupancy sensor aects the operation of the passenger front airbags only. The side
airbags are not aected.
WARNING:
Failure to follow the above instructions can adversely aect the Occupant Classification System
(OCS) which can cause serious injury or death.
WARNING:
If the front passenger airbag is not turning on or o as expected, do not seat a passenger in the
front passenger seat. Contact Tesla Service.
WARNING:
To ensure accuracy of the occupant detection system, do not make any modifications to the front
passenger seat.
WARNING:
Do not use seat covers on Model 3. Doing so could restrict deployment of the seat-mounted side
air bags if a collision occurs. It can also reduce the accuracy of the occupant classification system.
Airbags
42 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Examples of Correct and Incorrect
Seating Positions
Correct seating position:
Incorrect seating position - the passenger's feet must be
on the floor:
Incorrect seating position - the passenger must not slide
forward on the seat cushion:
Incorrect seating position - the passenger must not
recline the backrest to a laying down position when the
vehicle is moving:
Airbags
43Seating and Safety Restraints
Inflation Eects
WARNING: When airbags inflate, a fine powder is
released. This powder can irritate the skin and
should be thoroughly flushed from the eyes and
from any cuts or abrasions.
After inflation, the airbags deflate to provide a gradual
cushioning eect for the occupants and to ensure the
driver’s forward vision is not obscured.
If airbags have inflated, or if your vehicle has been in a
collision, your vehicle requires servicing before it will
power up. In addition, your airbags, seat belt pre-
tensioners and any associated components must be
checked, and if necessary, replaced. Contact Tesla
Service immediately.
In a collision, in addition to the airbags inflating:
• Doors unlock.
• Hazard warning lights turn on.
•
Interior lights turn on.
•
High voltage is disabled.
NOTE: In some collisions, even if airbags did not inflate,
high voltage may be disabled and you will be unable to
power up and drive. Contact Tesla Service immediately.
Airbag Warning Indicator
The airbag indicator on the touchscreen
remains lit if the airbag system is
malfunctioning. The only time this
indicator should light up is
briefly when
Model 3 first powers up, in which case it
turns
o within a few seconds. If it
remains lit, contact Tesla immediately
and do not drive.
Airbag Warnings
WARNING:
All occupants, including the driver,
should always wear their seat belts, whether or not
an airbag is also provided at their seating position,
to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the
event of a collision.
WARNING:
Front seat occupants should not place
their arms over the airbag module, as an inflating
airbag can cause fractures or other injuries.
WARNING:
Do not use seat covers on Model 3.
Doing so could restrict deployment of the seat-
mounted side air bags if a collision occurs. It can
also reduce the accuracy of the occupant
detection system, if equipped.
WARNING:
Airbags inflate with considerable
speed and force, which can cause injury. To limit
injuries, ensure that occupants are wearing seat
belts and are correctly seated, with the seat
positioned as far back as possible. The National
Highway Trac Safety Administration (NHTSA)
recommends a minimum distance of 10" (25 cm)
between an occupant’s chest and an airbag.
WARNING:
Children should not be seated on the
front passenger seat unless permitted by
regulations in your market region. Follow all
regulations in your region for the appropriate way
to seat a child based on the child's weight, size,
and age. The safest place to seat infants and
young children is in a rear seating position. Seating
an infant or child in a rear-facing child restraint
system on a seat equipped with an operational
airbag can cause serious injury or death.
WARNING:
Do not use a rear-facing child safety
seat on a seat with an operational airbag in front
of it. Doing so can cause injury or death if the
airbag inflates.
WARNING:
To ensure correct inflation of the side
airbags, maintain an unobstructed gap between an
occupant’s torso and the side of Model 3.
WARNING:
Passengers shouldn't lean their heads
against doors. Doing so can cause injury if a
curtain airbag inflates.
WARNING:
Do not allow passengers to obstruct
the operation of an airbag by placing feet, knees
or any other part of the body on or near an airbag.
WARNING:
Do not attach or place objects on or
near the front airbags, the side of the front seats,
the headliner at the side of the vehicle, or any
other airbag cover that could interfere with
inflation of an airbag. Objects can cause serious
injury if the vehicle is in a collision severe enough
to cause the airbag to inflate.
WARNING:
Following inflation, some airbag
components are hot. Do not touch until they have
cooled.
Airbags
44 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Creating a Driver Profile
When you first adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel, or
driver’s side mirror, the touchscreen prompts you to
create a driver
profile to save these adjustments. Your
profile also saves some of the preferences you make
using the touchscreen's Controls window.
To add a new driver profile, touch the
driver profile icon at the top of the
touchscreen. Then touch Add New
Driver, type the driver's name and touch
Create Profile. Follow the onscreen
instructions to save the seating position
to the driver
profile. You can also check
the Use Easy Entry checkbox if you want
to save (or use existing) Easy Entry
settings (described below) in which the
driver's seat and the steering wheel are
automatically adjusted to make it easy to
enter and exit
Model 3.
If you change the position of the steering wheel, driver’s
seat, or driver’s side mirror after you have saved or
chosen a driver
profile, the touchscreen prompts you to
save the new position or restore the previously saved
position (other settings are automatically saved). To
change a setting without saving or restoring, just ignore
the prompt.
To adjust Model 3 based on a driver’s profile, touch the
driver profile icon and choose the driver name. The
saved adjustments are automatically made.
NOTE: Valet mode is a built-in driver profile used to limit
speed and restrict access to some Model 3 features (see
Valet Mode on page 45).
NOTE: To stop automatic adjustments that are in
process based on a driver's profile, touch Stop on the
Driver Profile dropdown menu. Automatic adjustments
also stop if you manually adjust a seat, mirror or the
steering wheel.
Easy Entry
You can define an Easy Entry setting that moves the
steering wheel and driver's seat to make it easy to enter
and exit Model 3. Any driver can use the Easy Entry
setting by associating it with their driver's profile. When
the Easy Entry setting is associated with a driver's
profile, the steering wheel and driver's seat
automatically adjust when the park gear is engaged and
the driver's seat belt is unbuckled, allowing an easy exit
from the vehicle. When returning to the vehicle and
stepping on the brake pedal, settings automatically
adjust back to the settings used by the most recent
driver
profile (or based on the key if it's linked to a driver
profile).
To use
Easy Entry with a driver profile, ensure the Use
Easy Entry box is checked.
WARNING: Never use Easy Entry to move the
driver's seat to the full rearward position when a
child safety seat is installed on a rear seat located
behind the driver's seat. With reduced clearance,
the movement of the seat may impact a child's
legs, cause injury, or dislodge the seat.
Restoring a Driver’s Profile
To adjust Model 3 based on a driver’s
profile, touch the driver profile icon on
the touchscreen's status bar. Then
choose the driver and Model 3 is adjusted
based on the settings that have been
saved to the chosen driver
profile.
Saved Settings
A subset of the settings that you choose from the
Controls window to customize your Model 3 are also
saved to your driver's profile. The settings that are
associated with driver
profiles may vary depending on
the version of software currently installed on your Model
3.
Linking a Driver Profile to a Key
You can link a driver profile to a key (or keys) to allow
Model 3 to automatically select the correct driver profile
when the linked key is detected as you approach the
vehicle and open the driver's door. To link a driver
profile
to a key, first ensure you are using your desired driver
profile. Navigate to Controls > Locks and touch the +
icon. You can add an authenticated phone, key card, or
key fob by following the onscreen instructions. When
finished pairing, touch the driver icon to link the key to
the desired driver profile. The name of the driver profile
will appear under the key to show that it is linked.
NOTE: Model 3 can support up to 19 linked keys
including authenticated phones, key cards, and up to
four key fobs. However, Model 3 only supports up to 10
driver profiles. You can link multiple keys to a driver
profile, but you cannot link multiple driver profiles to a
single key.
Valet Mode
When Model 3 is in Valet mode, the following restrictions
apply:
•
Speed is limited to 70 mph (113 km/h).
•
Maximum acceleration and power are limited.
• Front trunk and glovebox are locked.
• Home and Work locations are not available in the
navigation system.
Driver Profiles
45Driving
• Voice commands are disabled.
• Autopilot convenience features are disabled.
•
The Allow Mobile Access setting is disabled.
• HomeLink (if applicable in your market region) is not
accessible.
•
Driver Profiles are not accessible.
•
The touchscreen does not display the list of keys
that can access Model 3 (see Managing Keys on
page 11).
•
Wi-Fi and Bluetooth are disabled. When Model 3 is
in Valet mode, you cannot pair new Bluetooth
devices or view or delete existing paired devices.
NOTE: If a Bluetooth paired device or a known Wi-Fi
network is within operating range (approximately 30
feet or 9 meters) of Model 3 in Valet mode, Model 3
will connect to it.
Starting Valet Mode
With Model 3 in Park, touch the driver profile icon on
the top of the touchscreen, then touch Valet Mode.
The first time you enter Valet mode, you will be
prompted to create a 4-digit PIN that you will use to
cancel Valet mode.
When Valet mode is active, the touchscreen displays
the word Valet above the driving speed and the Valet
mode driver profile displays on the touchscreen.
You can also use the mobile app to start and cancel
Valet mode (provided Model 3 is in Park). When using
the mobile app, you do not need to enter a PIN because
you are already required to log into the app using your
Tesla Account credentials.
NOTE: If the PIN to Drive setting is enabled (see PIN to
Drive on page 141), you must enter the driving PIN
before you can define or enter a Valet PIN. Once in
Valet mode, Model 3 can be driven without the valet
needing to enter the driving PIN.
NOTE: The PIN to Drive setting is not available when
Valet mode is active.
If you forget your valet PIN, reset it from inside Model 3
by entering your Tesla Account credentials (which also
cancels Valet mode). You can also reset your PIN using
the mobile app.
Canceling Valet Mode
With Model 3 in Park, touch the Valet Mode driver icon
on the touchscreen's status bar, then enter your 4-digit
PIN.
When you cancel Valet mode, all settings associated
with the most recently used driver profile and climate
control settings are restored, and all features are
available.
NOTE:
You do not need to enter a PIN to cancel Valet
mode from the mobile app.
Driver Profiles
46 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Scroll Buttons
A scroll button is located on each side of the steering
wheel. Use your thumb to press this button to the right
or left. You can also press the button or roll it up or
down.
1.
Use the left scroll button to:
◦
Control the volume. Press the scroll button to
mute/unmute the volume, roll the scroll button up
to increase the volume, or down to decrease the
volume.
NOTE: The scroll button adjusts the volume for
media, navigation instructions or phone calls
based on what is currently in use. As you adjust
volume, the touchscreen displays the volume level
and whether you are adjusting volume for media,
navigation or phone calls.
◦
Push the scroll button to the right to go to the
next song, station, or Favorite (depending on
what's playing). Push the scroll button to the left
to return to the previous selection.
◦
Adjust the position of the exterior mirrors (see
Adjusting Exterior Mirrors on page 49).
◦
Adjust the position of the steering wheel (see
Adjusting Steering Wheel Position on page 47).
◦
Adjust the angle of the headlights (see Headlight
Adjustments on page 55).
2.
Use the right scroll button to:
◦ Speak a voice command. Press the button to
initiate a voice command (see Using Voice
Commands on page 140).
◦
Adjust your set speed and the distance you want
to maintain from a vehicle traveling ahead of you
(see Trac-Aware Cruise Control on page 83).
NOTE: The arrows associated with the scroll buttons are
backlit in low ambient lighting conditions. To turn this
backlighting on or o, touch Controls > Lights >
Steering Wheel Lights.
To restart the touchscreen, press and hold both scroll
buttons until after the touchscreen turns black. See
Restarting the Touchscreen on page 51.
Adjusting Steering Wheel Position
To adjust the steering wheel, touch Controls > Quick
Controls > Adjustments > Steering Wheel. Use the left
scroll buttons on the steering wheel to move the
steering wheel to the desired position:
•
To adjust the height/tilt angle of the steering wheel,
roll the left scroll button up or down.
•
To move the steering wheel closer to you, or further
away from you, press the left scroll button to the left
or right.
WARNING:
Do not make steering wheel
adjustments while driving.
Adjusting Steering
Eort
You can adjust the feel and sensitivity of the steering
system to suit your personal preference:
1.
On the touchscreen, touch Controls > Driving >
Steering Mode.
2.
Choose a steering option:
◦
Comfort - Reduces the eort required to turn the
wheel. In town, Model 3 feels easier to drive and
park.
◦ Standard - Tesla believes that this setting oers
the best handling and response in all conditions.
◦
Sport - Increases the eort required to turn the
wheel. When driving at higher speeds, Model 3
feels more responsive.
The only way to really know which option you like best
is to try them.
Steering Wheel
47Driving
Horn
To sound the horn, press the center pad on the steering
wheel.
Steering Wheel
48 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Adjusting Exterior Mirrors
Adjust the exterior mirrors by touching Controls >
Quick Controls > Mirrors. You can choose which mirror
you would like to adjust by selecting Left or Right on
the touchscreen. Use the left scroll button on the
steering wheel to adjust the mirror to its desired
position:
NOTE: You can also press the left scroll button to
change which mirror you are adjusting.
• To move the mirror up or down, roll the left scroll
button up or down.
• To move the mirror inward or outward, press the left
scroll button to the left or right.
Cars manufactured in the U.S.: When in the Drive or
Neutral gear, the side mirrors automatically dim in low
lighting conditions (for example, when driving at night).
Due to market region or build date, this may not be
available on some vehicles.
Both exterior mirrors have heaters that turn on and o
with the rear window defroster.
You can fold the mirrors inward for parking in tight
spaces by touching
Controls > Quick Controls > Fold.
The mirrors remain folded until your driving speed
reaches 31 mph (50 km/h), or until you touch Fold
again to unfold the mirrors.
NOTE: See Cold Weather Best Practices on page 77
for information to ensure your mirrors function properly
in cold weather.
NOTE: You cannot fold a mirror if driving faster than 31
mph (50 km/h).
Auto-Fold Mirrors Based on Location
Model 3 can automatically fold and unfold the side
mirrors based on location, which saves you from having
to manually position them each time you need to fold
or unfold the mirrors when at a frequented place (such
as narrow garages, tight parking spaces, etc.).
To set up, Model 3 must be driving at a low speed (less
than 3 mph (5 km/h)) or stopped at the location you
want your vehicle to remember. Go to
Controls > Quick
Controls > Mirrors > Always Fold Mirrors at this
Location. Next time you approach the saved location,
your mirrors fold and unfold within 25 feet (7.5 meters)
of the specified location.
You can also integrate auto-folding mirrors with
HomeLink (see
HomeLink Universal Transceiver on
page 145). To enable, go to HomeLink > Auto-Fold
Mirrors when Nearby.
CAUTION:
Mirrors may not automatically fold or
unfold if you return to a saved location and are
driving faster than 3 mph (5 km/h).
Mirror Auto Tilt
Both exterior mirrors can automatically tilt downward
when Model 3 is shifted into Reverse. When you shift
back into Drive, the mirrors return to their normal
(upward) position.
To turn this feature on or o, touch Controls > Quick
Controls > Mirrors > Mirror Auto Tilt.
Mirror Auto Fold
Both exterior mirrors can automatically fold inward
whenever you exit and lock Model 3. When you unlock
Model 3, the exterior mirrors then automatically unfold.
To turn this feature on or o, touch Controls > Quick
Controls > Mirrors > Mirror Auto Fold.
Rear View Mirror
The rear view mirror is adjusted manually. When in the
Drive or Neutral gear, the rear view mirror automatically
dims in low lighting conditions (for example, when
driving at night or through a tunnel).
Vanity Mirrors
To expose and illuminate the vanity mirror, fold the sun
visor downwards, then use the tab to lower the mirror
cover. After closing the mirror cover, the light turns o.
Mirrors
49Driving
Mirrors
50 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Starting
When you open a door, Model 3 powers on the
touchscreen and you can operate all controls.
To drive Model 3:
1. PRESS THE BRAKE PEDAL - Model 3 powers on and
is ready to drive.
2. SELECT A GEAR - Move the drive stalk all the way
down for Drive and all the way up for Reverse. See
Shifting Gears on page 53.
NOTE: If the PIN to Drive feature is enabled (see PIN to
Drive on page 141), you must also enter a valid PIN on
the touchscreen before you can drive Model 3.
Everything you need to know when driving Model 3
displays on the touchscreen.
Drive Disabled - Requires Authentication
If Model 3 does not detect a key when you press the
brake (an authenticated phone is not detected, or 30
seconds has passed since you used the key card), the
touchscreen displays a message telling you that driving
requires authentication.
If you see this message, place the key card behind the
cup holders on the top of the center console where the
RFID transmitter can read it. The 30 second
authentication window restarts and you can start
Model
3 by pressing the brake pedal.
A number of factors can aect whether Model 3 can
detect an authenticated phone (for example, the
phone's battery is low or dead and is no longer able to
communicate using Bluetooth).
Always keep your authenticated phone and a key card
with you. After driving, your authenticated phone or
key card is needed to restart
Model 3 after it powers
o. And when you leave Model 3, you must bring your
authenticated phone or key card with you to lock Model
3, either manually or automatically.
Powering O
When you finish driving, shift into Park by pressing the
button on the end of the drive stalk. When you leave
Model 3 with your authenticated phone and key card, it
powers o automatically, turning o the touchscreen.
Model 3 also powers o automatically after being in
Park for 15 minutes, even if you are sitting in the driver’s
seat.
Although usually not needed, you can power o Model
3 while sitting in the driver’s seat, provided the vehicle
is not moving. Touch Controls > Safety & Security >
Power O. Model 3 automatically powers back on again
if you press the brake pedal or touch the touchscreen.
NOTE: Model 3 automatically shifts into Park whenever
it is determined that you are exiting the vehicle, even
when you shift into Neutral before exiting. To keep
Model 3 in Neutral, you will need to activate Transport
Mode (see Instructions for Transporters on page 196).
Restarting the Touchscreen
If your touchscreen is unresponsive or demonstrates
unusual behavior, you can restart it to potentially
resolve the issue.
WARNING:
Only restart the touchscreen while the
vehicle is stopped and in Park. The car status
display, safety warnings, backup camera, etc. will
not be visible during the restart.
1.
Shift into Park.
2.
Hold down both scroll buttons on the steering wheel
until the touchscreen turns black.
Starting and Powering O
51Driving
3. After a few seconds, the Tesla logo appears. Wait
approximately 30 seconds for the touchscreen to
restart. If the touchscreen is still unresponsive or
demonstrating unusual behavior after a few minutes,
try power cycling the vehicle. See Power Cycling the
Vehicle on page 52.
NOTE: Restarting the touchscreen using the scroll
buttons does not power Model 3 o and on.
Power Cycling the Vehicle
If your vehicle demonstrates unusual behavior or a
nondescript alert is present, you can try power cycling
the vehicle to potentially resolve the issue.
1. Shift into Park.
2.
On the touchscreen, touch Controls > Safety &
Security > Power O.
3. Wait for at least two minutes without interacting
with the vehicle. Do not open the doors, touch the
brake pedal, touch the touchscreen, etc.
4.
After two minutes have passed, press the brake
pedal or open the door to wake the vehicle.
Starting and Powering O
52 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Shifting Gears
When Model 3 is in Park, you must press the brake to
shift to another gear.
Move the drive stalk up or down to change gears.
If you try to shift into a gear that the current driving
speed prohibits, a chime sounds and the gear does not
change.
Reverse
Push the drive stalk all the way up and release. You can
only shift into Reverse when
Model 3 is stopped or
moving less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
Neutral
Push the drive stalk up or down to the first position and
hold it there for more than 1 second to shift into
Neutral. Neutral allows Model 3 to roll freely when you
are not pressing the brake pedal.
NOTE: You must press the brake pedal to shift out of
Neutral if driving slower than approximately 5 mph (8
km/h).
Model 3 automatically shifts into Park when you leave
the driver's seat. To stay in Neutral, use the touchscreen
to engage Transport Mode (see Instructions for
Transporters on page 196).
Drive
Push the drive stalk all the way down and release. You
can shift into Drive when
Model 3 is stopped or moving
less than 5 mph (8 km/h) in Reverse.
NOTE:
When in Drive, push the drive stalk all the way
down and release to enable Trac-Aware Cruise
Control (see Trac-Aware Cruise Control on page
83). Push the drive stalk all the way down twice in
quick succession to enable Autosteer (see Autosteer on
page 88).
Park
Press the end of the drive stalk while Model 3 is
stopped.
Model 3 automatically shifts into Park whenever you
connect a charge cable or if two or more of the
following conditions are met simultaneously while
traveling slower than approximately
1.5 mph (2 km/h):
•
The driver's seat belt is unbuckled.
•
The occupancy sensor in the driver's seat does not
detect an occupant.
•
The driver's door is opened.
NOTE: You must press the brake pedal to shift out of
Park.
NOTE: The above conditions do not reflect a
comprehensive list of reasons why Model 3 may or may
not automatically shift into Park and, in certain
scenarios, it is possible for your vehicle to shift into Park
when only one of the above conditions is true.
WARNING:
In emergency situations, if the brakes
are not functioning properly, press and hold the
Park button on the drive stalk to bring the vehicle
to a stop. Do not use this method to stop the
vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
WARNING:
It is the driver's responsibility to
always ensure the vehicle is in Park before exiting.
Never rely on Model 3 to automatically shift into
Park for you; it might not work in all
circumstances (for example, if Creep or a slope
causes the vehicle to travel greater than
approximately 1.5 mph (2 km/h)).
To make it convenient to pick up passengers, you can
also unlock all doors at any time by shifting into Park
then pressing the Park button a second time.
Gears
53Driving
Controlling Lights
Touch Controls > Lights on the touchscreen to control
the lights.
In addition to the lights that you can control from the
touchscreen, Model 3 has convenience lights that
operate automatically based on what you are doing. For
example, in low ambient lighting conditions, the interior
lights, marker lights, tail lights, and puddle lights turn
on when you unlock
Model 3, when you open a door,
and when you shift into Park. They turn o after a
minute or two or when you shift into a driving gear or
lock
Model 3.
NOTE: The image below is provided for demonstration
purposes only. Depending on vehicle options, software
version and market region, your touchscreen may
appear slightly dierent.
1.
Exterior lights (headlights, tail lights, side marker
lights, parking lights, and license plate lights) are set
to
AUTO each time you start Model 3. When set to
AUTO, exterior lights automatically turn on when
driving in low lighting conditions. If you change to a
dierent setting, lights always revert to AUTO on
your next drive.
Touch one of these options to temporarily change
the exterior light setting:
◦
OFF: Exterior lights turn o until you manually
turn them back on or until the next time you
drive.
◦ PARKING
: Only the exterior side marker lights,
parking lights, tail lights and license plate lights
turn on.
◦ ON: Exterior lights turn on.
NOTE: Any exterior lights (for example, daytime
running lights) that are required to remain on in your
market region will turn on as appropriate when
driving, when parked on
specific types of roads, etc.
NOTE: If equipped with the premium package,
Model 3 has a series of LED lights along the rim of
the headlights, also referred to as "signature" lights.
These lights automatically turn on whenever Model 3
is powered on and a driving gear (Drive or Reverse)
is engaged.
CAUTION:
The rear tail lights are o while
daytime running lights are on. Be sure the rear
lights are on during low rear visibility
conditions (for example, when it is dark, foggy,
snowy, or the road is wet, etc.). Failure to do so
can cause damage or serious injury.
WARNING:
Always ensure that your headlights
are on during low visibility conditions. Failure
to do so may result in a collision.
2.
A separate control is available to turn on fog lights
(if equipped). When on, fog lights operate whenever
low beam headlights are on. When headlights are
turned
o, fog lights also turn o.
3.
Turn the interior dome (map) lights on or o. If set
to AUTO, all interior dome lights turn on when you
unlock Model 3, open a door upon exiting, or shift
into Park.
You can also manually turn an individual dome light
on or o by pressing its lens. If you manually turn a
dome light on, it turns o when Model 3 powers o.
If Model 3 was already powered o when you
manually turned the light on, it turns o after 60
minutes.
4.
If you turn on AMBIENT LIGHTS, interior ambient
lights turn on whenever the headlights are on (if
equipped with the premium package).
NOTE: To control the backlighting on the steering
wheel buttons, touch
Controls > Lights > Steering
Wheel Lights. If o, they do not turn on when
headlights are on.
Lights
54 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
5. If you turn on Auto High Beam, your vehicle
automatically switches from high beam headlights to
low beam headlights when light is detected in front
of Model 3. See High Beam Headlights on page 55.
6. If you turn on Headlights after Exit, the exterior lights
remain on for a short period of time after you stop
driving and park
Model 3 in low lighting conditions.
See Headlights After Exit on page 55.
7.
If you turn on Steering Wheel Lights, the arrows
associated with the scroll buttons are backlit in low
ambient lighting conditions.
High Beam Headlights
Push the turn signal stalk away from you and release to
turn the high beam headlights on continuously. To
cancel, push the stalk away from you again.
To briefly flash the high beam headlights, pull the stalk
towards you and release.
The high beam headlights can automatically switch to
low beam when there is light detected in front of
Model
3 (for example, from an oncoming vehicle). To turn this
feature on or o, go to Quick Controls or touch Controls
> Lights > Auto High Beam.
NOTE: Your chosen setting is retained until you manually
change it.
In situations where Auto High Beam is turned on but the
high beams are turned o because light is detected in
front of Model 3, you can temporarily turn on the high
beams by pulling the turn signal stalk toward you.
The following indicator lights are visible on the
touchscreen to show the status of the headlights:
Low beam headlights are on.
High beam headlights are on and Auto
High Beam is disabled or currently
unavailable.
Auto High Beam is enabled and high
beams are on. Model 3 is ready to turn o
the high beams if light is detected.
Auto High Beam is enabled but high
beams are not on because light is
detected in front of Model 3. When light
is no longer detected, high beams
automatically turn back on.
WARNING:
Auto High Beam is an aid only and is
subject to limitations. It is the driver's
responsibility to make sure that the headlights are
appropriately adjusted for weather conditions and
driving circumstances.
Headlights After Exit
When Headlights after Exit is on, the exterior headlights
remain on when you stop driving and park Model 3 in
low lighting conditions. They automatically turn
o after
one minute or when Model 3 locks. When o, headlights
turn o when you engage the Park gear and open a
door.
To turn this feature on or o, touch Controls > Lights >
Headlights after Exit.
Headlight Adjustments
To adjust the angle of the headlights, touch Controls >
Service > Adjust Headlights, then follow the onscreen
instructions. You can choose which headlight you would
like to adjust by selecting it on the touchscreen.
NOTE: Headlights do not require adjustments when
temporarily driving into a region where the
trac
direction is dierent (for example, driving in right-hand
trac region, and then driving into a region with left-
hand trac).
Lights
55Driving
WARNING: Proceed with caution when adjusting
headlights. Tesla has carefully calibrated the
position of the headlights to be in an optimum
position for most driving scenarios. Tesla
recommends that you do not adjust headlights
unless you are familiar with how headlights should
be adjusted. Once adjusted, you will be unable to
automatically restore them to their originally
calibrated position. Contact Tesla for assistance
when adjusting headlights.
Turn Signals
The turn signals flash three times or continuously,
depending on how far up or down you move the stalk.
Lightly push the turn signal stalk up or down for a
three-flash sequence. For a continuous signal, push the
stalk fully up or down.
The turn signals stop operating when canceled by the
steering wheel, by moving the stalk in the opposite
direction, or lightly pushing the stalk in the same
direction once more.
The corresponding turn signal indicator
lights up on the touchscreen when a
turn signal is operating. Model 3 also
emits a clicking sound.
WARNING:
If you have purchased an optional
Autopilot package and Trac-Aware Cruise
Control is active, engaging a turn signal can cause
Model 3 to accelerate when using Trac-Aware
Cruise Control in specific situations (see Overtake
Acceleration on page 86). If Autosteer is active
on a vehicle with Auto Lane Change, engaging a
turn signal may cause Model 3 to change lanes.
Hazard Warning Flashers
To turn on the hazard warning flashers, press the button
located above the rear view mirror. All turn signals
flash.
Press the button again to turn o the hazard warning
flashers.
NOTE: Hazard warning flashers operate even when
Model 3 cannot detect a key.
Lights
56 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Overview
The touchscreen displays the status of Model 3 at all
times. What you see depends on whether the vehicle is:
• Parked (shown below).
• Driving (see Driving Status on page 58).
• Charging (see Charging Status and Settings on page
158).
When Model 3 is parked, the status area shows the
gear, estimated range, and an overhead view of the car
with buttons you can touch to open the trunks and
charge port door. When you press the brake,
Model 3
powers up and indicator lights flash briefly along the
top. Unless an indicator light applies to the current
situation (for example, a seat belt is not fastened), it
should turn
o. If an indicator light fails to turn on or
o, contact Tesla.
NOTE: The following image is provided for
demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicle
options, software version, and market region, the
information displayed may be slightly dierent.
Indicator Lights
The following indicator lights illuminate to advise you or
alert you of a specific status or condition.
A brake system fault is detected or the
brake
fluid level is low. See Braking and
Stopping on page 61. Contact Tesla
immediately.
A brake booster fault has been detected.
See
Braking and Stopping on page 61.
An ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) fault
is detected. See Braking and Stopping
on page 61. Contact Tesla immediately.
A parking brake fault is detected.
Contact Tesla. See Parking Brake on
page 63.
The parking brake is manually applied.
See Parking Brake on page 63.
Tire pressure warning. The pressure of a
tire is out of range. If a fault with the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) is
detected, the indicator
flashes. View tire
pressures in the "Cards" area, located
below the touchscreen's car status area,
as described in
Touchscreen Overview
on page 4. For a TPMS fault, contact
Tesla. See
Tire Care and Maintenance on
page 163.
A seat belt for an occupied seat is not
fastened. See Seat Belts on page 29.
Airbag safety. If this indicator does not
flash on briefly when Model 3 prepares
to drive, or if it remains on, contact Tesla
immediately. See Airbag Warning
Indicator on page 44.
Front fog lights, if equipped. See
Lights
on page 54.
Parking lights (side marker lights, tail
lights, and license plate lights) are on.
See Lights on page 54.
Car Status
57Driving
Low beam headlights are on.
High beam headlights are on and Auto
High Beam is disabled or currently
unavailable.
Auto High Beam is enabled and high
beams are on. Model 3 is ready to turn
o the high beams if light is detected.
See High Beam Headlights on page 55.
Auto High Beam is enabled but high
beams are not on because light is
detected in front of Model 3. When light
is no longer detected, high beams
automatically turn back on. See High
Beam Headlights on page 55.
This indicator flashes amber when the
electronic stability control systems are
actively minimizing wheel spin by
controlling brake pressure and motor
power. See Traction Control on page
65. If this indicator stays illuminated, a
fault is detected (contact Tesla
immediately).
Electronic stability control systems are
no longer minimizing wheel spin. See
Traction Control on page 65.
Vehicle Hold is actively applying the
brakes. See Vehicle Hold on page 68.
A door or trunk is open. See Doors on
page 13, Rear Trunk on page 16, or Front
Trunk on page 18.
Appears when some of the stored
energy in the Battery may not be
available due to cold weather conditions.
If Model 3 is plugged in, you can heat
your Battery by turning on climate
control with the mobile app. The
snowflake icon disappears when the
Battery is suciently warm.
Vehicle power is currently being limited
because the energy remaining in the
Battery is low or the vehicle's systems
are being heated or cooled (indicator
light is amber).
Flashes green when the left turn signal is
operating. Both turn signal indicators
flash green when the hazard warning
flashers are operating.
Flashes green when the right turn signal
is operating. Both turn signal indicators
flash green when the hazard warning
flashers are operating.
Driving Status
When Model 3 is driving (or ready to drive), the
touchscreen shows your current driving status and a
real-time visualization of the road as detected by the
Autopilot components (see About Autopilot on page
80). The visualization automatically zooms in and out
to better utilize touchscreen space and inform you
when a vehicle is detected in your blind spot.
NOTE: The following illustration is provided for
demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicle
options, software version, and market region, the
information displayed may be slightly
dierent.
NOTE: Touch Controls > Autopilot > Full Self-Driving
Visualization Preview (if equipped) to display more
details about the roadway and its surroundings, such as
road markings, stop lights, objects (such as trash cans
and poles), etc.
Car Status
58 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
1. Driving speed.
2. On the energy bar, black (or white in night
brightness) represents energy being used during
acceleration and green indicates energy being gained
through regenerative braking. A dashed line appears
on the energy bar when power available for
acceleration or power that can be gained by
regenerative braking is being limited.
Model 3 limits
power for many reasons. Here are just a few
examples:
◦ Acceleration may be limited when the Battery is
reaching a low state of charge or if the powertrain
is hot.
◦ Both acceleration and regenerative braking may
be limited when the ambient temperature is either
very warm or cool.
◦ Regenerative braking may be limited when the
Battery is fully charged.
3. Currently selected gear: Park, Reverse, Neutral, or
Drive.
4.
Autosteer (if equipped). When Autosteer is available
but you haven't activated it, the icon is gray. When
Autosteer is actively steering
Model 3, the icon is
blue.
5.
The car in front of you (if applicable).
6.
Your Model 3. Colored lines radiate from the image of
your
Model 3 as objects are detected (other
motorists, guard rails, etc.). The location of the lines
correspond to the location of the detected object.
The color of the lines (white, yellow, orange, or red)
represents the object's proximity to Model 3, with
white being the farthest and red being very close and
requiring your immediate attention. See
Lane Assist
on page 110.
7.
When Autosteer is active (if equipped) and detecting
the driving lane, the lane is highlighted in blue (see
Autosteer on page 88).
NOTE: If Navigate on Autopilot is active, the driving
lane displays as a single blue line in front of Model 3
(see Navigate on Autopilot on page 92).
8.
Total estimated driving distance (or energy) available.
Instead of driving distance, you can display the
percentage of battery energy remaining. To do so,
touch Controls > Display > Energy Display > Energy
(see Controls on page 118).
NOTE: When anticipating when you need to charge,
use range estimates as a general guideline only.
9. The detected speed limit (see Speed Assist on page
116)
10.
The set cruising speed. When Trac-Aware Cruise
Control (if equipped) is available but you haven't set
a cruising speed, the icon is gray and the speed is not
shown (see Trac-Aware Cruise Control on page
83).
WARNING:
Pay attention to important alert
messages that display on the car status window.
Ignoring these messages can result in serious
injury or death.
WARNING:
Although the touchscreen shows
surrounding trac, some vehicles may not be
displayed. Never rely on the touchscreen to
determine if a vehicle is present (for example, in
your blind spot). Always use your mirrors and
perform shoulder checks.
Car Status
59Driving
Wipers
To perform a single wipe with the windshield wipers,
press and immediately release the button on the end of
the turn signal stalk.
To adjust the continuous wiper settings, touch the
windshield wiper icon located in the "Cards" area on the
touchscreen (see
Touchscreen Overview on page 4). The
wiper card displays the current state of the wipers.
NOTE: When you operate the wipers, the headlights
automatically turn on (if they were not on already).
CAUTION:
To avoid damaging the hood, ensure
that the hood is fully closed before activating the
windshield wipers.
1.
Turn the wipers on or o.
2.
Adjust the speed of the wipers.
◦
1: Intermittent, slow
◦
2: Intermittent, fast
◦
3: Continuous, slow
◦
4: Continuous, fast
◦
AUTO: Model 3 detects whether or not it is raining.
When wipers are set to AUTO and liquid is
detected on the windshield, Model 3 determines
the optimal frequency at which they should wipe.
If
Model 3 does not detect liquid on the
windshield, the wipers do not wipe.
NOTE: The AUTO setting is currently in BETA. If
uncertain about using AUTO while in the BETA phase,
Tesla recommends setting the wiper speed to one of
the
first four positions, as necessary.
NOTE: If the AUTO setting is selected but becomes
unavailable, the wipers change to the manual setting
(one of the first four positions) that is closest to the
latest determined AUTO wiping frequency. If the
latest wiping frequency cannot be determined, the
wipers turn
o.
CAUTION:
Ensure the wipers are o before
washing Model 3 to avoid the risk of damaging the
wipers.
Periodically check and clean the edge of the wiper
blades. If a blade is damaged, replace it immediately. For
details on checking and replacing wiper blades, see
Wiper Blades and Washer Jets on page 172.
CAUTION: Remove ice from the windshield before
turning the wipers on. Ice has sharp edges that can
damage the rubber on the blades.
CAUTION: In harsh climates, ensure that the wiper
blades are not frozen or adhered to the windshield.
Washers
Fully press and hold the button on the end of the turn
signal stalk to spray washer fluid onto the windshield.
While spraying the windshield, the wipers turn on. After
releasing the button, the wipers perform two additional
wipes, then a third wipe a few seconds later.
Periodically top up washer fluid (see Topping Up
Windshield Washer Fluid on page 173).
Wipers and Washers
60 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Braking Systems
WARNING: Properly functioning braking systems
are critical to ensure safety. If you experience a
problem with the brake pedal, brake caliper, or any
component of a Model 3 braking system, contact
Tesla immediately.
Model 3 has an anti-lock braking system (ABS) that
prevents the wheels from locking when you apply
maximum brake pressure. This improves steering control
during heavy braking in most road conditions.
During emergency braking conditions, the ABS
constantly monitors the speed of each wheel and varies
the brake pressure according to the grip available.
The alteration of brake pressure can be felt as a pulsing
sensation through the brake pedal. This demonstrates
that the ABS is operating and is not a cause for concern.
Keep
firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal while
experiencing the pulsing.
The ABS indicator
briefly flashes yellow
on the touchscreen when you first start
Model 3. If this indicator lights up at any
other time, an ABS fault has occurred
and the ABS is not operating. Contact
Tesla. The braking system remains fully
operational and is not
aected by an ABS
failure. However, braking distances may
increase. Drive cautiously and avoid
heavy braking.
If the
touchscreen displays this red brake
indicator at any time other than briefly
when you first start Model 3, a brake
system fault is detected, or the level of
the brake fluid is low. Contact Tesla
immediately. Apply steady pressure and
keep the brakes
firm to bring the vehicle
to a stop when safe to do so.
If the
touchscreen displays this yellow
brake indicator at any time, a brake
booster fault is detected. Apply steady
pressure and keep the brakes firm to
bring the vehicle to a stop when safe to
do so. Hydraulic Boost Compensation will
be active (see
Hydraulic Boost
Compensation on page 62).
Emergency Braking
In an emergency, fully press the brake pedal and
maintain firm pressure, even on low traction surfaces.
The ABS varies the braking pressure to each wheel
according to the amount of traction available. This
prevents wheels from locking and ensures that you stop
as safely as possible.
WARNING:
Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so
interrupts operation of the ABS and can increase
braking distance.
WARNING:
Always maintain a safe distance from
the vehicle in front of you and be aware of
hazardous driving conditions. While the ABS can
improve stopping distance, it cannot overcome the
laws of physics. It also does not prevent the
danger of hydroplaning (where a layer of water
prevents direct contact between the tires and the
road).
Automatic Emergency Braking is designed to
automatically brake in situations where a collision is
considered imminent (see Automatic Emergency
Braking on page 114).
WARNING:
Automatic Emergency Braking is not
designed to prevent a collision. At best, it can
minimize the impact of a frontal collision by
attempting to reduce your driving speed.
Depending on Automatic Emergency Braking to
avoid a collision can result in serious injury or
death.
CAUTION:
In emergency situations, if the brakes
are not functioning properly, press and hold the
Park button on the drive stalk to bring the vehicle
to a stop. Do not use this method to stop the
vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
Brake Disc Wiping
To ensure your brakes remain responsive in cold and wet
weather, Model 3 is equipped with brake disc wiping.
When cold and wet weather is detected, this feature
repeatedly applies an imperceptible amount of brake
force to clear away water from the surface of the brake
discs.
Hydraulic Fade Compensation
Your vehicle is also equipped with hydraulic fade
compensation. This feature assists in monitoring brake
system pressure and ABS activity for instances of lower
brake performance. If lower brake performance is
detected (for example, as a result of brake fade, or cold
or wet conditions), you may feel the brake pedal pull
away from your foot, detect some noise, and notice a
strong increase in vehicle braking. Continue to press the
brake pedal without releasing or "pumping" them—
brake as you normally would.
CAUTION:
If brakes are not functioning properly,
stop the vehicle as soon as safety permits and
contact Tesla Service. See Park on page 53 for
information on using the Park button to stop the
vehicle in case of emergency.
Braking and Stopping
61Driving
WARNING: Always maintain a safe driving distance
from the vehicle in front of you and exercise
caution when driving conditions are hazardous. Do
not rely on brake disc wiping or hydraulic fade
compensation to act as a substitute for adequately
applying the brakes.
Hydraulic Boost Compensation
Model 3 is equipped with a brake booster that provides
a mechanical advantage that
eectively activates the
brakes when the brake pedal is pressed. Hydraulic
boost compensation provides mechanical assist in the
event of a brake booster failure. If a brake booster
failure is detected, the brake pedal may feel harder to
press and you may hear some noise when you press the
brake pedal. To stop the vehicle, apply adequate steady
force on the brake pedal without releasing or
"pumping" them. Exercise caution while driving and
maintain a safe distance as brake pedal responsiveness
and braking performance may be degraded.
Regenerative Braking
Whenever Model 3 is moving and your foot is o the
accelerator, regenerative braking slows down
Model 3
and feeds any surplus energy back to the Battery.
By anticipating your stops and reducing or removing
pressure from the accelerator pedal to slow down, you
can take advantage of regenerative braking to increase
driving range. Of course, this is no substitute for regular
braking when needed for safety.
NOTE: If regenerative braking is aggressively slowing
Model 3 (such as when your foot is completely o the
accelerator pedal at highway speeds), the brake lights
turn on to alert others that you are slowing down.
NOTE: Installing winter tires with aggressive compound
and tread design may result in temporarily-reduced
regenerative braking power. However, your vehicle is
designed to continuously recalibrate itself, and after
changing tires it will increasingly restore regenerative
braking power after some moderate-torque straight-line
accelerations. For most drivers this occurs after a short
period of normal driving, but drivers who normally
accelerate lightly may need to use slightly harder
accelerations while the recalibration is in progress.
WARNING:
In snowy or icy conditions Model 3
may experience traction loss during regenerative
braking, particularly when in the Standard setting
and/or not using winter tires. Tesla recommends
using the Low setting (see To Set the
Regenerative Braking Level on page 62) in
snowy or icy conditions to help maintain vehicle
stability.
The amount of energy fed back to the Battery using
regenerative braking can depend on the current state
of the Battery. For example, regenerative braking may
be limited if the Battery is already fully charged or if the
ambient temperature is too cold.
NOTE:
If regenerative braking is limited, a dashed line
displays on the energy bar (see Driving Status on page
58).
To Set the Regenerative Braking Level
NOTE: The regenerative braking setting is not available
on all vehicles.
You can use the touchscreen to change the level of
regenerative braking:
1.
Touch Controls > Driving > Regenerative Braking.
2. Choose from two levels:
◦
Standard: Provides the maximum amount of
regenerative braking. When you release the
accelerator,
Model 3 slows down, reducing the
need to use the brakes.
◦
Low: Limits regenerative braking. When you
release the accelerator,
Model 3 takes longer to
slow down and coasts further than if set to
"Standard".
Stopping Mode
Regenerative braking decelerates Model 3 whenever
you release the accelerator pedal when driving. You can
choose what you want Model 3 to do once the driving
speed has been reduced to a very low speed (almost at
a stop) and both the accelerator pedal and brake pedal
are released. While in Park, touch
Controls > Driving >
Stopping Mode and choose from these options:
•
CREEP: When close to, or at, a complete stop, the
motor continues to apply torque, moving
Model 3
slowly forward (in Drive) or backwards (in Reverse),
similar to a conventional vehicle with an automatic
transmission. In some situations, such as on a steep
hill or driveway, you may need to press the
accelerator pedal to continue moving or to prevent
Model 3 from moving in the opposite direction.
WARNING:
Never rely on CREEP to apply
enough torque to prevent your vehicle from
rolling down a hill. Always press the brake
pedal to remain stopped or the accelerator
pedal to proceed up the hill. Failure to do so
can result in property damage and/or a
collision.
•
HOLD: Maximizes range and reduces brake wear by
continuing to provide regenerative braking at speeds
lower than with the Creep and Roll settings. When
Model 3 stops, the brakes are automatically applied
without you having to put your foot on the brake
pedal. Whether stopped on a
flat surface or a hill,
Vehicle Hold keeps the brake applied, provided your
foot remains o the accelerator and brake pedals.
See Vehicle Hold on page 68.
Braking and Stopping
62 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: Never rely on HOLD to adequately
decelerate or fully stop your vehicle. Many
factors can contribute to a longer stopping
distance, including downward slopes, the low
regenerative braking setting, and reduced or
limited regenerative braking (see Regenerative
Braking on page 62). Always be prepared to
use the brake pedal to adequately decelerate
or stop.
•
ROLL: When close to, or at, a complete stop, Model 3
becomes free rolling like a vehicle in Neutral.
Therefore, if stopped on a slope, Model 3 will roll
downward. The brake does not engage, and the
motor does not apply torque (until the accelerator
pedal is pressed).
NOTE: If you choose CREEP or ROLL, you can still
use Vehicle Hold to apply the brakes. However, you
will need to briefly press the brake pedal when the
vehicle is stopped. See
Vehicle Hold on page 68.
NOTE: When Model 3 is in Track Mode (see Track
Mode on page 69), the Roll mode is automatically
enabled, regardless of your chosen setting. When no
longer in Track Mode, Model 3 reverts back to your
chosen setting.
WARNING:
Press the brake pedal if Model 3 moves
when unsafe to do so. It is your responsibility to
stay alert and be in control of the vehicle at all
times. Failure to do so can result in serious
damage, injury, or death.
WARNING:
Do not rely on regenerative braking
and your chosen Stopping Mode to keep you and
your vehicle safe. Various factors such as driving
with a heavy vehicle load, on a steep hill, or on wet
or icy roads aect deceleration rate and the
distance at which Model 3 will come to a stop.
Drive attentively and always stay prepared to use
the brake pedal to stop as appropriate based on
trac and road conditions.
WARNING:
Forward Collision Warning and
Automatic Emergency Braking do not operate
when driving at very low speeds (see Collision
Avoidance Assist on page 113). Do not rely on
these features to warn you, or to prevent or reduce
the impact of a collision.
NOTE: Your chosen setting is retained in your Driver
Profile until you manually change it.
Parking Brake
To engage the parking brake, touch Controls > Safety &
Security > Parking Brake and follow the onscreen
instructions. You can also engage the parking brake by
pressing and holding the button on the end of the drive
stalk while in Park.
NOTE:
The parking brake operates on the rear wheels
only, and is independent of the pedal-operated brake
system.
WARNING: In snowy or icy conditions the rear
wheels may not have sucient traction to prevent
Model 3 from sliding down a slope, particularly if
not using winter tires. Avoid parking on hills in
snowy or icy conditions. You are always
responsible for parking safely.
WARNING: Your Model 3 may display an alert if
the road is too steep to safely park on, or if the
parking brakes are not properly engaged. These
alerts are for guidance purposes only and are not a
substitute for the driver’s judgment of safe parking
conditions, including specific road or weather
conditions. Do not depend on these alerts to
determine whether or not it is safe to park at any
location. You are always responsible for parking
safely.
When you manually apply the parking
brake using the touchscreen (Controls >
Safety & Security > Parking Brake), or by
pressing and holding the button on the
end of the drive stalk when in Park, the
red parking brake indicator lights up on
the
touchscreen.
If the parking brake experiences an
electrical issue, the amber parking brake
indicator lights up and a fault message
displays at the top of the touchscreen.
CAUTION: In the unlikely event that Model 3 loses
electrical power, you cannot access the
touchscreen and are therefore unable to release
the parking brake without first jump starting Model
3 (see Instructions for Transporters on page 196).
Brake Wear
Model 3 brake pads are equipped with wear indicators.
A wear indicator is a thin metal strip attached to the
brake pad that squeals as it rubs against the rotor when
the pad wears down. This squealing sound indicates that
the brake pads have reached the end of their service life
and require replacement. To replace the brake pads,
contact Tesla Service.
Braking and Stopping
63Driving
Brakes must be periodically inspected visually by
removing the tire and wheel. For detailed specifications
and service limits for rotors and brake pads, see
Subsystems on page 186. Additionally, Tesla
recommends cleaning and lubricating the brake calipers
every year or
12,500 miles (20,000 km) if in an area
where roads are salted during winter months.
WARNING: Neglecting to replace worn brake
pads damages the braking system and can result
in a braking hazard.
Braking and Stopping
64 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
How It Works
The traction control system constantly monitors the
speed of the front and rear wheels. If
Model 3
experiences a loss of traction, the system minimizes
wheel spin by controlling brake pressure and motor
power. By default, the traction control system is on.
Under normal conditions, it should remain on to ensure
maximum safety.
This yellow indicator flashes on the
touchscreen whenever the traction
control system is actively controlling
brake pressure and motor power to
minimize wheel spin. If the indicator
stays on, a fault is detected with the
traction control system. Contact Tesla
Service.
WARNING: Traction control cannot prevent
collisions caused by driving dangerously or
turning too sharply at high speeds.
Allowing Wheel Slip
To allow the wheels to spin at a limited speed, you can
enable Slip Start. Slip Start can be enabled at any
speed, however it is less eective at higher speeds.
Under normal conditions, Slip Start should not be
enabled. Enable it only in circumstances where you
deliberately want the wheels to spin, such as:
•
Starting on a loose surface, such as gravel or snow.
•
Driving in deep snow, sand or mud.
•
Rocking out of a hole or deep rut.
To allow the wheels to spin, touch Controls > Driving >
Traction Control > Slip Start.
The
touchscreen displays an alert
message when Slip Start is enabled.
Although Slip Start is automatically disabled the next
time you start Model 3, it is strongly recommended that
you disable it immediately after the circumstances that
required you to enable it have passed.
NOTE: Slip Start cannot be enabled when you are
actively using Trac-Aware Cruise Control.
Traction Control
65Driving
How Park Assist Works
Model 3 has several sensors designed to detect the
presence of objects. When driving slowly in Drive or
Reverse (for example, when parking), the sensors alert
you if an object is detected in close proximity of your
Model 3. Objects are only detected in the direction of
the gear you selected; front objects in Drive, rear
objects in Reverse.
WARNING: You may not be alerted if Model 3 rolls
freely in the opposite direction of the gear you
selected (for example, you will not receive an alert
if Model 3 rolls backwards down a hill while in
Drive).
The sensors are activated when driving slower than
5 mph (8 km/h).
WARNING:
Never depend on Park Assist to inform
you if an area you are approaching is free of
objects and/or people. Several external factors
can reduce the performance of Park Assist,
causing either no readings or false readings (see
Limitations and False Warnings on page 67).
Therefore, depending on Park Assist to determine
if Model 3 is approaching an obstruction can
result in damage to the vehicle and/or objects,
and can potentially cause serious injury. Always
inspect the area with your own eyes. When
reversing, perform shoulder checks and use all
mirrors. Park assist does not detect children,
pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects that are
moving, protruding, located too far above or
below the sensors, or too close or too far from the
sensors. Park Assist is for guidance purposes only
and is not intended to replace your own direct
visual checks. It is not a substitute for careful
driving.
Visual and Audio Feedback
When you shift to Reverse, the Park Assist view displays
on the touchscreen, showing objects that are in close
proximity to the front and rear of Model 3. This view
closes when you shift into Drive unless an object is
detected close to the front of
Model 3, in which case
the Park Assist view closes automatically when your
driving speed exceeds 5 mph (8 km/h). When reversing,
visual feedback also displays on the touchscreen,
immediately below the camera view (see
Rear View
Camera on page 73). You can manually close the park
assist view on the touchscreen by touching the X in the
upper corner.
When driving with the Camera app displayed on the
touchscreen, you can switch to the Park Assist view
when driving at speeds below 5 mph (8 km/h). Touch
the button located in the upper left corner of the
Camera app window. This is useful if you need
assistance with parallel parking.
If chimes are turned on (see Controlling Audible
Feedback on page 67), an audible beep sounds as
you approach an object. You can temporarily mute the
chime by pressing the scroll button on the left side of
the steering wheel or by touching the mute button on
the bottom left corner of the Park Assist view.
NOTE: If a sensor is unable to provide feedback, the
touchscreen displays an alert message.
CAUTION:
Keep sensors clean from dirt, debris,
snow, and ice. Avoid using a high pressure power
washer on the sensors and do not clean a sensor
with a sharp or abrasive object that can scratch or
damage its surface.
CAUTION:
Do not install accessories or stickers on
or near the parking sensors.
Park Assist
66 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Controlling Audible Feedback
You can use Park Assist with or without audible
feedback. To turn chimes on or
o, touch Controls >
Safety & Security > Park Assist Chimes.
To mute the chimes temporarily, press the scroll button
on the left side of the steering wheel or touch the mute
button in the corner of the Park Assist view. The chimes
are muted until you shift into a
dierent gear or drive
over 5 mph (8 km/h).
Limitations and False Warnings
The parking sensors may not function correctly in these
situations:
• One or more of the parking sensors is damaged, dirty,
or covered (such as mud, ice, or snow).
•
The object is located below approximately 8 inches
(20 cm) (such as a curb or low barrier).
CAUTION:
Shorter objects that are detected
(such as curbs or low barriers) can move into
the blind spot of the sensors. Model 3 cannot
alert you about an object while it is in the blind
spot of the sensors.
•
Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, or fog) are
interfering with sensor operation.
•
The object is thin (such as a sign post).
•
A sensor’s operating range has been exceeded.
•
The object is sound-absorbing or soft (such as
powder snow).
•
The object is sloped (such as a sloped embankment).
•
Model 3 has been parked in, or being driven in,
extremely hot or cold temperatures.
•
The sensors are aected by other electrical
equipment or devices that generate ultrasonic waves.
•
You are driving in a location where the sensors'
ultrasonic waves are deflected away from the vehicle
(such as driving next to a wall or pillar).
•
The object is located too close to the bumper.
•
A bumper is misaligned or damaged.
• An object that is mounted to Model 3 is interfering
with and/or obstructing the sensor (such as a bike
rack or bumper sticker).
•
Model 3 rolls freely in the opposite direction of the
gear you selected (for example, you will not receive
an alert if Model 3 rolls backwards down a hill while in
Drive).
Other Parking Aids
In addition to Park Assist, when shifted into Reverse, the
backup camera displays a view of the area behind
Model
3 (see Rear View Camera on page 73).
Park Assist
67Driving
When Model 3 is stopped, Vehicle Hold can continue to
apply the brakes even after you remove your foot from
the brake pedal. When driving on a hill or on a flat
surface, brake as you normally would. After coming to a
complete stop, simply press the brake pedal again (until
the
touchscreen displays the Vehicle Hold indicator
light) to enable Vehicle Hold. You can then release the
brake pedal and remain stopped, even on a hill.
This indicator displays on the
touchscreen whenever Vehicle Hold is
actively braking Model 3.
To disengage Vehicle Hold, press the accelerator pedal
or press and release the brake pedal.
NOTE: Shifting into Neutral also disengages Vehicle
Hold.
NOTE: After actively braking Model 3 for approximately
ten minutes, Model 3 shifts into Park and Vehicle Hold
cancels. Model 3 also shifts into Park if it detects that
the driver has left the vehicle.
NOTE: When Stopping Mode is set to Hold (see
Stopping Mode on page 62), Vehicle Hold engages
automatically whenever Model 3 stops while in a driving
gear. There is no need to press the brake to engage it.
Vehicle Hold
68 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Track Mode, available only on Performance Model 3
vehicles, is designed to modify the stability control,
traction control, regenerative braking, and cooling
systems to increase performance and handling while
driving on closed circuit courses. Track Mode improves
cornering ability by intelligently using the motors, and
regenerative and traditional braking systems. When
enabled, the cooling system runs at an increased level
during and after aggressive driving sessions to allow
your vehicle’s systems to withstand the surplus heat.
NOTE: Track Mode is designed and calibrated for a
Performance
Model 3 equipped with performance
brakes and tires. Vehicles without performance brakes
and tires may experience comparatively lower
performance and endurance.
WARNING:
Track Mode is designed for use on
closed circuit driving courses only. It is the driver’s
responsibility to drive safely and ensure others are
not endangered.
WARNING:
Track Mode is designed for use by
experienced track drivers familiar with the course.
Do not use on public roads. It is the driver’s
responsibility to be in control of the vehicle at all
times, including on the track. Because vehicle
behavior (including traction and stability control)
diers when using Track Mode, always use caution.
Using Track Mode
Track Mode is always disabled when you start Model 3.
To enable Track Mode for your current drive, shift into
Park and follow these steps:
1.
Touch Controls > Driving > Track Mode.
When enabled, TRACK displays on the touchscreen
above the driving speed, and a Track Mode pop up
window appears on the map. The car status area of
the touchscreen displays a color-coded image of your
Model 3 that provides you with important at-a-glance
status information about the Battery, the motors, the
tires and the brakes. See Monitoring Vehicle Health
on page 70.
2.
If desired, customize the Track Mode settings by
touching
Track Mode Settings on the Track Mode pop
up window (see Customizing Track Mode on page
69). You can also access the Track Mode settings by
touching Controls > Driving, then touching
Customize next to the Track Mode setting.
3.
If you want to use the Lap Timer, follow the onscreen
instructions to drop a pin on the map to define the
lap's start/finish location. You will then need to press
START on the Lap Timer to begin your driving
session. Once started, the Lap Timer starts counting
when you drive
Model 3 past the lap's start/finish
location where you dropped the pin. See Using the
Lap Timer on page 70.
4. Shift into gear and GO!
If you started the Lap Timer, each time you pass the
start/finish location, the timer resets for the next lap.
See Using the Lap Timer on page 70.
You can also view a real-time accelerometer (G-
meter) by swiping the Cards area of the touchscreen.
See
G-Meter on page 70.
When Track Mode is on:
◦
Autopilot features are unavailable (including
safety features such as Automatic Emergency
Braking, Forward Collision Warning, etc.).
◦ The Slip Start setting is overridden.
◦ The Regenerative Braking setting is overridden.
◦
Stopping Mode is set to the Roll setting in which
Model 3 is free-rolling at very low speeds
whenever a driving gear is engaged and both the
accelerator and brake pedal are released. For
details, see
Stopping Mode on page 62.
◦ Energy usage increases.
◦
Easter eggs including games, arcade and Tesla
Theater are unavailable.
Use the touchscreen setting to turn Track Mode o at
any time. Powering o Model 3 also turns o Track
Mode (although it may still appear on the
touchscreen if Post-Drive cooling is in progress).
When Track Mode is
o, all settings return to their
previous state and all features return to their normal
operating state.
Customizing Track Mode
To customize Track Mode, touch Track Mode Settings on
the Track Mode popup window that appears on the map
when you enable Track Mode. You can also access the
Track Mode settings by touching
Controls > Driving,
then touching Customize next to the Track Mode setting.
Choose an existing Track Mode setting from the list of
pre-defined profiles provided by Tesla. Or create a new
settings profile by touching Add New Settings, entering
a name for the settings profile, then adjusting these
settings to suit your preferences or driving scenario, or
customize for a specific track:
• Handling Balance - Customize the balance of Model 3
in a turn. If Model 3 is too loose, you can choose a
front-biased under-steering setup. Dicult to get the
vehicle through a turn? Try a rear-biased setup to
increase rotation. You can select any value, in 5%
increments, between 100/0 (for 100% front biased
used for under-steering) and 0/100 (for 100% rear
biased used for over-steering).
•
Stability Assist - Choose the level at which the
stability control systems are helping to control the
vehicle. You can choose any level from -10 to +10.
Choosing +10 engages all stability assist systems for
controllable driving in which stability systems remain
Track Mode
69Driving
engaged, whereas -10 disables all stability systems
and the stability of the drive rests solely on the
driver. The default setting of 0 represents a balance
which provides some stability being automatically
controlled and leaving some control up to the driver.
•
Regenerative Braking - Choose how much
regenerative braking is available. You can choose
any value, in 5% increments, between 0 and 100%.
Tesla recommends the 100% setting to help avoid
overheating the brakes.
• Post-Drive Cooling - Set to ON if you want the
cooling systems to continue cooling the vehicle's
components even after you leave the vehicle.
Cooling stops automatically when the components
are
suciently cool, or when you power Model 3 o
and back on again. Post-Drive Cooling is useful if
you want to quickly cool the components between
driving sessions. If Post-Drive Cooling is set to OFF,
the components eventually cool, but it takes longer.
• Compressor Overclock - Set to ON if you want to
run the cooling system in overdrive. Doing so speeds
up the cooling process and is useful when
performing multiple aggressive driving sessions with
very little time in between.
CAUTION:
Extensive use of Compressor
Overclock can damage or shorten the life of
the compressor. Damage caused by using this
feature is not covered by the warranty.
•
Save Dashcam for Laps - Set to ON if you want to
save a video and data of the Track Mode driving
session on a USB flash drive. A USB flash drive must
be set up and inserted as described in
USB Flash
Drive Requirements for Videos and Recording on
page 143. The USB flash drive must contain a folder
named "TeslaTrackMode" (without the quotation
marks). When enabled, Track Mode stores a video of
each lap in a driving session when using the Lap
Timer. Track Mode also stores the car status and
telemetry data with details about the vehicle's
position, speed, acceleration, use of accelerator, etc.
You can then analyze this data, which is stored as
a .CSV
file on the USB flash drive, to determine
where time is being lost or gained (even on a per tire
level).
Track Mode allows you to save up to 20 Track Mode
profiles. To delete a chosen profile, touch Delete at the
bottom of the settings window.
NOTE: You can not change or delete a pre-defined
profile provided by Tesla.
Using the Lap Timer
When you enable Track Mode, the map displays a Lap
Timer. Follow the onscreen instructions to place a start/
finish pin on the map. Once the pins are placed, press
START to initiate the driving (lapping) session. When
you drive Model 3 through the start/finish location, the
Lap Timer automatically starts timing the duration of
the lap, resetting the timer whenever you pass the
start/finish location. The map highlights the track in
blue.
At the completion of each lap, the Lap Timer displays
the duration of the lap. It also displays the times
associated with the previous and best laps in the
driving session.
If Save Dashcam for Laps is on (see Customizing Track
Mode on page 69), and a properly formatted USB flash
drive is inserted in a front USB port, Track Mode saves a
video of the driving session (as recorded by the front
cameras), along with a .CSV
file that provides detailed
information about the lap.
NOTE: To stop the timer at the end of your driving
session, touch STOP on the Lap Timer popup window.
Monitoring Vehicle Health
You can easily monitor the health of Model 3 when
using Track Mode by glancing at the car status area of
the touchscreen. The colors indicate the status of the
various components, allowing you to determine the
current operating state and make decisions accordingly.
The components are displayed in green when operating
within their ideal temperature range. Colors change as
follows:
•
The Battery displays blue when cold and red when
hot.
•
A brake displays blue when cold and red when hot
(an early warning for overheating brakes).
•
A motor displays blue when it's cold or red when it's
hot.
•
A tire displays blue when under-used or red when
the peak grip is exceeded.
NOTE: A component displayed in red does not
necessarily indicate a concern.
CAUTION:
Any vehicle damage or injuries caused
by using Track Mode is the driver's responsibility.
The vehicle warranty does not cover damage
caused by excessive overuse of vehicle
components. It also does not cover racing,
autocross, or driving in competition.
G-Meter
In Track Mode, a real-time G-Meter displays on the
Cards area of the touchscreen (see Touchscreen
Overview on page 4). The G-Meter graphically displays
peak lateral, acceleration, and deceleration values in the
form of a circular meter. The history of your drive is
represented in the shaded area. The G-Meter resets at
the start of each driving session.
NOTE: You can swipe the G-Meter card to display a
dierent card. However, the G-Meter displays as the
default card whenever you engage Track Mode.
Track Mode
70 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Driving Tips to Maximize Range
You can maximize your driving range using the same
driving habits you use to conserve fuel in a gasoline-
powered vehicle. In addition to driving habits, energy
consumption depends on environmental conditions
(such as exceptionally cold or hot weather and driving
on roads with steep hills). To achieve maximum range:
• Slow down your driving and avoid frequent and
rapid acceleration. Consider using Chill Mode (see
Controls on page 118) and Speed Assist (see Speed
Assist on page 116) to assist in controlling your
acceleration and speed.
•
If safe to do so, modulate the accelerator pedal
instead of using the brake pedal when gradually
slowing down. Whenever
Model 3 is moving and you
are not pressing the accelerator pedal, regenerative
braking slows down Model 3 and feeds surplus
energy back to the Battery (see
Regenerative
Braking on page 62).
•
Set Stopping Mode to HOLD to gain the benefit of
regenerative braking at low driving speeds (see
Stopping Mode on page 62).
•
Keep tires at the recommended inflation pressures
(see Tire Care and Maintenance on page 163),
ensure tire alignment is within specification, and tires
are rotated when needed. Rotating tires will reduce
uneven tread wear, increasing your vehicle's
eciency (see Maintenance Schedule on page 161).
•
Lighten your load by removing any unnecessary
cargo.
•
Fully raise all windows.
•
Limit the use of resources such as heating, lights,
and air conditioning. Using seat heaters to keep
warm is more ecient than heating the cabin using
climate controls.
•
Precondition the vehicle while it is plugged in to
ensure the cabin is at a comfortable temperature
and windows are defrosted (if needed) before your
drive. Use the mobile app to precondition your
vehicle by touching
Climate > Turn On Climate and
customizing your preferences (see Mobile App on
page 150).
•
Features such as Sentry Mode, Headlights After Exit,
and Cabin Overheat Protection can impact range.
Disable features that are not needed.
• To prevent an excessive amount of energy
consumption while the vehicle is idle, keep the
vehicle plugged in when not in use.
•
Minimize the use of DC chargers (such as
superchargers) for optimal Battery health.
The power meter on the touchscreen and the Energy
app (see Energy App on page 71) provides feedback
on energy usage. With this feedback, you can become
familiar with how driving habits and environmental
conditions impact how much energy Model 3 is using.
Factors
Aecting Energy
Consumption
Several factors can aect your vehicle's rate of energy
consumption, including:
• Uphill travel: Driving uphill requires more energy and
depletes range at a faster rate. However, driving
downhill allows your vehicle to regain a portion of its
expended energy through regenerative braking (see
Regenerative Braking on page 62).
• Customized settings: Energy is consumed by
accessories like lights, heating and cooling, media
player, Sentry Mode, etc.
•
Short trips: It takes energy to bring the cabin and
Battery to a specified temperature when starting the
vehicle. You may see a higher average consumption
when the vehicle is used for very short trips while
climate controls are enabled.
• Temperature and weather conditions: In colder
weather, precondition the vehicle before driving (see
Cold Weather Best Practices on page 77).
When parked, Model 3 consumes approximately 1% of
charge per day. In some cases (and depending on your
vehicle's settings), consumption may be higher. To
reduce energy consumption, turn o settings such as
climate controls, Sentry Mode, Preconditioning (when
your vehicle is unplugged), and any aftermarket
equipment when not needed.
Range
The displayed range may decrease faster than the
actual distance driven. When fully charged, the driving
range displayed in Tesla vehicles is based on EPA
certification and does not account for your personal
driving patterns or external conditions. To view
estimated range based on energy consumption, open
the Energy app to display the graph.
As with all vehicles, the actual range achievable by
Model 3 heavily depends on driving behaviors and
environmental conditions.
Energy App
The Energy app provides a visual representation of your
vehicle's real-time and projected energy usage. To use
the Energy app, navigate to
Application Launcher >
Energy on the touchscreen. Choose from two types of
charts:
•
Consumption: Display how much energy Model 3
has consumed over the past 5, 15 or 30 miles (10, 25
or 50 km).
Getting Maximum Range
71Driving
Touch Instant Range or Average Range to adjust the
projected range estimation. Instant Range uses only
the latest few data points to estimate the projected
range, whereas Average Range uses the past 5, 15 or
30 miles (10, 25 or 50 km) of energy consumption to
provide a more accurate projected range.
•
Trip: monitor the amount of energy being used while
navigating to a destination. You can track actual
usage against the initial prediction. The green line
represents the actual usage whereas the gray line
represents predicted usage. To change the zoom
level, touch the zoom icon located in the top right
corner of the chart.
NOTE: The Trip chart displays energy usage only if you
are currently navigating to a destination.
Range Assurance
Model 3 helps protect you against running out of
energy. Your vehicle continuously monitors its energy
level and proximity to known charging locations.
Touch the map's charging icon to toggle
between displaying superchargers only,
and displaying all chargers, including
destination chargers, and visited
chargers.
When you are at risk of driving beyond the range of
known charging locations, the touchscreen displays a
message giving you the opportunity to display a list of
charging locations that are within range. When you
select a charging location from the list,
Model 3
provides navigation instructions and the turn-by-turn
direction list displays the predicted amount of energy
that will remain when you arrive at the charging
destination.
Trip Planner (if equipped) routes you through
Supercharger locations to minimize the amount of time
you spend charging and driving. To enable, enter an
address in the Navigation search bar, select the Settings
icon, and toggle on Trip Planner (see
Trip Planner on
page 132).
Getting Maximum Range
72 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Camera Location
Model 3 is equipped with a rear view camera located
above the rear license plate.
Whenever you shift into Reverse, the touchscreen
displays the view from the camera. Lines show your
driving path based on the position of the steering
wheel. These lines adjust appropriately as you move the
steering wheel.
Model 3 also displays images from the side cameras. To
view these images, simply swipe
upward when the view
from the rear view camera is displayed.
NOTE: Visual feedback from the parking sensors also
appear on the
touchscreen (see Park Assist on page
66).
To display the view from the cameras at any time:
Touch the camera icon on the "Cards"
area on the touchscreen.
WARNING:
Never depend on the cameras to
inform you if the area behind you is free of
objects and/or people when reversing. The
cameras may not detect objects or barriers that
can potentially cause damage or injury. In
addition, several external factors can reduce the
performance of the cameras, including a dirty or
obstructed lens. Therefore, depending on the
cameras to determine if Model 3 is approaching
an obstruction can result in damage to the vehicle
and/or objects, and can potentially cause serious
injury. Always inspect the area with your own
eyes. When reversing, perform shoulder checks
and use all mirrors. Use the cameras for guidance
purposes only. It is not intended to replace your
own direct visual checks and is not a substitute
for careful driving.
Cleaning a Camera
To ensure a clear picture, the camera lens must be clean
and free of obstructions. Remove any buildup of dirt by
occasionally wiping the camera lens with a soft damp
cloth.
CAUTION:
Do not use chemical-based or abrasive
cleaners. Doing so can damage the surface of the
lens.
Rear View Camera
73Driving
About Dashcam
NOTE: Dashcam is a BETA feature.
In addition to supporting Autopilot features, the
cameras can record and store video footage of the
surrounding roadway on a USB
flash drive. This can be
convenient in situations where you want a video
recording of a particular incident, such as a collision.
You can pause, resume, or save video recordings
directly from your vehicle’s touchscreen.
NOTE: Dashcam only works when Model 3 is powered
on (see
Starting and Powering O on page 51).
Dashcam does not record video when your vehicle is
powered o.
Using Dashcam
Dashcam requires the use of a properly formatted USB
flash drive to store and retrieve footage (see USB Flash
Drive Requirements for Videos and Recording on page
143). Once a properly formatted USB flash drive has
been inserted into one of your vehicle's front USB ports,
a Dashcam icon appears at the top of the touchscreen.
Touch the Dashcam icon to control Dashcam:
RECORDING. Tap the Dashcam icon,
when Dashcam is paused, to start
recording video on the flash drive.
PAUSED
. Press and hold the Dashcam
icon, when recording, to pause
recording. Ensure that Dashcam is
paused before removing the flash drive
to avoid losing camera footage.
SAVED
. Tap the Dashcam icon, when
recording, to archive the most recent ten
minutes of video. These saved video
recordings are not overwritten by new
recordings.
NOTE: Dashcam automatically begins recording when
you insert a properly configured USB flash drive into
one of the front USB ports.
Retrieving Footage
If equipped, you can review Dashcam and Sentry Mode
video recordings on your vehicle's touchscreen when
Model 3 is in Park. Touch the Dashcam icon on the
touchscreen's status bar and select Launch Viewer.
Each video, organized by location and timestamp,
provides a thumbnail of all video clips. For additional
filtering, touch the Dashcam or Sentry tabs. Touch a
thumbnail to view the corresponding video footage
from each camera. Pause, rewind, fast forward, and
delete video footage as needed.
You can retrieve video footage from the USB
flash drive
by removing the flash drive from the USB port and
using a personal computer or other device to access
the files. Navigate to the TeslaCam folder.
The TeslaCam folder contains three sub-folders:
•
Recent Clips - The footage in Recent Clips
continuously loops in 60-minute cycles whenever
the cameras are activated. Therefore, footage is
overwritten every hour unless you save it. When an
event is recorded, one video is recorded for each of
the front, rear, left, and right cameras.
• Saved Clips - Contains all recordings that you have
manually saved using Dashcam.
•
Sentry Clips - Contains the last 10 minutes of
footage from all Sentry Mode events that have
triggered an Alert or Alarm state. The footage from
each event is labelled with a unique timestamp.
NOTE: As the USB flash drive runs out of available
space, the oldest footage in Sentry Clips is deleted
to make room for new footage. Once deleted, you
are unable to retrieve them. When the flash drive is
full, Sentry Mode and Dashcam can no longer save
video footage. To prevent the flash drive from
getting full, you must regularly move saved videos to
another device, and delete them from the
flash drive.
NOTE: Dashcam recording is paused when the viewer is
open.
NOTE: You are responsible for complying with all local
laws, regulations, and property restrictions regarding
video recordings.
NOTE: The cameras do not record audio.
USB Flash Drive Requirements for
Videos and Recording
To store video from your vehicle's cameras, follow these
requirements and guidelines for choosing, preparing,
and using flash drives:
•
The flash drive must have a sustained write speed of
at least 4 MB/s. A sustained write speed is dierent
from the peak write speed. Check the product
details of your flash drive for more information.
•
The flash drive must be USB 2.0 compatible. If using
a USB 3.0 flash drive, it must be able to support USB
2.0.
• Use a flash drive with as much available storage as
possible. Video footage can occupy a large amount
of space. Tesla recommends using a
flash drive with
at least 32 GB of storage. Some personal computer
operating systems may be unable to format flash
drives larger than 32 GB as FAT 32. Consider using a
third party application to format flash drives larger
than 32 GB.
Dashcam
74 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• The flash drive must be properly formatted
(described below).
• Use a dedicated flash drive exclusively for saving
Sentry Mode recordings.
Although not a comprehensive list, Tesla has tested the
following
flash drives and confirmed that they meet the
requirements for using Dashcam and Sentry Mode:
•
SanDisk Ultra Fit USB 3.1 Flash Drive
•
Samsung MUF-64AB/AM FIT Plus – 200MB/s USB 3.1
Flash Drive
Formatting a USB Flash Drive
To correctly save and retrieve video footage, Model 3
requires the USB flash drive to be formatted as exFAT,
FAT 32 (for Windows), MS-DOS FAT (for Mac), ext3, or
ext4. NTFS is currently not supported. In addition, the
USB
flash drive must contain a base-level folder called
“TeslaCam” (without quotation marks).
You can format a USB flash drive from inside Model 3 or
from a personal computer.
To format a flash drive from inside Model 3, simply insert
a USB flash drive into a front USB port, and touch Safety
& Security > FORMAT USB DEVICE. Doing so formats
the drive as exFAT and automatically creates a
TeslaCam
folder. The USB flash drive is now ready to record and
save video footage.
CAUTION:
The FORMAT USB DEVICE button is
available whenever a USB Flash Drive (with one or
fewer partitions) is plugged into a front USB port.
Choosing FORMAT USB DEVICE formats the drive,
erasing all existing content. If you have content on
a drive that you want to keep, you must move it to
a dierent device before using this feature.
To format a USB flash drive from a personal computer,
follow the steps below for your operating system.
For MacOS:
1.
Insert the USB flash drive into your personal
computer.
2.
Navigate to Utilities > Disk Utility (or conduct a
Spotlight Search).
3. Select your flash drive in the left menu.
4. Navigate to Erase in the top menu ribbon.
5.
In the pop-up menu, select the correct format (MS-
DOS FAT) and click Erase.
NOTE: Selecting Erase removes all existing content
from your flash drive. If you have content that you
want to keep, you must move it to a dierent device
before erasing.
6. Once the
flash drive is successfully erased, navigate
to Finder and select your USB flash drive from the
left menu. The flash drive should not contain any files.
7. Right-click in the empty space of the flash drive and
select New Folder. A folder appears in your flash
drive space.
8.
Right-click on the folder, select Rename, and name
the folder to “TeslaCam” (without quotation marks).
Click "Save". This folder will contain all recent and
saved clips from Sentry Mode and Dashcam.
9. Properly eject the USB flash drive.
For Windows:
1.
Insert the USB flash drive into your personal
computer.
2. Navigate to File Explorer.
3.
Right-click on your USB flash drive and select
"Format...".
4.
In the pop-up menu, under the File System section,
select a support format (such as exFAT, FAT 32, etc.)
NOTE: You can also name your USB flash drive
(under Volume Label).
5.
Check the Quick format box and click Start.
6.
Go back to File Explorer, click on your flash drive, and
right-click to create a folder, or select
New Folder in
the top menu.
7.
Name the folder “TeslaCam” (without quotation
marks) and click Save. This folder will contain all
recent and saved clips from Sentry Mode and
Dashcam.
8.
Properly eject the USB flash drive.
Once you have formatted the USB flash drive and
created the
TeslaCam folder, insert it into a USB port in
Model 3. Do not use the rear USB ports—they are for
charging only. It may take Model 3 up to 15 seconds to
recognize the flash drive. When recognized, icons for
Dashcam and Sentry Mode appear at the top of your
touchscreen (note that you may need to enable Sentry
Mode by touching
Controls > Safety & Security > Sentry
Mode). Model 3 is ready to record video.
Save Clips on Honk
Once a properly formatted USB flash drive is inserted in
one of the vehicle's front USB ports, you can choose to
save Dashcam clips while driving when you honk the
horn on your steering wheel. Navigate to
Controls >
Safety and Security > Save Clips on Honk > ON to
enable. The most recent ten minutes of footage is saved.
You can also save Dashcam footage by touching the
Dashcam icon at the top of the touchscreen.
Dashcam
75Driving
The Pedestrian Warning System (if equipped) causes
Model 3 to emit sound when driving below 20 mph (32
km/h). Electric vehicles operate quietly and this sound
helps to alert pedestrians of your oncoming vehicle. The
sound, which activates whenever Model 3 is shifted out
of Park, gets louder as speed increases.
NOTE: The Pedestrian Warning System is not available in
vehicles manufactured prior to September 1, 2019.
WARNING: If sound cannot be heard, pedestrians
may not be aware of your oncoming vehicle, which
may increase the likelihood of a collision resulting
in serious injury or death. If the Pedestrian
Warning System is not operating, immediately
contact Tesla.
Pedestrian Warning System
76 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
To ensure that Model 3 provides you with the best
ownership experience possible in harsh cold weather
conditions, follow these best practices.
Before Driving
When snow and ice accumulate on your vehicle, moving
parts, such as the door handles, windows, mirrors, and
wipers can freeze in place. For these reasons, and to
achieve maximum range and performance, it is helpful to
warm the cabin and Battery before you leave. There are
several ways to do so:
• Scheduled Departure: Set the time when you want
your vehicle to be ready to drive (see
Scheduled
Charging and Scheduled Departure on page 159).
•
On the mobile app, navigate to Climate > Turn On
Climate and set to HI (or customize the temperature
at which you want to heat the cabin). The Battery
also warms as needed.
•
On the mobile app, navigate to Climate > Defrost to
melt snow, ice, and frost on the windshield, driver and
passenger windows, mirrors. The Battery also warms
as needed.
NOTE: Tesla recommends activating climate settings
at least 30-45 minutes before departure (see
Climate
Controls on page 124). Preconditioning times
depend on outside temperature and other factors.
NOTE: In extremely cold weather or icy conditions, it is
possible that your charge port latch may freeze in place.
Some vehicles are equipped with a chargeport inlet
heater that turns on when you turn on the rear defrost in
cold weather conditions. You can also thaw ice on the
charge port latch by enabling preconditioning using the
mobile app, or using scheduled departure to
precondition Model 3 (see Scheduled Charging and
Scheduled Departure on page 159).
NOTE: Tesla recommends activating climate settings at
least 30-45 minutes before departure (see Climate
Controls on page 124). Preconditioning times depend
on outside temperature and other factors.
Door Handles
•
If door handles are frozen in place, you can usually
remove ice with a few forceful bumps to the door
handle using the bottom of your
fist. See Removing
Ice From Door Handle on page for more
information.
• To proactively prevent ice buildup, apply WD-40 to
the door handle pivot pins if you are expecting
freezing rain, heavy snow, or icy conditions. Reapply
as needed (see
Applying WD-40 to Door Handle
Pivot Pins on page ).
Windows
• On the mobile app, navigate to Climate > Defrost as
mentioned previously. Your vehicle heats the driver
and passenger windows to melt ice that could
prevent windows from moving.
• Model 3 automatically makes a slight adjustment to
the position of the windows to make it easier to open
doors in cold temperature.
• Use the mobile app to schedule a service
appointment for Tesla to provide hydrophobic
coating to your windows for a nominal fee.
Mirrors
If ice buildup is expected when parking, turn o Auto-
Fold Mirrors by navigating to Controls > Mirrors > Auto-
Fold. Ice can prevent exterior side mirrors from folding
or unfolding.
NOTE: Side mirrors automatically heat as needed during
preconditioning, or when the rear defroster is turned on.
Wipers
If you expect snow or ice to build up when parked,
navigate to Controls > Service > Wiper Service Mode >
ON. This raises wipers against the windshield so they
can defrost when the windshield defrosts (see Wipers
and Washers on page 60).
Winter Tires and Tire Chains
•
Use winter tires to increase traction in snowy or icy
conditions. You can purchase winter tires on http://
www.tesla.com (see Seasonal Tire Types on page
167).
•
Tire chains provide additional traction when driving in
snowy or icy conditions. Check local regulations to
determine if tire chains are recommended or required
during winter months. See Using Tire Chains on page
168 for more information.
While Driving
Cold weather can increase energy consumption because
more power is required for driving, cabin and Battery
heating. Follow these suggestions to reduce energy
consumption:
•
Use seat heaters to keep warm. Seat heaters use less
energy than the cabin heater. Lowering the cabin
temperature and using seat heaters will reduce
energy consumption (see
Climate Controls on page
124).
• Slow down your driving and avoid frequent and rapid
acceleration.
Cold Weather Best Practices
77Driving
Regenerative Braking
Regenerative braking can be limited if the Battery is too
cold. As you continue to drive, the Battery warms up
and regenerative power increases (see Regenerative
Braking on page 62).
NOTE: Limited regenerative braking can be avoided if
you allow enough time to precondition your vehicle or
use scheduled departure before your drive, as
mentioned previously.
NOTE: Installing winter tires can result in temporarily
reduced regenerative braking power but after a short
period of driving, Model 3 recalibrates to correct this.
Blue Snowflake Icon
A blue
snowflake icon appears on your
touchscreen when some of the stored energy
in the Battery is unavailable because the
Battery is cold. This portion of unavailable
energy displays in blue on the Battery meter.
Regenerative braking, acceleration, and
charging rates may be limited. The
snowflake
icon no longer displays when the Battery is
suciently warmed.
Warming the Battery Before
Supercharging
By using Trip Planner (see Trip Planner on page 132) to
navigate to a Supercharger, Model 3 pre-heats the
Battery to ensure when you arrive at the Supercharger,
the Battery temperature is optimal and ready to charge.
This reduces the amount of time it takes to charge.
Autopilot
To ensure optimal Autopilot performance, keep the
sensors and radar free of snow, ice, mud, and dirt (see
About Autopilot on page 80).
After Driving
Leave Model 3 plugged in when not in use. This uses
the charging system, rather than the Battery itself, to
keep the Battery warm (see
Battery Information on
page 155).
Scheduled Departure
When parked, plug in Model 3 and set a time when you
want your vehicle to be ready to drive. Your vehicle
determines the appropriate time to begin charging so
that charging is complete and the cabin and Battery are
warm by your set departure time. For more information,
see
Scheduled Charging and Scheduled Departure on
page 159.
Charge Port
• If your charge port latch freezes in place and a
charging cable becomes stuck in the charge port, try
manually releasing the charge cable. See Manually
Releasing Charge Cable on page 157.
• Use the mobile app to precondition your vehicle on
HI to help thaw ice on the charge port latch so that
the charge cable can be removed or inserted (see
Mobile App on page 150).
NOTE: If your charge port latch is frozen in place, it may
not lock the charging cable in place when inserted, but
it can still charge at a slow AC rate even if the latch is
not engaged.
Storage
If you leave Model 3 parked for an extended period of
time, plug it into a charger to prevent normal range loss
and to keep the Battery at an optimal temperature.
Your vehicle is safe to stay plugged in for any length of
time.
When not in use, Model 3 enters a sleep mode to
conserve energy. Reduce the number of times you
check your vehicle’s status on the mobile app, as this
automatically wakes up your vehicle and starts normal
energy consumption.
Removing Ice From Door Handle
In severe winter conditions, ice buildup within the door
handle can prevent the door handle from opening. The
process for freeing a Model 3 door handle is slightly
dierent than other door handles; you can usually
remove the ice with a few forceful bumps to the door
handle using the bottom of your fist.
CAUTION:
Remove any jewelry or objects that
can damage the paint prior to performing the
procedure, and do not attempt to use tools or
excessive force.
NOTE: Preemptively applying WD-40 to the door
handle pivot pins can help prevent ice buildup inside
your door handle. See
Applying WD-40 to Door Handle
Pivot Pins on page for instructions.
Perform the following to remove ice from the door
handle:
1. Forcefully press the rear-most part of the door
handle to initially try to open the door handle and
release light or moderate ice buildup.
2.
Working in a circular pattern around the perimeter
of the door handle, use the bottom of your fist to
forcefully bump the door handle to break and
release the ice buildup.
Cold Weather Best Practices
78 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
3. Aiming for the rearmost end of the wide part of the
door handle, use the bottom of your fist to forcefully
bump the door handle. Increase the intensity of the
bumps as necessary, repeating steps 1 and 2 until the
ice is removed and the door handle can be opened.
CAUTION: Never bump the vehicle so hard as
to cause a dent; the force used should be
similar to knocking on your neighbor’s front
door.
4.
Once the door handle is able to move, open and close
it a few more times to release any remaining ice
buildup. Make sure the door handle is fully pressed in
(retracted) prior to entering the vehicle, and check
that the door is fully closed before driving away.
Applying WD-40 to Door Handle
Pivot Pins
In severe winter conditions, applying WD-40 to door
handle pivot pins can help prevent ice buildup that
might immobilize the handle. Consider applying WD-40
to the door handle pivot pins if you are expecting
freezing rain, heavy snow, or icy conditions. Reapply as
needed.
CAUTION:
Read and observe the instructions and
warnings provided by WD-40 prior to performing
this procedure.
To apply WD-40 to the door handle pivot pin:
1.
Open the door handle and prop it open using a
folded towel or other soft material.
2. Attach the provided straw to the nozzle of the
WD-40 bottle.
3.
Put on eye protection.
4. Place the end of the straw next to the pivot pin and
spray it for approximately one second, taking care
not to accidentally spray other components.
NOTE: Rest the end of the straw on the top of the
spring around the pivot pin to better aim the spray.
WARNING:
Make sure eye protection is worn
when performing this step.
5.
Remove the towel or other soft material used to prop
the door handle open.
6. Pivot the door handle in and out approximately ten
times.
7.
For a second time, place the end of the straw next to
the pivot pin and spray it for approximately one
second, taking care not to accidentally spray other
components.
NOTE: Rest the end of the straw on the top of the
spring around the pivot pin to better aim the spray.
8.
Remove the towel or other soft material used to prop
the door handle open.
9.
Pivot the door handle in and out approximately ten
times.
10.
Perform this procedure on the other three door
handles.
Cold Weather Best Practices
79Driving
How It Works
Your Model 3 includes the following Autopilot components that actively monitor the surrounding roadway:
1.
A camera is mounted above the rear license plate.
2.
Ultrasonic sensors are located in the front and rear bumpers.
3.
A camera is mounted in each door pillar.
4.
Three cameras are mounted to the windshield above the rear view mirror.
5.
A camera is mounted to each front fender.
6.
Radar is mounted behind the front bumper.
Model 3 is also equipped with high precision electronically-assisted braking and steering systems.
NOTE: Ensure all cameras and sensors are clean before each drive. See Cleaning Cameras and Sensors on page
82 for more information. Unclean cameras and sensors, as well as environmental conditions such as rain and
faded lane markings, can aect Autopilot performance.
About Autopilot
80 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Features
These safety features are available on all Model 3
vehicles:
• Lane Assist (see Lane Assist on page 110).
• Collision Avoidance Assist (see Collision Avoidance
Assist on page 113).
• Speed Assist (see Speed Assist on page 116).
•
Auto High Beam (see High Beam Headlights on page
55).
These Autopilot convenience features are designed to
reduce driver workload:
•
Trac-Aware Cruise Control (see Trac-Aware
Cruise Control on page 83)
• Autosteer (see Autosteer on page 88)
•
Auto Lane Change (see Auto Lane Change on page
90)
•
Autopark (see Autopark on page 102)
•
Summon (see Summon on page 104)
•
Smart Summon (Smart Summon on page 107)
•
Navigate on Autopilot (see Navigate on Autopilot on
page 92)
•
Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning (see Stop Light
and Stop Sign Warning on page 91)
•
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control (see Trac Light
and Stop Sign Control on page 95).
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle
configuration, options purchased, and software
version, your vehicle may not be equipped with all
Autopilot features.
You can enable/disable some of these features and in
some cases, control how they work. To access settings,
touch Controls > Autopilot.
Drive to Calibrate Cameras
Model 3 must maneuver with a great deal of precision
when Autopilot features are being used. Therefore,
before some features (for example,
Trac-Aware Cruise
Control or Autosteer) can be used for the first time or
after certain Service repairs, the cameras must
complete a self-calibration process. For your
convenience, a progress indicator is displayed on the
touchscreen.
Calibration typically completes after driving 20-25
miles (32-40 km), but the distance varies depending on
road and environmental conditions. Driving on a
straight road with highly-visible lane lines allows Model
3 to calibrate quicker. When calibration is complete, the
Autopilot features are available for use. Contact Tesla
only if your
Model 3 has not completed the calibration
process after driving 100 miles (160 km).
NOTE: If you attempt to use a feature that is not
available until the calibration process is complete, the
feature will not be enabled and the
touchscreen
displays a message.
NOTE: Model 3 must repeat the calibration process if
the cameras are serviced by Tesla, and in some cases,
after a software update.
NOTE: If the cameras have moved out of their
calibrated position (for example, due to a camera or
windshield replacement), the calibration can be cleared
by touching
Controls > Service > Camera Calibration >
Clear Calibration. Once the calibration has been
cleared, the self-driving calibration drive must be
performed again.
Limitations
Many factors can impact the performance of Autopilot
components, causing them to be unable to function as
intended. These include (but are not limited to):
•
Poor visibility (due to heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.).
•
Bright light (due to oncoming headlights, direct
sunlight, etc.).
•
Damage or obstructions caused by mud, ice, snow,
etc.
•
Interference or obstruction by object(s) mounted
onto the vehicle (such as a bike rack).
•
Obstruction caused by applying excessive paint or
adhesive products (such as wraps, stickers, rubber
coating, etc.) onto the vehicle.
•
Narrow or winding roads.
•
A damaged or misaligned bumper.
•
Interference from other equipment that generates
ultrasonic waves.
•
Extremely hot or cold temperatures.
WARNING:
The list above does not represent an
exhaustive list of situations that may interfere
with proper operation of Autopilot components.
Never depend on these components to keep you
safe. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert,
drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all
times.
CAUTION:
If a windshield replacement is needed,
take your vehicle to Tesla Service. This will ensure
appropriate handling and mounting of the
camera(s). Failure to do so can cause one or more
Autopilot features to malfunction.
About Autopilot
81Autopilot
Cleaning Cameras and Sensors
To ensure the various Autopilot components can
provide information that is as accurate as possible, keep
them clean and free of obstructions, condensation, or
damage. Occasionally remove any buildup of dirt by
wiping the components with a soft cloth dampened
with warm water.
Condensation can form inside the camera enclosures,
especially if you park your vehicle outside in cold or wet
conditions. The touchscreen may display an alert
stating that a camera is blocked and that some or all
Autopilot features may be temporarily restricted until
the camera vision is clear. To proactively dry the
condensation, precondition the cabin by setting it to a
warm temperature, turning the windshield defroster on,
and directing the front air vents toward the door pillars
(see
Mobile App on page 150).
CAUTION:
Do not use chemical-based or abrasive
cleaners. Doing so can damage surfaces.
CAUTION:
Avoid using a high-pressure power
washer.
CAUTION:
Do not clean an ultrasonic sensor or
camera lens with a sharp or abrasive object that
can scratch or damage its surface.
About Autopilot
82 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle
configuration, options purchased, and software version,
your vehicle may not be equipped with Trac-Aware
Cruise Control. If your vehicle is not equipped, refer to
the owner's manual on your vehicle's touchscreen for
instructions on how to use Cruise Control.
NOTE: Trac-Aware Cruise Control is a BETA feature.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control (if equipped) uses the
forward looking
cameras and the radar sensor to
determine when there is a vehicle in front of you in the
same lane. If the area in front of Model 3 is clear, Trac-
Aware Cruise Control maintains a set driving speed.
When a vehicle is detected, Trac-Aware Cruise
Control is designed to slow down Model 3 as needed to
maintain a selected time-based distance from the
vehicle in front, up to the set speed.
Trac-Aware
Cruise Control does not eliminate the need to watch the
road in front of you and to manually apply the brakes
when needed.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control is primarily intended for
driving on dry, straight roads, such as highways and
freeways. It should not be used on city streets.
CAUTION:
Ensure all cameras and sensors are
clean before each drive. Unclean cameras and
sensors, as well as environmental conditions such
as rain and faded lane markings, can aect
Autopilot performance.
WARNING:
Trac-Aware Cruise Control is
designed for your driving comfort and
convenience and is not a collision warning or
avoidance system. It is your responsibility to stay
alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle
at all times. Never depend on Trac-Aware Cruise
Control to adequately slow down Model 3. Always
watch the road in front of you and be prepared to
take corrective action at all times. Failure to do so
can result in serious injury or death.
WARNING:
Although Trac-Aware Cruise Control
is capable of detecting pedestrians and cyclists,
never depend on Trac-Aware Cruise Control to
adequately slow Model 3 down for them. Always
watch the road in front of you and be prepared to
take corrective action at all times. Failure to do so
can result in serious injury or death.
WARNING:
Do not use Trac-Aware Cruise
Control on city streets or on roads where trac
conditions are constantly changing.
WARNING:
Do not use Trac-Aware Cruise
Control on winding roads with sharp curves, on
icy or slippery road surfaces, or when weather
conditions (such as heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.)
make it inappropriate to drive at a consistent
speed. Trac-Aware Cruise Control does not
adapt driving speed based on road and driving
conditions.
To Use
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
To initiate Trac-Aware Cruise Control when no vehicle
is detected ahead of you, you must be driving at least
18 mph (30 km/h), unless certain vehicle and
environmental conditions are met, in which case, you
may be able to initiate it at lower speeds. If a vehicle is
detected ahead of you, you can initiate
Trac-Aware
Cruise Control at any speed, even when stationary,
provided Model 3 is at least 5 feet (150 cm) behind the
detected vehicle.
NOTE: The maximum cruising speed is 90 mph (150
km/h). It is the driver's responsibility to cruise at a safe
speed based on road conditions and speed limits.
When
Trac-Aware Cruise Control is
available but not engaged, the
touchscreen displays a gray
speedometer icon below the current
driving speed. The number shown in
gray represents the cruising speed that
will be set when you engage
Trac-
Aware Cruise Control.
When
Trac-Aware Cruise Control is
actively cruising at a set cruising speed,
the icon turns blue and displays the set
cruising speed.
You can choose the cruising speed that is set when you
initially engage
Trac-Aware Cruise Control. To do so,
touch Controls > Autopilot > Set Speed and choose:
•
SPEED LIMIT: The cruising speed is set to the
currently detected speed limit of the road. including
an associated
Oset you can specify, or your current
driving speed, whichever is greater. You can oset
the detected speed limit based on a fixed mph
(km/h), or as a percentage.
•
CURRENT SPEED: The cruising speed is set to your
current driving speed.
To engage Trac-Aware Cruise Control, move the drive
stalk down and release. You can then release the
accelerator pedal to allow
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
to maintain the cruising speed.
NOTE: Moving the drive stalk down twice in quick
succession engages Autosteer (assuming it has been
enabled) as described in Autosteer on page 88).
WARNING:
When cruising at the speed limit,
there may be situations where the cruising speed
may not change when the speed limit changes. To
resume cruising at the new speed limit (including
any oset), hold down the stalk for approximately
half a second then release. You can also manually
adjust your cruising speed (see Changing the
Cruising Speed on page 84).
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
83Autopilot
WARNING: Do not rely on Trac-Aware Cruise
Control or Speed Assist to determine an accurate
or appropriate cruising speed. It is the driver's
responsibility to cruise at a safe speed based on
road conditions and applicable speed limits.
Changing the Cruising Speed
Roll the right scroll wheel up to increase, or down to
decrease, the set speed. Slowly rolling the scroll wheel
changes the set speed in
1 mph (1 km/h) increments
and quickly rolling the scroll wheel changes the set
speed to the closest 5 mph (5 km/h) increment.
You can also use the touchscreen to change the set
cruising speed:
•
To adjust the cruising speed to your current driving
speed, touch the speedometer icon.
•
To adjust the cruising speed to the speed limit (plus
any oset you've specified using Speed Assist),
touch the speed limit icon (if displayed).
•
Touch plus (+) or minus (-) next to the set cruising
speed icon. A quick tap changes the set speed by
1 mph (1 km/h) and a press and hold changes the set
speed to the closest 5 mph (5 km/h) increment. To
increase/decrease to the next increment, you must
release the plus (
+) or minus (-) then press it again.
NOTE:
It may take a few seconds for Model 3 to reach
the new cruising speed, assuming Model 3 does not
detect a vehicle ahead driving slower than your set
speed.
Cruising at the Set Speed
Trac-Aware Cruise Control maintains your set cruising
speed whenever a vehicle is not detected in front of
Model 3. When cruising behind a detected vehicle,
Trac-Aware Cruise Control accelerates and
decelerates Model 3 as needed to maintain a chosen
following distance (see Adjust the Following Distance
on page 85), up to the set speed.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control also adjusts the cruising
speed when entering and exiting curves.
You can manually accelerate at any time when cruising
at a set speed, but when you release the accelerator,
Trac-Aware Cruise Control resumes cruising at the set
speed.
NOTE: When Trac-Aware Cruise Control is actively
slowing down
Model 3 to maintain the selected
distance from the vehicle ahead, brake lights turn on to
alert other road users that you are slowing down. You
may notice slight movement of the brake pedal.
However, when Trac-Aware Cruise Control is
accelerating
Model 3, the accelerator pedal does not
move.
WARNING:
Trac-Aware Cruise Control may
occasionally cause Model 3 to brake when not
required or when you are not expecting it. This
can be caused by closely following a vehicle
ahead, detecting vehicles or objects in adjacent
lanes (especially on curves), etc.
WARNING:
Due to limitations inherent in the
onboard GPS (Global Positioning System), you
may experience situations in which Trac-Aware
Cruise Control slows down the vehicle, especially
near highway exits where a curve is detected
and/or you are actively navigating to a
destination and not following the route.
WARNING:
Trac-Aware Cruise Control cannot
detect all objects and, especially in situations
when you are driving over 50 mph (80 km/h),
may not brake/decelerate when a vehicle or
object is only partially in the driving lane or when
a vehicle you are following moves out of your
driving path and a stationary or slow-moving
vehicle or object is in front of you. Always pay
attention to the road ahead and stay prepared to
take immediate corrective action. Depending on
Trac-Aware Cruise Control to avoid a collision
can result in serious injury or death. In addition,
Trac-Aware Cruise Control may react to vehicles
or objects that either do not exist or are not in the
lane of travel, causing Model 3 to slow down
unnecessarily or inappropriately.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
84 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: Trac-Aware Cruise Control may be
unable to provide adequate speed control
because of limited braking capability and hills. It
can also misjudge the distance from a vehicle
ahead. Driving downhill can increase driving
speed, causing Model 3 to exceed your set speed
(and potentially the road's speed limit). Never
depend on Trac-Aware Cruise Control to slow
down the vehicle enough to prevent a collision.
Always keep your eyes on the road when driving
and be prepared to take corrective action as
needed. Depending on Trac-Aware Cruise
Control to slow the vehicle down enough to
prevent a collision can result in serious injury or
death.
HOLD State
When following a vehicle, Trac-Aware Cruise Control
remains active at low speeds, even when
Model 3 comes
to a full stop. When the vehicle is moving again, Trac-
Aware Cruise Control resumes operating at the set
speed. However, under the following circumstances,
Trac-Aware Cruise Control goes into a HOLD state, in
which case, you need to briefly press the accelerator
pedal to resume cruising. When the HOLD status is
active, the
touchscreen displays the HOLD icon and a
message that indicates that you need to resume cruise
control. The following circumstances can cause Trac-
Aware Cruise Control to go into the HOLD state:
•
Model 3 has been at a standstill for 5 minutes.
•
Model 3 detects a pedestrian (the HOLD state may
clear when the pedestrian is no longer detected).
•
Model 3 suddenly loses visibility of the vehicle in
front of you.
•
The ultrasonic sensors detect an obstacle in front of
Model 3.
Cruising Near or On Freeway Exits
When cruising near an exit on a controlled access road
(such as a highway or freeway) and engaging the turn
signal toward the exit,
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
assumes you are exiting and begins to slow down the
vehicle. If you do not drive onto the exit, Trac-Aware
Cruise Control resumes cruising at the set speed. In a
region with right hand
trac, this occurs only when you
engage the right turn signal when driving in the right-
most lane within 164 feet (50 meters) of an exit.
Likewise in regions with left hand trac; when engaging
the left turn signal when driving in the left-most lane
within
164 feet (50 meters) of an exit.
When cruising onto an on-ramp to a controlled access
road (such as a highway or freeway), Trac-Aware
Cruise Control automatically adjusts the set cruising
speed to the speed limit of the highway, plus any oset
you have specified (see Speed Assist on page 116).
NOTE:
The onboard Global Positioning System (GPS)
determines if you are driving in a region with right or left
hand trac. In situations where GPS data is unavailable
(for example, if there is inadequate signal), engaging the
turn signal near an exit does not cause Trac-Aware
Cruise Control to slow down Model 3.
When enabled while on a highway interchange or o-
ramp, Trac-Aware Cruise Control may reduce your set
speed in
5 mph (5 km/h) increments – to as slow as
25 mph (40 km/h) – to better match the reported
speeds of other Tesla vehicles that have driven at that
specific location. To override this and continue cruising
at your set speed, tap the accelerator pedal or touch the
plus (+) or minus (-) button on the touchscreen. The
new set speed is maintained for the duration of the
interchange or
o-ramp (unless you override it or cancel
Trac-Aware Cruise Control). After the interchange or
o-ramp, the set speed may revert or change as
necessary based on the new location. For example, if
you merged onto a
dierent highway, the set speed
reverts back to the set speed that was in use before
driving on the interchange.
WARNING:
In some cases (such as having
insucient data), Trac-Aware Cruise Control may
not automatically reduce the set speed on the
highway interchange or o-ramp. Do not rely on
Trac-Aware Cruise Control to determine an
appropriate driving speed. Tesla recommends
driving at a speed that is safe for road conditions
and within posted speed limits.
Adjust the Following Distance
To adjust the following distance you want to maintain
between Model 3 and a vehicle traveling ahead of you,
press the steering wheel's right scroll button to the left
or right to choose a setting from 1 (the closest following
distance) to 7 (the longest following distance). Each
setting corresponds to a time-based distance that
represents how long it takes for
Model 3, from its current
location, to reach the location of the rear bumper of the
vehicle ahead of you.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
85Autopilot
You can also display and adjust the setting for the
following distance on the touchscreen at any time, even
when
Trac-Aware Cruise Control is not active. Touch
Controls > Autopilot > Cruise Follow Distance, then
adjust the following distance by touching plus (
+) or
minus (-).
As you adjust the following distance, the touchscreen
displays the current setting.
NOTE: Your setting is retained until you manually
change it.
WARNING:
It is the driver's responsibility to
determine and maintain a safe following distance
at all times. Do not rely on Trac-Aware Cruise
Control to maintain an accurate or appropriate
following distance.
WARNING:
Never depend on Trac-Aware Cruise
Control to adequately slow down Model 3 to
avoid a collision. Always watch the road in front of
you and stay prepared to take immediate
corrective action.
Overtake Acceleration
When following a vehicle with Trac-Aware Cruise
Control active,
briefly engaging the turn signal (to
indicate a move into the passing lane) accelerates
Model 3 towards the vehicle ahead. By momentarily
holding the turn signal stalk up or down, you can
quickly accelerate up to your set speed without having
to press the accelerator pedal. The turn signal causes
acceleration only when all of the following conditions
are met:
• Trac-Aware Cruise Control is operating and
detects a vehicle in front of you.
•
No obstacles or vehicles are detected in the target
lane.
•
Model 3 is traveling below the set speed, but over
45 mph (72 km/h).
Overtake Acceleration is intended as an aid when
passing a vehicle ahead of you. When the turn signal is
engaged, Trac-Aware Cruise Control continues to
maintain distance from the vehicle ahead, but allows
you to drive slightly closer than your selected distance.
Acceleration cancels when one of the conditions
happen:
• You reach your set cruising speed.
•
Changing lanes takes too long.
•
Model 3 gets too close to the vehicle ahead.
OR
•
You disengage the turn signal.
NOTE: Overtake Acceleration occurs when you hold the
turn signal in the momentary position (partially
engaged). When you release the turn signal,
Model 3
stops accelerating (in the same way as when you
release the accelerator pedal) and resumes the set
speed.
WARNING:
Overtake Acceleration can cancel for
many unforeseen reasons in addition to those
listed above (for example, lack of GPS data). Stay
alert and never depend on Overtake Acceleration
to increase your driving speed.
WARNING:
Overtake Acceleration increases your
driving speed whenever the appropriate turn
signal is engaged, and accelerates Model 3 closer
to the vehicle ahead. Although Trac-Aware
Cruise Control continues to maintain distance
from the vehicle ahead, it is important to be
aware that your selected following distance is
reduced when Overtake Acceleration is active,
particularly in cases where it may not be your
intention to overtake the vehicle you are
following.
Canceling and Resuming
To manually cancel Trac-Aware Cruise Control, move
the drive stalk up and release or press the brake pedal.
The speedometer icon on the touchscreen turns gray to
indicate that Trac-Aware Cruise Control is no longer
active.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
86 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: Do not hold the drive stalk up for
more than one second. Doing so cancels Trac-
Aware Cruise Control and shifts Model 3 into
Neutral.
To re-enable cruising at the current driving speed, move
the drive stalk fully down once then release.
NOTE: When Trac-Aware Cruise Control cancels,
Model 3 does not coast. Instead, regenerative braking
slows down Model 3 in the same way as when you move
your foot
o the accelerator when driving without
Trac-Aware Cruise Control (see Regenerative Braking
on page 62).
WARNING:
Trac-Aware Cruise Control cancels,
or may not be available, in the following situations:
•
You press the brake pedal.
• Your driving speed exceeds the maximum cruising
speed of
90 mph (150 km/h).
•
You shift Model 3 into a dierent gear.
• A door is opened.
• The view from the radar sensor or camera(s) is
obstructed. This could be caused by dirt, mud, ice,
snow, fog, etc.
•
The traction control setting is manually disabled or is
repeatedly engaging to prevent wheels from slipping.
• The wheels are spinning while at a standstill.
• The Trac-Aware Cruise Control system is failing or
requires service.
When Trac-Aware Cruise Control is unavailable or
cancels, Model 3 no longer drives consistently at a set
speed and no longer maintains a
specified distance from
the vehicle ahead.
WARNING: Trac-Aware Cruise Control can cancel
unexpectedly at any time for unforeseen reasons.
Always watch the road in front of you and stay
prepared to take appropriate action. It is the
driver's responsibility to be in control of Model 3 at
all times.
Summary of Cruise Indicators
Trac-Aware
Cruise Control is available
but is not actively controlling your speed
until you activate it. The number shown in
gray is determined by Speed Assist (see
Controlling Speed Assist on page 116).
Trac-Aware
Cruise Control is operating
and is either maintaining the set speed
(no vehicle in front) or is maintaining a
chosen following distance from a vehicle
ahead (up to the set speed).
Model 3
has fully stopped but is in a
HOLD state. If safe, press the accelerator
pedal to resume cruising at the set
speed.
Limitations
Trac-Aware Cruise Control is particularly unlikely to
operate as intended in the following types of situations:
•
The road has sharp curves.
•
Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.).
•
Bright light (such as from oncoming headlights or
direct sunlight) is interfering with the view of the
camera(s).
•
The radar sensor is obstructed (dirty, covered, etc.).
•
The windshield is obstructing the view of the
camera(s) (fogged over, dirty, covered by a sticker,
etc.).
WARNING:
The list above does not represent an
exhaustive list of situations that may interfere with
proper operation of Trac-Aware Cruise Control.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
87Autopilot
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle
configuration, options purchased, and software version,
your vehicle may not be equipped with Autosteer.
NOTE: Autosteer is a BETA feature.
Autosteer builds upon Trac-Aware Cruise Control (see
Trac-Aware Cruise Control on page 83), intelligently
keeping Model 3 in its driving lane when cruising at a set
speed. Autosteer also allows you to use the turn signals
to move Model 3 into an adjacent lane (see Auto Lane
Change on page 90). Using the vehicle's camera(s),
the radar sensor, and the ultrasonic sensors, Autosteer
detects lane markings and the presence of vehicles and
objects to
steer Model 3.
NOTE: Touch Controls > Autopilot > Full Self-Driving
Visualization Preview (if equipped) to display more
details about the roadway and its surroundings, such as
road markings, stop lights, objects (such as trash cans
and poles), etc.
CAUTION:
Ensure all cameras and sensors are
clean. Unclean cameras and sensors, as well as
environmental conditions such as rain and faded
lane markings, can aect Autopilot performance.
WARNING:
Autosteer is a hands-on feature. You
must keep your hands on the steering wheel at all
times.
WARNING:
Autosteer is intended for use only on
highways and limited-access roads with a fully
attentive driver. When using Autosteer, hold the
steering wheel and be mindful of road conditions
and surrounding trac. Do not use Autosteer on
city streets, in construction zones, or in areas
where bicyclists or pedestrians may be present.
Never depend on Autosteer to determine an
appropriate driving path. Always be prepared to
take immediate action. Failure to follow these
instructions could cause damage, serious injury or
death.
Operating Autosteer
Before you can operate Autosteer, you must enable it by
touching Controls > Autopilot > Autosteer (Beta).
To indicate that Autosteer is available
(but not actively steering
Model 3), the
touchscreen displays a gray Autosteer
icon.
To initiate Autosteer, move the drive stalk fully down
twice in quick succession.
Autosteer
briefly displays a message on the touchscreen
reminding you to pay attention to the road and be ready
to take over at any time. To indicate that Autosteer is
now actively steering Model 3, the touchscreen displays
the Autosteer icon in blue. When Autosteer is able to
detect lane markings, it also displays the driving lane in
blue.
To initiate Autosteer when no vehicle is detected ahead
of you, you must be driving at least 18 mph (30 km/h),
unless certain vehicle and environmental conditions are
met, in which case, you may be able to initiate it at lower
speeds. If a vehicle is detected ahead of you, you can
initiate Autosteer at any speed, even when stationary,
provided
Model 3 is at least 5 feet (150 cm) behind the
detected vehicle.
NOTE: The maximum cruising speed is 90 mph (150
km/h). It is the driver's responsibility to cruise at a safe
speed based on road conditions and speed limits.
Autosteer
88 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
The touchscreen displays a message indicating that
Autosteer is temporarily unavailable if you attempted to
engage Autosteer when driving at a speed that is not
within the speed required for Autosteer to operate.
Autosteer may also be unavailable if it is not receiving
adequate data from the camera(s) or sensors.
If Autosteer is unable to detect lane markings, the
driving lane is determined based on the vehicle you are
following.
In most cases, Autosteer attempts to center Model 3 in
the driving lane. However, if the sensors detect the
presence of an obstacle (such as a vehicle or guard rail),
Autosteer may steer
Model 3 in a driving path that is
oset from the center of the lane.
WARNING:
Autosteer is not designed to, and will
not, steer Model 3 around objects partially or
completely in the driving lane. Always watch the
road in front of you and stay prepared to take
appropriate action. It is the driver's responsibility
to be in control of Model 3 at all times.
Restricted Speed
Autosteer is intended for use only by a fully attentive
driver on freeways and highways where access is limited
by entry and exit ramps. If you choose to use Autosteer
on residential roads, a road without a center divider, or a
road where access is not limited, Autosteer may limit the
maximum allowed cruising speed and the
touchscreen
displays a message indicating that speed is restricted.
The restricted speed will be the speed limit of the road
plus
5 mph (10 km/h).
In situations where the speed limit cannot be detected
when Autosteer is engaged, Autosteer reduces your
driving speed and limits the set cruising speed to
45
mph (70 km/h). Although you can manually accelerate
to exceed the limited speed, Model 3 may not brake for
detected obstacles. Autosteer slows down to the limited
speed when you release the accelerator pedal. When
you leave the road, or disengage Autosteer by using the
steering wheel, you can increase your set speed again, if
desired.
Hold Steering Wheel
Autosteer uses data from the camera(s), sensors, and
GPS to determine how best to steer Model 3. When
active, Autosteer requires you to hold the steering
wheel. If it does not detect your hands on the steering
wheel for a period of time,
a flashing blue light appears
at the top of the car status section of the touchscreen
and the following message displays:
Autosteer detects your hands by recognizing light
resistance as the steering wheel turns, or from you
manually turning the steering wheel very lightly (without
enough force to retake control).
Autosteer also qualifies
your hands as being detected if you engage a turn signal
or use a button or scroll wheel on the steering wheel.
NOTE: When your hands are detected, the message
disappears and Autosteer resumes normal operation.
NOTE: Autosteer may also sound a chime at the same
time that the message is initially displayed.
Autosteer requires that you pay attention to your
surroundings and remain prepared to take control at any
time. If Autosteer still does not detect your hands on the
steering wheel, the request escalates by sounding
chimes that increase in frequency.
If you repeatedly ignore Autosteer's prompts for having
your hands on the steering wheel, Autosteer disables for
the rest of the drive and displays the following message.
If you don't resume manual steering, Autosteer sounds a
continuous chime, turns on the warning
flashers, and
slows the vehicle to a complete stop.
For the rest of the drive, you must steer manually.
Autosteer is available again on your next drive (after you
stop and shift
Model 3 into Park).
Take Over Immediately
In situations where Autosteer is unable to steer Model 3,
Autosteer sounds a warning chime and displays the
following message on the touchscreen:
When you see this message, TAKE OVER STEERING
IMMEDIATELY.
Canceling Autosteer
Autosteer cancels when:
• You start steering manually.
•
You press the brake pedal.
•
The maximum speed that Autosteer supports–90
mph (150 km/h)–is exceeded.
• You move the drive stalk upwards.
•
A door is opened.
Autosteer
89Autopilot
• An Automatic Emergency Braking event occurs (see
Collision Avoidance Assist on page 113).
When Autosteer cancels, it sounds chimes and the
Autosteer icon either turns gray to indicate that
Autosteer is no longer active, or disappears to indicate
that it is not currently available.
NOTE: If Autosteer cancels because you started
steering manually, Trac-Aware Cruise Control remains
active. Disengage Trac-Aware Cruise Control as you
normally would, by moving the drive stalk upward or
pressing the brake pedal.
NOTE: If you move the drive stalk upward and hold it up
for more than one second, Model 3 shifts into Neutral
after canceling Autosteer.
To disable Autosteer so it is no longer available, touch
Controls > Autopilot > Autosteer (Beta).
Auto Lane Change
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle
configuration, options purchased, and software version,
your vehicle may not be equipped with Auto Lane
Change.
When Autosteer is active on a vehicle equipped with
Auto Lane Change, you can use the turn signals to
move
Model 3 into an adjacent lane without moving the
steering wheel (which would cancel Autosteer).
WARNING:
It is the driver's responsibility to
determine whether a lane change is safe and
appropriate. Therefore, before initiating a lane
change, always check blind spots, lane markings,
and the surrounding roadway to confirm it is safe
and appropriate to move into the target lane.
WARNING:
Never depend on Auto Lane Change
to determine an appropriate driving path. Drive
attentively by watching the road and trac ahead
of you, checking the surrounding area, and
monitoring the touchscreen for warnings. Always
be prepared to take immediate action.
WARNING:
Do not use Auto Lane Change on city
streets or on roads where trac conditions are
constantly changing and where bicycles and
pedestrians are present.
WARNING:
The performance of Auto Lane
Change depends on the ability of the camera(s)
to recognize lane markings.
WARNING:
Do not use Auto Lane Change on
winding roads with sharp curves, on icy or
slippery roads, or when weather conditions (such
as heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.) may be obstructing
the view from the camera(s) or sensors.
WARNING:
Failure to follow all warnings and
instructions can result in property damage,
serious injury or death.
Operating Auto Lane Change
Auto Lane Change is available whenever Autosteer is
active. To change lanes using Auto Lane Change:
1. Perform visual checks to make sure it is safe and
appropriate to move into the target lane
2. Fully engage the appropriate turn signal.
3. Disengage the turn signal after you are in the target
lane.
Auto Lane Change moves Model 3 into the adjacent
lane in the direction indicated by the turn signal,
provided the following conditions are met:
• The turn signal is fully engaged.
• The ultrasonic sensors and Autopilot cameras do not
detect a vehicle or obstacle up to the center of the
target lane.
• The lane markings indicate that a lane change is
permitted.
•
The view of the camera(s) is not obstructed.
•
Your vehicle does not detect another vehicle in its
blind spot.
•
Midway through the lane change, Auto Lane Change
can detect the outside lane marking of the target
lane.
•
Driving speed is at least 30 mph (45 km/h).
As the lane change is in progress, Overtake
Acceleration is activated, allowing Model 3 to accelerate
closer to a vehicle in front (see
Overtake Acceleration
on page 86). Midway through the lane change, Auto
Lane Change must detect the target lane's outside lane
marking. If this lane marking cannot be detected, the
lane change is aborted and
Model 3 returns to its
original driving lane.
NOTE: Auto Lane Change moves Model 3 one lane at a
time. Moving into an additional lane requires you to
engage the turn signal a second time after the
first lane
change is complete.
When using Auto Lane Change, it is important to
monitor its performance by watching the driving path in
front of you and the surrounding area. Stay prepared to
take over steering at any time. As you are crossing over
into the adjacent lane, the
touchscreen displays the lane
marking as a dashed blue line. Once in your new lane,
lane markings are displayed as solid blue lines again.
In situations where Auto Lane Change is unable to
operate at optimal performance, or cannot operate due
to inadequate data, the
touchscreen displays a series of
warnings. Therefore, when using Auto Lane Change,
always pay attention to the touchscreen and be
prepared to manually steer
Model 3.
Autosteer
90 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle
configuration, options purchased, and software version,
your vehicle may not be equipped with Stop Light and
Stop Sign Warning.
While Autosteer is in use, Model 3 displays a warning on
the
touchscreen and sounds a chime if it detects that
you are likely to run through a red stop light or stop
sign. If this happens, TAKE IMMEDIATE CORRECTIVE
ACTION!
The visual and audible warnings cancel after a few
seconds, or when you press the brake pedal, whichever
comes first.
Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning provides warnings
only. It makes no attempt to slow down or stop Model 3
at red trac lights, stop signs, road markings, etc. If your
vehicle is equipped with Trac Light and Stop Sign
Control, you can enable this feature to automatically
stop Model 3 at trac lights and stop signs (see Trac
Light and Stop Sign Control on page 95).
NOTE: Touch Controls > Autopilot > Full Self-Driving
Visualization Preview (if equipped) to display more
details about the roadway and its surroundings, such as
road markings, stop lights, objects (such as trash cans
and poles), etc.
CAUTION:
Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning
requires the vehicle’s map to know that a
particular stop light or stop sign exists in a certain
location. It may be unaware of new stop lights or
stop signs that are not captured in the map data.
Therefore, Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning may
not detect all stop lights and stop signs due to
potential map inaccuracies.
WARNING:
Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning do
not apply the brakes or decelerate Model 3 and
may not detect all stop lights and stop signs. Stop
Light and Stop Sign Warning are designed for
guidance purposes only and are not a substitute
for attentive driving and sound judgment. Keep
your eyes on the road when driving and never
depend on Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning to
warn you of a stop light or stop sign.
WARNING:
Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning are
designed to only warn you when approaching a
visible red stop sign, solid red or later portion of a
yellow trac light; it may not issue warnings at
intersections with flashing lights and does not
warn you of yield signs or temporary stop and
yield signs (such as in construction areas).
Additionally, Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning will
not warn you of an approaching stop light or stop
sign if you are pressing the accelerator pedal or
brake pedal (which disables Autosteer).
Limitations
Autosteer and its associated functions are particularly
unlikely to operate as intended when:
• Autosteer is unable to accurately determine lane
markings. For example, lane markings are excessively
worn, have visible previous markings, have been
adjusted due to road construction, are changing
quickly (lanes branching
o, crossing over, or
merging), objects or landscape features are casting
strong shadows on the lane markings, or the road
surface contains pavement seams or other high-
contrast lines.
•
Visibility is poor (heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.) or
weather conditions are interfering with sensor
operation.
• A camera(s) or sensor(s) is obstructed, covered, or
damaged.
• Driving on hills.
• Approaching a toll booth.
•
Driving on a road that has sharp curves or is
excessively rough.
•
Bright light (such as direct sunlight) is interfering
with the view of the camera(s).
•
The sensors are aected by other electrical
equipment or devices that generate ultrasonic waves.
•
A vehicle is detected in your blind spot when you
engage the turn signal.
•
Model 3 is being driven very close to a vehicle in front
of it, which is blocking the view of the camera(s).
WARNING:
Many unforeseen circumstances can
impair the operation of Autosteer. Always keep this
in mind and remember that as a result, Autosteer
may not steer Model 3 appropriately. Always drive
attentively and be prepared to take immediate
action.
Autosteer
91Autopilot
NOTE: Navigate on Autopilot is a BETA feature and is
not available in all market regions.
When using Autosteer on a controlled-access road (such
as a highway or freeway), Navigate on Autopilot guides
Model 3 to o-ramps and interchanges based on your
navigation route. Along the highway portion of a
navigation route, Navigate on Autopilot also changes
lanes to prepare for exits and to minimize the driving
time to your destination.
WARNING: Navigate on Autopilot does not make
driving autonomous. You must pay attention to the
road, keep your hands on the steering wheel at all
times, and remain aware of your navigation route.
WARNING: As is the case with normal driving, be
extra careful around blind corners, highway
interchanges, and exits because obstacles can
appear quickly and at any time.
WARNING: Navigate on Autopilot may not
recognize or detect oncoming vehicles, stationary
objects, and special-use lanes such as those used
exclusively for bikes, carpools, emergency vehicles,
etc. Remain alert at all times and be prepared to
take immediate action. Failure to do so can cause
damage, injury or death.
Enabling and Customizing Navigate
on Autopilot
To enable Navigate on Autopilot, touch Controls >
Autopilot > Navigate on Autopilot (Beta). Then, to
customize how you want Navigate on Autopilot to
operate, touch CUSTOMIZE NAVIGATE ON AUTOPILOT:
•
Enable At Start Of Every Trip: Choose whether or not
you want to automatically enable Navigate on
Autopilot for every navigation route. When enabled,
the Navigate on Autopilot button on the turn-by-turn
direction list is already enabled at the start of every
trip.
•
Speed Based Lane Changes: Navigate on Autopilot is
designed to perform both route-based and speed-
based lane changes. Route-based lane changes are
designed to keep you on your navigation route (for
example, moving you into an adjacent lane to prepare
for an upcoming
o-ramp) whereas speed-based
lane changes are designed to maintain a driving
speed (not to exceed your cruising speed) that allows
you to minimize the time it takes to reach your
destination (for example, moving into an adjacent
lane to pass a vehicle in front of you). Speed-based
lanes changes are optional. You can use this setting
to disable speed-based lane changes or to specify
how aggressively you want Navigate on Autopilot to
change lanes to achieve the set cruising speed. The
MILD setting is more conservative about lane
changes and may result in a slightly longer driving
time whereas MAD MAX is designed to allow you to
reach your destination in the shortest driving time
possible, but will only change lanes when safe to do
so.
• Exit Passing Lane: Choose whether you want
Navigate on Autopilot to maneuver out of a passing
lane when navigating to a destination.
NOTE: In addition to route-based and speed-based
lane changes, Navigate on Autopilot requests a lane
change out of a passing lane as a reminder to stay in
a slower lane when you are not passing other
vehicles. Choose
NO to disable this and keep Model 3
in a passing lane except when needed to stay on the
navigation route.
• Require Lane Change Confirmation: By default,
Navigate on Autopilot requires your confirmation
before proceeding with a lane change (by engaging
the appropriate turn signal). However, if you want
Navigate on Autopilot to change lanes without
requiring this
confirmation, turn this setting o. When
you turn the setting o, you can specify if or how you
want to be notified of lane changes (O, Chime,
Vibrate, or Both).
WARNING:
If you turn o Require Lane Change
Confirmation, Navigate on Autopilot notifies
you of upcoming lane changes and o-ramps,
but it remains your responsibility to monitor the
environment and maintain control of Model 3 at
all times. Lane changes can occur quickly and
suddenly. Always keep your hands on the wheel
and your eyes on the driving path in front of
you.
NOTE: The touchscreen displays route-based lane
changes at the top of the map's turn-by-turn direction
list to notify you that an upcoming lane change is
needed to stay on the navigation route.
Operating Navigate on Autopilot
Once enabled, the Navigate on Autopilot button appears
on the map’s turn-by-turn direction list whenever a
navigation route is active and the route includes at least
one controlled-access road. Touch this button to allow
Navigate on Autopilot to assist you on your journey.
When enabled, the Navigate on Autopilot button is blue
and the turn-by-turn direction displays the Autosteer
icon next to maneuvers (such as freeway exits) that
Navigate on Autopilot will handle.
Navigate on Autopilot activates and deactivates as
appropriate, based on the type of road you are driving
on. For example, if Autosteer is active and the Navigate
on Autopilot setting is turned on, Navigate on Autopilot
automatically becomes active when you reach a
supported controlled-access portion of your navigation
route.
Whenever Navigate on Autopilot is active, the
touchscreen displays the driving lane as a single blue
line in front of Model 3:
Navigate on Autopilot
92 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
When Navigate on Autopilot is active and you approach
an o-ramp or freeway interchange along your
navigation route, the appropriate turn signal engages
and Autosteer maneuvers
Model 3 onto the o-ramp or
interchange.
WARNING:
Never depend on Navigate on
Autopilot to determine an appropriate lane at an
o-ramp. Stay alert and perform visual checks to
ensure that the driving lane is safe and
appropriate.
When you leave a controlled-access road (for example,
you exit a freeway or you enter a section of the
navigation route that is no longer supported), Navigate
on Autopilot reverts back to Autosteer— a unique triple-
tone chime sounds and the touchscreen displays the
driving lane lines in blue (instead of the single blue in
front of
Model 3). When you exit onto an o-ramp, the
touchscreen briefly displays a countdown message
warning you of the distance remaining before Navigate
on Autopilot reverts back to Autosteer.
NOTE: The way Navigate on Autopilot determines
navigation routes and maneuvers at freeway
interchanges can be impacted by whether or not the
navigation system is set up to use High Occupancy
Vehicle (HOV) lanes. Therefore, ensure the
Use HOV
Lanes setting is appropriate for your circumstances (see
Maps and Navigation on page 129). If the setting is o,
Navigate on Autopilot never uses an HOV lane,
regardless of time of day. If the setting is on, Navigate
on Autopilot will always include the use of the HOV lane,
whenever it exists.
WARNING:
Even when Navigate on Autopilot
deactivates at o-ramps, Autosteer remains active.
Always be prepared to take appropriate actions
such as stopping at red lights and stop signs, and
yielding to other road users.
WARNING:
Navigate on Autopilot may not always
attempt to exit at an o-ramp, even when the exit
is determined by the navigation route. Always
remain alert and be prepared to manually steer
onto the o-ramp, or make a required lane change.
You can cancel Navigate on Autopilot at any time by
touching the Navigate on Autopilot button on the map’s
turn-by-turn direction list (your vehicle reverts back to
Autosteer), or by canceling Autosteer entirely (see
Canceling Autosteer on page 89).
Lane Changes
Navigate on Autopilot changes lanes to either prepare
Model 3 for an upcoming o-ramp, to increase your
driving speed (not to exceed your set cruising speed), or
to move
Model 3 out of a passing lane when you are not
actively passing other vehicles. A message displays at
the top of the map's turn-by-turn direction list to notify
you when an upcoming lane change is required to stay
on your navigation route. The line on the
touchscreen
shows the upcoming driving path:
If Require Lane Change Confirmation is turned o,
Navigate on Autopilot engages the appropriate turn
signal, checks for vehicles and objects, and when
appropriate, maneuvers
Model 3 into the adjacent lane.
If Require Lane Change Confirmation is turned on, you
must
engage the appropriate turn signal to confirm that
you want Navigate on Autopilot to make the lane
change. If you do not confirm the lane change within
three seconds, a chime sounds to remind you that
Navigate on Autopilot requires your confirmation to
change lanes.
NOTE: If you ignore a route-based lane change
suggestion (for example, you are driving in the left lane
while approaching an
o-ramp on the right side of the
highway), Navigate on Autopilot will be unable to
maneuver onto the o-ramp and as a result, the
navigation system will re-route you to your destination.
Navigate on Autopilot
93Autopilot
WARNING: Navigate on Autopilot may not always
attempt to exit at an o-ramp or change lanes,
even when an exit or lane change is determined by
the navigation route. Always remain alert and be
prepared to manually steer onto an o-ramp, or
make a lane change to prepare for, or to exit at, an
o-ramp or interchange.
Be Ready to Assist
When attempting to change lanes or maneuver Model
3, or when approaching construction zones, Navigate
on Autopilot may be unable to determine the
appropriate driving lane (for example, complex clover
leafs and multi-lane
o-ramps) and the touchscreen
displays an alert indicating that Navigate on Autopilot
is trying to maneuver and may require assistance. When
you see the message, be prepared to take immediate
action to ensure that it is safe and appropriate to
complete the lane change or maneuver.
Navigate on Autopilot
94 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may
not be equipped with Trac Light and Stop Sign Control.
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control is designed to recognize and respond to trac lights and stop signs, slowing
Model 3 to a stop when using Trac-Aware cruise control or Autosteer. This feature uses the vehicle's forward-facing
cameras, in addition to GPS data, and slows the car for all detected trac lights, including green, blinking yellow,
and
o lights in addition to stop signs and some road markings. As Model 3 approaches an intersection, the
touchscreen displays a notification indicating the intention to slow down. You must confirm that you want to
continue or Model 3 stops at the red line displayed on the touchscreen's driving visualization.
NOTE: Trac Light and Stop Sign Control is a BETA feature and works best on roads that are frequently driven by
Tesla vehicles. Trac Light and Stop Sign Control attempts to stop at all trac lights, including green lights.
WARNING: NEVER make assumptions and predict when and where Trac Light and Stop Sign Control will
stop or continue through an intersection or road marking. From a driver's perspective, the behavior of Trac
Light and Stop Sign Control may appear inconsistent. Always pay attention to the roadway and be prepared to
take immediate action. It is the driver's responsibility to determine whether to stop or continue through an
intersection. Never depend on Trac Light and Stop Sign Control to determine when it is safe and/or
appropriate to stop or continue through an intersection.
Before Using
Before using Trac Light and Stop Sign Control, you must:
•
Ensure that forward-facing cameras are unobstructed (see Cleaning Cameras and Sensors on page 82) and
calibrated (see
Drive to Calibrate Cameras on page 81). Trac Light and Stop Sign Control depends on the ability
of the cameras to detect trac lights, stop signs, and road markings.
•
Ensure that the latest version of maps has been downloaded to Model 3. Although Trac Light and Stop Sign
Control primarily uses visual data received from the vehicle's cameras, greater accuracy is achieved when using
the most recent map data. To check which version of maps is currently downloaded, touch
Controls > Service >
Additional vehicle information. You must connect to a Wi-Fi network to receive updated maps (see Map Updates
on page 133).
•
Enable the feature. With the vehicle in Park, touch Controls > Autopilot > Trac Light and Stop Sign Control.
Once enabled, Trac Light and Stop Sign Control operates whenever Trac-Aware Cruise Control or Autosteer is
active.
How it Works
When Trac Light and Stop Sign Control is enabled and you are using Autosteer or Trac-Aware Cruise Control, the
touchscreen displays a popup message to inform you that an upcoming trac light, stop sign, or road marking has
been detected. As it approaches the stop location, even at an intersection where the trac light is green, Model 3
slows down and displays a red line to indicate where the vehicle will come to a complete stop. To continue through
the intersection—even if the trac light is green —you must press down on the drive stalk or briefly press the
accelerator pedal to give the vehicle permission to proceed. When you've
confirmed that you want to proceed, the
red stop line turns grey and Model 3 continues through the intersection and resumes your set cruising speed.
NOTE: If Model 3 is approaching a green light and detects that a vehicle in front of you is continuing through the
intersection,
Model 3 will continue through the intersection without requiring your confirmation, provided you are
not in a turning lane and your hands are detected on the steering wheel.
NOTE: If, after you press down on the drive stalk or press the accelerator pedal to confirm that you want to continue
through the intersection, the trac signal changes before you enter the intersection (for example, the light changes
from green to yellow or from yellow to red),
Model 3 may determine that it is not appropriate to proceed. Therefore,
Model 3 stops and you must manually press the accelerator to proceed. At all times, it is your responsibility to ensure
the vehicle stops or accelerates appropriately and safely.
WARNING:
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control WILL NOT turn Model 3 through an intersection. When in a
turning lane, Model 3 stops at the red stop line. To proceed, press down on the drive stalk or briefly press the
accelerator pedal—Model 3 will continue straight through the intersection (even when in a turning lane), so you
MUST manually steer Model 3 through the intersection (which cancels Autosteer).
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control is designed to operate as described only when the following conditions are met:
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control
95Autopilot
• Autosteer or Trac-Aware Cruise Control is engaged.
• The cameras can detect an upcoming trac light, stop sign or road marking (for example, cameras are
unobstructed and have a clear line-of-sight to the trac light, stop sign, or road marking).
• The touchscreen on Model 3 is displaying an upcoming trac light in "bold" format. Model 3 does not
acknowledge trac lights that the touchscreen shows as faded. If a trac light is not directly ahead of the
camera (for example, it is located at an angle of the camera's view, or located in an adjacent lane) the
touchscreen displays it as faded and Model 3 does not slow down and stop for it.
WARNING: If the touchscreen is not displaying a red stop line at an upcoming intersection, Model 3 does not
slow down or stop. It is the driver's responsibility to pay attention to upcoming intersections and monitor
trac conditions to determine when and if the vehicle should stop and then to take appropriate action as
needed.
WARNING: Never depend on Trac Light and Stop Sign Control to determine whether to stop at, or proceed
through, an intersection. Drive attentively by watching the road and paying attention to the roadway,
upcoming intersections, trac conditions, crosswalks, and other road users. It is always the driver's
responsibility to determine whether to stop or proceed. Be prepared to take immediate action. Failure to do
so can result in injury or death.
WARNING: In some situations, Trac Light and Stop Sign Control may inaccurately detect a trac light or
stop sign, causing Model 3 to slow down unexpectedly. Be prepared to take immediate action at all times.
WARNING: You must press down on the drive stalk or briefly press the accelerator pedal to confirm that you
want to proceed through an intersection, regardless of the status of the trac light. If you do not confirm,
Model 3 stops at the red stop line displayed on the touchscreen, even if a stop may not be appropriate.
Stopping at a green light may confuse other drivers and may result in a collision, injury or death. Therefore,
always pay attention to upcoming intersections and be prepared to manually brake or accelerate in response
to surroundings.
WARNING: Never assume that your ability to see a trac light, stop sign, or road marking (especially at a
complex intersection, or an intersection in which a trac light or sign is partially obstructed, etc.) means that
Model 3 can also identify it and respond appropriately.
WARNING: Even the most recent map data does not include all trac lights and stop signs. Therefore, Trac
Light and Stop Sign Control relies heavily on the ability of the cameras to detect trac lights, stop signs,
road markings, etc. As a result, Model 3 may ignore an intersection that is blocked from the camera's view
(for example, obstructed by a tree or a large vehicle or object, or located near a steep hill or sharp curve).
WARNING: Trac Light and Stop Sign Control is not a substitute for attentive driving and sound judgment.
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control
96 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Trac Lights
When driving with Autosteer or Trac-Aware Cruise Control engaged, and Trac Light and Stop Sign Control
enabled, Model 3 is designed to respond as follows when approaching intersections controlled by a trac light:
Type of Trac Light Vehicle Intended Response
At a solid green trac light, or at a trac light that is currently o (not
illuminated), Model 3 slows down.
If you are following a car in front of you that continues through the intersection, a
green stop line displays on the touchscreen and provided your hands are detected
on the steering wheel,
Model 3 also continues. If a car is not in front of you, a red
stop line displays on the touchscreen and you must confirm that you want to
continue through the intersection by pressing down on the drive stalk or briefly
pressing the accelerator pedal. If you don’t confirm, Model 3 stops at the red stop
line.
NOTE: Model 3 resumes the set cruising speed when it continues through the
intersection, taking into consideration the speed of a vehicle is in front of you.
Model 3 slows down and comes to a complete stop at the red stop line shown on
the touchscreen. When you want to continue through the intersection (for
example, after the light turns green again, or once Model 3 has come to a complete
stop), you must press down on the drive stalk or briefly press the accelerator
pedal.
Model 3 slows down and comes to a complete stop at the red stop line shown on
the touchscreen. When you want to proceed through the intersection (for example,
after the light turns green again), you must press down on the drive stalk or briefly
press the accelerator pedal.
NOTE: If the trac light changes after you've confirmed that you want to proceed
(for example, a green
trac light turns yellow), Model 3 may stop instead of
continuing, especially if Model 3 determines that it can safely stop before entering
the intersection.
NOTE: Model 3 is not designed to proceed through an intersection when the trac
light is red or if the light turns yellow when there is adequate distance to safely
stop before the intersection.
NOTE: You can take over driving at any time by manually braking to cancel
Autosteer or
Trac-aware Cruise Control.
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control
97Autopilot
Type of Trac Light Vehicle Intended Response
Model 3 slows down. To proceed, you must press down on the drive stalk or briefly
press the accelerator pedal. If you don’t, Model 3 stops at the red stop line shown
on the touchscreen.
NOTE: To prevent Model 3 from stopping and to minimize how much it slows down
as it approaches, you can confirm that you want to proceed by pressing down on
the drive stalk or pressing the accelerator pedal at any time after the touchscreen
displays the red stop line. Model 3 resumes your set cruising speed immediately
after you confirm (taking into consideration whether a vehicle is in front of you).
WARNING: Approach attentively and be prepared to press the brake pedal to
slow down or stop.
Model 3 slows down and comes to a complete stop at the red stop line shown on
the touchscreen. When you want to proceed through the intersection (for example,
trac laws and conditions indicate it is safe and legal to proceed), you must press
down on the drive stalk or briefly press the accelerator pedal.
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control
98 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Stop Signs and Road Markings
When driving with Autosteer or Trac-aware Cruise Control engaged, and Trac Light and Stop Sign Control
enabled, Model 3 is designed to respond as follows when approaching intersections controlled by stop signs, stop
lines, or road markings:
Type of Intersection Vehicle Intended Response
No Trac Control
Arm of T-junction
Model 3 assumes the right of way and continues straight without slowing down or
stopping.
End of T-junction
If the vehicle can detect a T-junction based on the map data, Model 3 slows down
and comes to a complete stop at the red stop line shown on the touchscreen. When
you want to proceed, you must take over steering and acceleration.
WARNING: Model 3 may not stop at a T-junction that does not have a stop sign
or stop line, or if the map data does not detect a T-junction. Drive attentively
and be prepared to stop the vehicle when needed.
Stop Sign
Model 3 slows down and comes to a complete stop at the red stop line shown on the
touchscreen. When you want to proceed through the intersection, you must press
down on the drive stalk or briefly press the accelerator pedal.
NOTE: If you confirm that you want to proceed through an intersection controlled by
a stop sign by pressing down on the drive stalk or pressing the accelerator pedal
before
Model 3 has stopped, your confirmation is ignored. Model 3 is not designed to
proceed through a stop sign without stopping.
NOTE: Even when using Autosteer, and even if you have engaged a turn signal, you
must turn the steering wheel yourself (which cancels Autosteer) to complete a turn
at an intersection.
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control
99Autopilot
Type of Intersection Vehicle Intended Response
Stop Sign and Road Marking
Road Marking
WARNING: Model 3 also slows down and stops at a roundabout. You must take over steering (which cancels
Autosteer) and press down on the drive stalk or briefly press the accelerator pedal to confirm that you want
to continue through the roundabout.
WARNING: At crosswalks, Model 3 may slow down and may stop, depending on whether the crosswalk is
controlled by a trac light and whether the cameras detect pedestrians, bicyclists, etc. in the crosswalk. Pay
particular attention at crosswalks and be prepared to take over at any time. Failure to do so can result in
injury or death.
Limitations
Depending on many dierent circumstances and environmental conditions, Trac Light and Stop Sign Control may
or may not stop at:
•
Railroad crossings.
•
Keep-out zones.
•
Toll booths.
•
Crosswalk systems.
•
Yield signs or temporary trac lights and stop signs (such as at construction areas).
• Miscellaneous trac U-turn lights, bicycle and pedestrian crossing lights, lane availability lights, etc.
In addition, Trac Light and Stop Sign Control is particularly unlikely to operate as intended, can disengage, or
may not operate, when one or more of the following conditions are present:
• Driving through consecutive light-controlled intersections that are very close to each other.
• Visibility is poor (heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.) or weather conditions are interfering with camera or sensor
operation.
•
Bright light (such as direct sunlight) is interfering with the view of the camera(s).
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control
100 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• A camera is obstructed, covered, damaged, or not
properly calibrated.
• Driving on a hill or on a road that has sharp curves on
which the cameras are unable to see upcoming trac
lights or stop signs.
•
A trac light, stop sign, or road marking is
obstructed (for example, a tree, a large vehicle, etc.).
• Model 3 is being driven very close to a vehicle in front
of it, which is blocking the view of a camera.
WARNING: The limitations listed above are not an
exhaustive list of reasons why Model 3 may not
operate as expected. Many unforeseen
circumstances can adversely impact the accurate
operation of Trac Light and Stop Sign Control.
Using this feature does not reduce or eliminate the
need to drive attentively and responsibly. You must
be prepared to take appropriate and immediate
action at all times.
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control
101Autopilot
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle
configuration, options purchased, and software version,
your vehicle may not be equipped with Autopark.
Autopark uses data from the ultrasonic sensors and GPS
to simplify parking on public roads by maneuvering
Model 3 into parallel and perpendicular parking spaces.
See To Use Autopark on page 102.
CAUTION: Ensure all cameras and sensors are
clean. Unclean cameras and sensors, as well as
environmental conditions such as rain and faded
lane markings, can aect Autopilot performance.
WARNING: Autopark's performance depends on
the ability of the ultrasonic sensors to determine
the vehicle's proximity to curbs, objects, and other
vehicles.
To Use Autopark
When driving, follow these steps to allow Autopark to
maneuver Model 3 into a parking space:
1.
When driving slowly on a public road, monitor the
touchscreen to determine when Autopark has
detected a parking space. When Autopark detects a
potential parking space, the touchscreen displays a
parking icon. Autopark detects parallel parking
locations when driving below
15 mph (24 km/h) and
perpendicular parking locations when driving below
10 mph (16 km/h).
NOTE: The parking icon appears only if the vehicle's
position and/or the circumstances of the surrounding
area are such that Autopark can determine an
appropriate driving path. If Autopark cannot
determine an appropriate path (for example, when
driving on a narrow street where moving into the
parking space causes the front of the vehicle to
extend into the adjacent lane), you can either
reposition the vehicle,
find a dierent parking space,
or park manually.
2. Check to determine if the detected parking space is
appropriate and safe. If so, pull forward and stop
approximately a car length ahead of the parking
space (as you normally would when parallel parking
or when backing into a perpendicular parking space).
3.
Release the steering wheel, shift Model 3 into
Reverse, then touch Start Autopark on the
touchscreen.
4.
When parking is complete, Autopark displays the
"Complete" message.
In situations where Autopark cannot operate due to
inadequate sensor data, the
touchscreen displays a
message indicating that you must manually park Model
3.
NOTE: If you press the brake when Autopark is actively
parking Model 3, the parking process pauses until you
touch Resume on the touchscreen.
NOTE: Autopark detects potential perpendicular parking
spaces that are at least 9.5 feet (2.9 meters) wide with a
vehicle parked on each side. Autopark detects parallel
parking spaces that are at least 20 feet (6 meters), but
less than 30 feet (9 meters) long. Autopark does not
operate on angled parking spaces.
WARNING:
Never depend on Autopark to find a
parking space that is legal, suitable, and safe.
Autopark may not always detect objects in the
parking space. Always perform visual checks to
confirm that a parking space is appropriate and
safe.
WARNING:
When Autopark is actively steering
Model 3, the steering wheel moves in accordance
with Autopark's adjustments. Do not interfere with
the movement of the steering wheel. Doing so
cancels Autopark.
WARNING:
During the parking sequence,
continually check your surroundings. Be prepared
to apply the brakes to avoid vehicles, pedestrians,
or objects.
WARNING:
When Autopark is active, monitor the
touchscreen to ensure that you are aware of the
instructions that Autopark is providing.
To Pause Parking
To pause Autopark, press the brake pedal once. Model 3
stops and remains stopped until you touch Resume on
the touchscreen.
To Cancel Parking
Autopark cancels the parking sequence when you
manually move the steering wheel, change gears, or
touch Cancel on the touchscreen. Autopark also cancels
parking when:
•
The parking sequence exceeds seven moves.
Autopark
102 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• Model 3 detects that the driver is exiting the vehicle.
• A door is opened.
•
You press the accelerator pedal.
• You press the brake pedal while Autopark is paused.
• An Automatic Emergency Braking event occurs (see
Collision Avoidance Assist on page 113).
Limitations
Autopark is particularly unlikely to operate as intended
in these situations:
• The road is sloped. Autopark is designed to operate
on flat roads only.
• Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.).
• The curb is constructed of material other than stone,
or the curb cannot be detected.
• The target parking space is directly adjacent to a wall
or pillar (for example, the last parking space of a row
in an underground parking structure).
•
One or more of the ultrasonic sensors is damaged,
dirty, or obstructed (such as by mud, ice, or snow).
•
Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog, or
extremely hot or cold temperatures) are interfering
with sensor operation.
•
The sensors are aected by other electrical
equipment or devices that generate ultrasonic waves.
WARNING:
Many unforeseen circumstances can
impair Autopark's ability to park Model 3. Keep
this in mind and remember that as a result,
Autopark may not steer Model 3 appropriately. Pay
attention when parking Model 3 and stay prepared
to immediately take control.
Autopark
103Autopilot
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle
configuration, options purchased, and software version,
your vehicle may not be equipped with Summon.
Summon allows you to automatically park and retrieve
Model 3 while you are standing outside the vehicle.
Summon uses data from the ultrasonic sensors to move
Model 3 forward and reverse up to 39 feet (12 meters) in,
or out of, a parking space.
To move Model 3 a longer distance while steering
around objects, you can use Smart Summon (if
equipped) and your mobile phone. Smart Summon
allows your vehicle to
find you (or you can send your
vehicle to a chosen location). See Smart Summon on
page 107.
CAUTION:
Ensure all cameras and sensors are
clean. Unclean cameras and sensors, as well as
environmental conditions such as rain and faded
lane markings, can aect Autopilot performance.
WARNING:
Summon is designed and intended for
use only on parking lots and driveways on private
property where the surrounding area is familiar
and predictable.
WARNING:
Summon is a BETA feature. You must
continually monitor the vehicle and its
surroundings and stay prepared to take immediate
action at any time. It is the driver's responsibility to
use Summon safely, responsibly, and as intended.
WARNING:
Summon's performance depends on
the ability of the ultrasonic sensors to determine
the vehicle's proximity to objects, people, animals,
and other vehicles.
Before Using Summon
Before operating Summon, use the touchscreen to
enable it and customize how you want it to work. Touch
Controls > Autopilot > Summon, then touch Customize
and adjust the following settings to suit your
preferences:
•
Bumper Clearance: Set the distance that you want
Summon to stop from a detected object (for
example, you may want Summon to stop within just a
few inches of a garage wall). Note that this distance
applies only to objects that Summon detects directly
in front of
Model 3 when moving forward, or directly
behind Model 3 when reversing.
• Summon Distance: Set a maximum distance that
Model 3 can travel when entering or exiting a parking
space.
•
Side Clearance: Choose an option to specify how
much side clearance you want to allow. Tight allows
Model 3 to enter and exit very narrow parking spaces.
WARNING:
Parking in a narrow space limits the
ability of the sensors to accurately detect the
location of obstacles, increasing the risk of
damage to Model 3 and/or surrounding objects.
• Require Continuous Press
: By default, Summon
requires that you press and hold a button on the
mobile app or the key fob accessory to move Model 3
during the parking process. When Require
Continuous Press is set to NO, you can press and
release the button—you don't need to hold it down to
keep the vehicle moving. Also,
Require Continuous
Press must be set to NO if you want to operate
Summon using the
key fob accessory instead of the
mobile app (see Operating Summon with the Key on
page 105), or if you want to start a parking sequence
from inside the vehicle (see Starting Summon Before
Exiting the Vehicle on page 105).
• Use Auto HomeLink (if equipped): Set to ON if you
want to activate HomeLink to open/close a
programmed HomeLink device (such as a gate or a
garage door) during the parking process when using
Summon. If enabled, the device automatically opens
and closes when
Model 3 enters or exits during a
Summon session. In a Smart Summon session (if
equipped), the device automatically opens when, at
the beginning of a session, Smart Summon detects
that Model 3 is parked in a garage.
WARNING:
Always ensure that Model 3 is fully
in or out of a garage before HomeLink lowers
the garage door. Summon and Smart Summon
(if equipped) cannot detect where an overhead
door will lower.
NOTE: When enabled, the HomeLink device
automatically opens and closes when using Summon,
and automatically opens as needed when using
Smart Summon (if equipped). To automate HomeLink
in other situations (such as normal driving), you must
adjust the HomeLink device's main settings by
touching the HomeLink icon at the top of the
touchscreen (see HomeLink Universal Transceiver on
page 145).
NOTE: The above settings, with the exception of
HomeLink, apply only to Summon—not Smart Summon,
if equipped (see
Before Using Smart Summon on page
107). You cannot customize Smart Summon's bumper
clearance, distance, and side clearance. And when using
Smart Summon, you must always hold down the button
on the mobile app to keep
Model 3 moving. Also, Smart
Summon operates with the mobile app only—not the key
fob accessory.
NOTE: All settings are retained until you manually
change them.
Using Summon to Park and Retrieve
your Vehicle
Follow these steps to use Summon to park your Model 3:
• Align Model 3 within 39 feet (12 meters) of the
parking space so Model 3 can follow a straight path
into or out of the space in either Drive or Reverse.
Summon
104 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• From outside the vehicle, initiate the parking
maneuver by touching Summon on the mobile app,
then holding down the FORWARD or REVERSE
button.
NOTE: If the Require Continuous Press setting is NO,
you do not need to hold down the button, just press
and release.
NOTE: You can also initiate the parking maneuver
from inside the vehicle (see
Starting Summon Before
Exiting the Vehicle on page 105).
Summon shifts Model 3 into Drive or Reverse (based on
the direction you specified) and drives into or out of the
parking space. When parking is complete, or if an
obstacle is detected, Summon shifts
Model 3 into Park.
Summon shifts Model 3 into Park when:
• Model 3 detects an obstacle in its driving path (within
the Bumper Clearance setting that you specified).
•
Summon has moved Model 3 the maximum distance
of 39 feet (12 meters).
•
You release the FORWARD or REVERSE button
(when Require Continuous Press is turned on).
•
You press any button to manually stop Summon.
If you used Summon to park Model 3, you can then use
Summon to return Model 3 back to its original position
(provided the vehicle has remained in Park), or to the
maximum Summon Distance that you have specified
(whichever comes first). Simply specify the opposite
direction on the mobile app and Summon moves the
vehicle along the original path, provided no obstructions
have been introduced. If the ultrasonic sensors detect an
obstacle, Summon attempts to avoid the obstacle while
staying very close to its original path (Summon does not
steer around obstacles).
NOTE: To move Summon multiple times in the same
direction (not to exceed the maximum of 39 feet (12
meters), cancel Summon and then restart the parking
process using the same direction.
NOTE: Although Summon can move Model 3 a short
distance laterally to avoid an obstacle, it does not
attempt to steer around an obstacle to return the vehicle
to its original driving path.
Only Smart Summon (if
equipped) can steer the vehicle around objects.
NOTE: If you release the direction button on the mobile
app, Summon stops moving Model 3.
NOTE: Summon requires that Model 3 can detect a valid
key nearby.
NOTE: Summon requires that Model 3 can detect an
authenticated phone nearby
(Canada only).
WARNING:
Model 3 cannot detect obstacles that
are located lower than the bumper, are very
narrow, or are hanging from a ceiling (for example,
bicycles). In addition, many unforeseen
circumstances can impair Summon's ability to
move in or out of a parking space and, as a result,
Summon may not move Model 3 appropriately.
Therefore, you must continually monitor the
vehicle's movement and its surroundings and
remain prepared to stop Model 3 at any time.
Operating Summon with the Key
NOTE: Using the key to operate Summon is available
only in the United States.
NOTE: Summon may not operate if the key fob
accessory's battery is low.
Follow these steps to park Model 3 from outside the
vehicle using the key fob accessory:
1.
On the touchscreen, ensure that Require Continuous
Press is disabled (touch Controls > Autopilot >
Summon > Require Continuous Press > NO).
2.
With Model 3 in Park, stand within 10 feet (3 meters)
and press and hold the top center button on the key
fob accessory (Lock/Unlock All button) until the
hazard lights blink continuously.
NOTE: The hazard lights flash once as Model 3 locks,
then within five seconds, Model 3 powers on and the
hazard lights
flash continuously. Do not proceed to
the next step until the hazard lights are flashing. If,
after five seconds, the hazard lights are not flashing,
release the button on the key fob accessory, move
closer to Model 3, and try again. If Summon receives
no further input within ten seconds, Summon cancels.
3.
Press the Front Trunk button on the key fob
accessory to move Model 3 forward into the parking
space, or press the Rear Trunk button to reverse
Model 3 into the parking space.
Starting Summon Before Exiting the
Vehicle
To start a Summon parking sequence before exiting
Model 3:
1.
On the touchscreen, ensure that Require Continuous
Press is disabled (touch Controls > Autopilot >
Summon > Require Continuous Press > NO).
2.
Close all doors and trunks.
3.
With Model 3 powered on and the Park gear
engaged, double press the Park button on the drive
stalk. The touchscreen displays a popup window.
4. On the touchscreen, choose the direction of travel.
5.
Exit Model 3 and close the driver's door.
Summon
105Autopilot
Summon now moves Model 3 according to the direction
you specified on the touchscreen.
NOTE: To cancel the parking maneuver before exiting,
touch Cancel on the popup window.
NOTE: If you do not choose a direction of travel on the
touchscreen, Summon does not start a parking
maneuver when you exit.
Stopping or Canceling Summon
You can stop Model 3 at any time while Summon is
active by using the mobile app or by pressing any
button on the key fob accessory. Summon also cancels
when:
•
A door handle is engaged or a door is opened.
•
You interact with the steering wheel, brake pedal,
accelerator pedal, or drive stalk.
• Model 3 detects an obstacle.
•
Summon has moved Model 3 the maximum distance
of approximately 39 feet (12 meters).
•
Your phone enters sleep mode or loses connectivity
to Model 3.
Limitations
Summon is unlikely to operate as intended in the
following types of situations:
•
The driving path is sloped. Summon is designed to
operate on flat roads only (up to 10% grade).
•
A raised concrete edge is detected. Summon will not
move the vehicle over an edge that is higher than
approximately
1 in (2.5 cm).
•
One or more of the ultrasonic sensors is damaged,
dirty, or obstructed (such as by mud, ice, or snow, or
by a vehicle bra, excessive paint, or adhesive
products such as wraps, stickers, rubber coating,
etc.).
•
Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog, or
extremely hot or cold temperatures) are interfering
with sensor operation.
•
The sensors are aected by other electrical
equipment or devices that generate ultrasonic
waves.
NOTE: Summon is disabled if Model 3 is in Valet mode
(see Valet Mode on page 45).
WARNING:
The list above does not represent an
exhaustive list of situations that may interfere
with proper operation of Summon. It is the
driver's responsibility to remain in control of
Model 3 at all times. Pay close attention whenever
Summon is actively moving Model 3 and stay
prepared to take immediate action. Failure to do
so can result in serious property damage, injury or
death.
Summon
106 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle
configuration, options purchased, and software version,
your vehicle may not be equipped with Smart Summon.
Smart Summon is designed to allow you to move Model
3 to your location (using your phone's GPS as a target
destination) or to a location of your choice,
maneuvering around and stopping for objects as
necessary.
Smart Summon works with the Tesla mobile
app when your phone is located within approximately
213 feet (65 meters) of Model 3. Using ultrasonic
sensors, cameras, and GPS data, Smart Summon
maneuvers
Model 3 out of parking spaces and around
corners. This is useful for moving Model 3 out of a tight
parking spot, through puddles, or helping you retrieve
your car while carrying packages. You must maintain a
clear line of sight between you and
Model 3 and closely
monitor the vehicle and its surroundings at all times.
CAUTION:
Ensure all cameras and sensors are
clean. Unclean cameras and sensors, as well as
environmental conditions such as rain and faded
lane markings, can aect Autopilot performance.
WARNING:
Smart Summon is designed and
intended for use only on parking lots and
driveways located on private property where the
surrounding area is familiar and predictable. Do
not use Smart Summon on public roads.
WARNING:
Smart Summon must only be used on
paved surfaces.
WARNING:
Smart Summon is a BETA feature. You
must continually monitor the vehicle and its
surroundings and stay prepared to take
immediate action at any time. It is the driver's
responsibility to use Smart Summon safely,
responsibly, and as intended.
WARNING:
Smart Summon may not stop for all
objects (especially very low objects such as some
curbs, or very high objects such as a shelf) and
may not react to all trac. Smart Summon does
not recognize the direction of trac, does not
navigate around empty parking spaces, and may
not anticipate crossing trac.
WARNING:
Smart Summon's performance
depends on the ultrasonic sensors, the visibility of
the cameras, and the availability of an adequate
cellular signal and GPS data.
WARNING:
When using Smart Summon, you must
maintain a clear line of sight between you and
Model 3 and stay prepared to stop the vehicle at
any time by releasing the button on the mobile
app.
Before Using Smart Summon
•
Download the latest version of the Tesla mobile app
to your phone, and ensure your phone has cellular
service and GPS enabled.
• Your phone must be connected to Model 3 and
located within approximately
213 feet (65 meters).
• The vehicle's Autopilot cameras must be fully
calibrated (see
Drive to Calibrate Cameras on page
81).
• You must have a clear line of sight to Model 3.
• Model 3 must be in Park, not charging, and all doors
and trunks must be closed.
Using Smart Summon
1. Open the Tesla mobile app, and press SUMMON.
2.
Press the Smart Summon icon located in the center
of the image of your Model 3. It may take several
seconds for Smart Summon to start up.
NOTE: You can use Standby Mode to eliminate the
delay that occurs when Smart Summon is starting up
(see
Standby Mode on page 108).
The mobile app displays a map with a blue circle,
which represents the maximum proximity of 213 feet
(65 meters) that you must maintain between your
phone and Model 3. The blue dot on the map
represents your location, and the red arrow
represents the location of Model 3.
3.
Position yourself anywhere within the blue circle
where you have a clear line of sight to Model 3.
4.
You can now operate Smart Summon using either of
these modes:
◦
COME TO ME mode: Press and hold the COME TO
ME button. Model 3 moves to your GPS location.
As you move, Model 3 follows you. When Model 3
reaches you, it stops and shifts into park.
◦
GO TO TARGET mode: Touch the crosshair icon
then drag the map to position the pin on a
chosen destination. Press and hold the
GO TO
TARGET button. Model 3 moves to the
destination. When reaching the location, Model 3
stops and shifts into Park and the mobile app
displays a message indicating that Summon has
completed.
NOTE: To subsequently change the location, lift
your finger, reposition the map, then press and
hold
GO TO TARGET again.
To stop Model 3 at any time, simply release the
COME TO ME or GO TO TARGET button.
The map's crosshair icon toggles
between
GO TO TARGET and COME TO
ME modes. When COME TO ME mode is
selected, the icon is blue.
NOTE: The map also has an icon that
allows you to display/hide satellite
imagery.
Smart Summon
107Autopilot
Immediately after initiating Smart Summon in either
mode, hazard lights briefly flash, mirrors fold, and
Model 3 shifts into the appropriate driving gear (Drive
or Reverse). Model 3 then slowly moves to within 3 feet
(1 meter) of you (COME TO ME) or your chosen
destination (GO TO TARGET), navigating obstacles as
needed. As
Model 3 moves, the corresponding red
arrow on the map also moves to show the vehicle’s
location. As you move, the corresponding blue dot also
moves to show your location.
In either mode, Model 3 stops moving and shifts into
park when:
•
You release the button on the mobile app.
•
The maximum proximity of 213 feet (65 meters)
between your phone and Model 3 is exceeded (if
moving Model 3 to a destination away from you, you
may need to follow the car to maintain this
distance).
• The driving path is blocked.
•
Model 3 has moved the maximum distance of 475
feet (145 meters) since the start of the Smart
Summon session, or has moved 492 feet (150
meters) away from the location from which the
vehicle was last driven manually.
NOTE: If Smart Summon moves Model 3 forward
three feet and then backwards two feet, this is
considered five feet of travel.
NOTE: There is no need to look at the mobile app—just
hold down the button while keeping your eye on Model
3 and its driving path at all times, remaining ready to
release the button to stop the vehicle if needed.
If equipped and Auto HomeLink is enabled for Summon
(touch Controls > Autopilot > Summon > Use Auto
HomeLink, Smart Summon automatically opens a
HomeLink device if you start the Smart Summon
maneuver when
Model 3 is located inside a garage. The
mobile app informs you that the door has opened.
WARNING:
When you release the button to stop
Model 3, a slight delay occurs before the vehicle
stops. Therefore, it is critical that you pay close
attention to the vehicle’s driving path at all times
and proactively anticipate obstacles that the
vehicle may be unable to detect.
WARNING:
Use extreme caution when using
Smart Summon in environments where movement
of obstacles can be unpredictable. For example,
where people, children or animals are present.
WARNING:
Smart Summon may not stop for all
objects (especially very low objects such as some
curbs, or very high objects such as a shelf) and
may not react to all oncoming or side trac. Pay
attention and be ready to stop Model 3 at all
times by releasing the button on the mobile app.
Standby Mode
To keep Model 3 ready to Summon and reduce the time
it takes to warm up, turn on Standby Mode. Touch
Controls > Autopilot > Customize Summon > Standby
Mode. When Standby Mode is turned on, you can
conserve Battery energy by disabling Standby Mode at
these locations:
• Exclude Home - Disables Standby Mode at the
location you set as Home in your Favorites list.
• Exclude Work - Disables Standby Mode at the
location you set as Work in your Favorites list.
• Exclude Favorites - Disables Standby Mode at any
location in your Favorites list.
NOTE: To conserve energy, Smart Summon
automatically exits Standby mode from midnight to
6:00 am. During these hours, you will experience a
delay as Smart Summon starts up.
NOTE: Additional battery power may be consumed
while Standby Mode is active.
NOTE: For details on how to designate a location as
Home, Work, or Favorites, see
Recent, Favorite, Home
and Work Destinations on page 132).
Stopping or Canceling Smart
Summon
Smart Summon stops Model 3 whenever you release
the button on the mobile app. To resume the Smart
Summon session, simply press the
COME TO ME or GO
TO TARGET button again.
WARNING:
Always anticipate when you need to
stop Model 3. Depending on the quality of the
connectivity between the phone and Model 3,
there may be a slight delay between when you
release the button and when the car stops.
Smart Summon cancels, and requires you to restart it,
when:
•
A door handle is engaged or a door is opened.
•
You interact with the steering wheel, brake pedal,
accelerator pedal, or drive stalk.
• Model 3 is blocked by an obstacle.
• Smart Summon has moved Model 3 the maximum
distance of approximately
475 feet (145 meters)
within a 213 foot (65 meter) radius of the phone's
location. To move further than this distance, you
must shift Model 3 into a driving gear (Drive or
Reverse) and then re-initiate an Smart Summon
session.
•
Your phone enters sleep mode or loses connectivity
to Model 3.
Smart Summon
108 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Limitations
Smart Summon is unlikely to operate as intended in the
following types of situations:
• GPS data is unavailable due to poor cellular coverage.
• The driving path is sloped. Smart Summon is
designed to operate on flat roads only (up to 10%
grade).
• A raised concrete edge is detected. Depending on
the height of the concrete edge, Smart Summon may
not move Model 3 over it.
• One or more of the ultrasonic sensors or cameras is
damaged, dirty, or obstructed (such as by mud, ice,
or snow, or by a vehicle bra, excessive paint, or
adhesive products such as wraps, stickers, rubber
coating, etc.).
• Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog, or
extremely hot or cold temperatures) are interfering
with sensor or camera operation.
•
The sensors are aected by other electrical
equipment or devices that generate ultrasonic waves.
NOTE: Smart Summon is disabled if Model 3 is in Valet
mode (see Valet Mode on page 45).
WARNING:
The list above does not represent an
exhaustive list of situations that may interfere with
proper operation of Smart Summon. It is the
driver's responsibility to remain in control of Model
3 at all times. Pay close attention whenever Smart
Summon is actively moving Model 3 and stay
prepared to take immediate action. Failure to do
so can result in serious property damage, injury or
death.
Smart Summon
109Autopilot
The Autopilot cameras and ultrasonic sensors monitor
the markers on the lane you are driving in as well as the
areas surrounding Model 3 for the presence of vehicles
or other objects.
When an object is detected in your blind spot or near
the side of
Model 3 (such as a vehicle, guard rail, etc.),
the touchscreen displays colored lines radiating from the
image of your vehicle. The location of the lines
correspond to the location of the detected object. The
color of the lines (white, yellow, orange, or red)
represent the object's proximity to
Model 3, with white
being the farthest and red being the closest and
requiring your immediate attention. These colored lines
only display when driving between approximately
7 and
85 mph (12 and 140 km/h). When Autosteer is active,
these colored lines also display if driving slower than 7
mph (12 km/h). However, the colored lines do not display
if Model 3 is at a standstill (for example, in heavy trac).
CAUTION:
Ensure all cameras and sensors are
clean. Dirty cameras and sensors, as well as
environmental conditions such as rain and faded
lane markings, can aect Autopilot performance.
WARNING:
Lane Assist features are for guidance
purposes only and is not intended to replace your
own direct visual checks. Before changing lanes,
always use side mirrors and perform the
appropriate shoulder checks to visually determine
if it is safe and appropriate to change lanes.
WARNING:
Never depend on Lane Assist to inform
you if you unintentionally drive outside of the
driving lane, or to inform you that there is a vehicle
beside you or in your blind spot. Several external
factors can reduce the performance of Lane Assist
(see Limitations and Inaccuracies on page 111). It
is the driver's responsibility to stay alert and pay
attention to the driving lane and other road users.
Failure to do so can result in serious injury or
death.
Lane Departure Avoidance
Lane Departure Avoidance is designed to warn you if
Model 3 is drifting out of, or nears the edge of, your
driving lane.
Lane Departure Avoidance operates when driving
between 40 and 90 mph (64 and 145 km/h) on
roadways with clearly visible lane markings. You can
choose if and how you want Lane Departure Warning to
operate by touching
Controls > Autopilot > Lane
Departure Avoidance and selecting either of these
options:
• OFF: You are not warned of lane departures or
potential collisions with a vehicle in an adjacent lane.
• WARNING: If a front wheel passes over a lane
marking, the steering wheel vibrates.
•
ASSIST: Corrective steering is applied to keep Model
3 in a safe position if Model 3 drifts into an adjacent
lane or near the edge of the roadway.
NOTE: Your setting is retained and saved to your Driver
Profile until you manually change it.
When Lane Departure Avoidance is enabled and Model 3
drifts out of the driving lane when the associated turn
signal is o and Trac-Aware Cruise Control is active,
the feature also checks to see whether your hands are
on the steering wheel. If hands are not detected, the
touchscreen displays a series of alerts, similar to those
that are used when driving with Autosteer. If hands are
repeatedly not detected Model 3 gradually slows down
to 15 miles below the speed limit, or below the set
cruising speed, and the hazard lights start flashing.
NOTE: Lane Departure Avoidance does not warn you of
lane departures, or provide steering interventions, if the
associated turn signal is on, which indicates an
intentional lane change.
WARNING:
Lane Departure Avoidance is intended
to help keep you safe, but it does not work in
every situation and does not replace the need to
remain attentive and in control.
WARNING:
Keep your hands on the steering wheel
and drive attentively at all times.
WARNING:
Steering interventions are minimal and
are not designed to move Model 3 out of its
driving lane. Do not rely on steering interventions
to avoid side collisions.
Emergency Lane Departure
Avoidance
Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance automatically
applies steering to avoid a potential collision in
situations where:
Lane Assist
110 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• Model 3 is departing a lane and may collide with a
vehicle traveling in the same direction in the adjacent
lane (regardless of the status of the turn signal).
• Model 3 is departing a lane into an oncoming lane,
the turn signal is o, and an oncoming vehicle is
detected.
•
Model 3 is departing the roadway and the turn signal
is o (for example, very close to the edge of the road
and a collision may occur).
To turn this feature on or o, touch Controls > Autopilot
> Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance. Your setting is
retained and saved to your Driver
Profile until you
manually change it.
When Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance applies
steering, you will hear a chime and the
touchscreen
highlights the lane line in red and displays a warning.
Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance operates when
Model 3 is traveling between 40 and 90 mph (64 and
145 km/h) on a roadway with clearly visible lane
markings, curbs, etc.
WARNING:
Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance
is not a substitute for attentive driving and sound
judgment. Keep your eyes on the road when
driving and never depend on Emergency Lane
Departure Avoidance to prevent a collision. Several
factors can reduce or impair performance.
Depending on Emergency Lane Departure
Avoidance to prevent a potential collision can
result in serious injury or death.
Blind Spot Collision Warning Chime
If you want a chime to sound when a vehicle is in your
blind spot and a possible collision is detected, touch
Controls > Autopilot > Blind Spot Collision Warning
Chime.
WARNING:
Blind Spot Collision Warning Chime
cannot detect every collision. It is the driver's
responsibility to remain alert and check their blind
spots.
Adjacent Lane Speed
Due to market region and vehicle configuration, this
feature may not be available on your vehicle.
When your vehicle is moving significantly faster than
vehicles in adjacent lanes, Model 3 automatically reduces
your driving speed. This is especially helpful in heavy
trac situations or when vehicles are constantly
merging into
dierent lanes. When Model 3 detects that
other vehicles are driving significantly slower, the
touchscreen highlights the adjacent lanes with arrows
and detected vehicles in gray, slowing your vehicle down
as appropriate. You can temporarily override this feature
by pressing the accelerator pedal. Never rely on
Autopilot to determine a safe driving speed; you are
responsible for the vehicle and obeying
trac laws.
Limitations and Inaccuracies
Lane Assist features cannot always detect lane markings
and you may experience unnecessary or invalid warnings
in these situations:
• Visibility is poor and lane markings are not clearly
visible (due to heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.). The exact
detection zone of the ultrasonic sensors varies
depending on environmental conditions.
• Bright light (such as from oncoming headlights or
direct sunlight) is interfering with the view of the
camera(s).
• A vehicle in front of Model 3 is blocking the view of
the camera(s).
•
The windshield is obstructing the view of the
camera(s) (fogged over, dirty, covered by a sticker,
etc.).
•
Lane markings are excessively worn, have visible
previous markings, have been adjusted due to road
construction, or are changing quickly (for example,
lanes branching
o, crossing over, or merging).
•
The road is narrow or winding.
•
Objects or landscape features are casting strong
shadows on lane markers.
Lane Assist may not provide warnings, or may apply
inappropriate warnings, in these situations:
•
One or more of the ultrasonic sensors is damaged,
dirty, or obstructed (such as by mud, ice, or snow).
•
Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog, or
extremely hot or cold temperatures) are interfering
with sensor operation.
•
The sensors are aected by other electrical
equipment or devices that generate ultrasonic waves.
•
An object that is mounted to Model 3 is interfering
with and/or obstructing a sensor (such as a bike rack
or a bumper sticker).
In addition, Lane Assist may not steer Model 3 away
from an adjacent vehicle, or may apply unnecessary or
inappropriate steering, in these situations:
• You are driving Model 3 on sharp corners or on a
curve at a relatively high speed.
•
Bright light (such as from oncoming headlights or
direct sunlight) is interfering with the view of the
camera(s).
• You are drifting into another lane but an object (such
as a vehicle) is not present.
Lane Assist
111Autopilot
• A vehicle in another lane cuts in front of you or drifts
into your driving lane.
• Model 3 is not traveling within the speeds at which
the Lane Assist feature is designed to operate.
• One or more of the ultrasonic sensors is damaged,
dirty, or obstructed (such as by mud, ice, or snow).
•
Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog, or
extremely hot or cold temperatures) are interfering
with sensor operation.
•
The sensors are aected by other electrical
equipment or devices that generate ultrasonic
waves.
• An object mounted to Model 3 (such as a bike rack
or a bumper sticker) is interfering with or
obstructing a sensor.
• Visibility is poor and lane markings are not clearly
visible (due to heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.).
•
Lane markings are excessively worn, have visible
previous markings, have been adjusted due to road
construction or are changing quickly (for example,
lanes branching
o, crossing over, or merging).
WARNING:
The lists above do not represent every
possible situation that may interfere with Lane
Assist features. There are many reasons why Lane
Assist may not operate as intended. To avoid a
collision, stay alert and always pay attention to
the roadway so you can anticipate the need to
take corrective action as early as possible.
Lane Assist
112 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
The following collision avoidance features are designed
to increase the safety of you and your passengers:
• Forward Collision Warning - provides visual and
audible warnings in situations when Model 3 detects
that there is a high risk of a frontal collision (see
Forward Collision Warning on page 113).
•
Automatic Emergency Braking - automatically
applies braking to reduce the impact of a frontal
collision (see
Automatic Emergency Braking on page
114).
• Obstacle-Aware Acceleration - reduces acceleration
if
Model 3 detects an object in its immediate driving
path (see Obstacle-Aware Acceleration on page
114).
CAUTION:
Ensure all cameras and sensors are
clean. Unclean cameras and sensors, as well as
environmental conditions such as rain and faded
lane markings, can aect Autopilot performance.
WARNING:
Forward Collision Warning is for
guidance purposes only and is not a substitute for
attentive driving and sound judgment. Keep your
eyes on the road when driving and never depend
on Forward Collision Warning to warn you of a
potential collision. Several factors can reduce or
impair performance, causing either unnecessary,
invalid, inaccurate, or missed warnings.
Depending on Forward Collision Warning to warn
you of a potential collision can result in serious
injury or death.
WARNING:
Automatic Emergency Braking is not
designed to prevent all collisions. In certain
situations, it can minimize the impact of a frontal
collision by attempting to reduce your driving
speed. Depending on Automatic Emergency
Braking to avoid a collision can result in serious
injury or death.
WARNING:
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration is not
designed to prevent a collision. In certain
situations, it can minimize the impact of a
collision. Depending on Obstacle-Aware
Acceleration to avoid a collision can result in
serious injury or death.
Forward Collision Warning
The forward looking camera(s) and the radar sensor
monitor the area in front of Model 3 for the presence of
an object such as a vehicle, motorcycle, bicycle, or
pedestrian. If a collision is considered likely unless you
take immediate corrective action, Forward Collision
Warning is designed to sound a chime and highlight the
vehicle in front of you in red on the
touchscreen. If this
happens, TAKE IMMEDIATE CORRECTIVE ACTION!
Warnings cancel automatically when the risk of a
collision has been reduced (for example, you have
decelerated or stopped
Model 3, or the object in front
of your vehicle has moved out of your driving path).
If immediate action is not taken when Model 3 issues a
Forward Collision Warning, Automatic Emergency
Braking (if enabled) may automatically apply the brakes
if a collision is considered imminent (see
Automatic
Emergency Braking on page 114).
By default, Forward Collision Warning is turned on. To
turn it o or adjust its sensitivity, touch Controls >
Autopilot > Forward Collision Warning. Instead of the
default warning level of Medium, you can turn the
warning
O, or you can choose to be warned Late or
Early.
NOTE: Your chosen setting for Forward Collision
Warning is retained until you manually change it.
WARNING:
The camera(s) and sensors associated
with Forward Collision Warning are designed to
monitor an approximate area of up to 525 feet
(160 meters) in your driving path. The area being
monitored by Forward Collision Warning can be
adversely aected by road and weather
conditions. Use appropriate caution when driving.
WARNING:
Forward Collision Warning is designed
only to provide visual and audible alerts. It does
not attempt to apply the brakes or decelerate
Model 3. When seeing and/or hearing a warning,
it is the driver's responsibility to take corrective
action immediately.
Collision Avoidance Assist
113Autopilot
WARNING: Forward Collision Warning may
provide a warning in situations where the
likelihood of collision may not exist. Stay alert and
always pay attention to the area in front of Model
3 so you can anticipate whether any action is
required.
WARNING: Forward Collision Warning operates
only when driving between approximately 7 mph
(10 km/h) and 90 mph (150 km/h).
WARNING: Forward Collision Warning does not
provide a warning when the driver is already
applying the brake.
Automatic Emergency Braking
The forward looking camera(s) and the radar sensor are
designed to determine the distance from a detected
object traveling in front of
Model 3. When a frontal
collision is considered unavoidable, Automatic
Emergency Braking is designed to apply the brakes to
reduce the severity of the impact.
When Automatic Emergency Braking applies the
brakes, the touchscreen displays a visual warning and
sounds a chime. You may also notice abrupt downward
movement of the brake pedal. The brake lights turn on
to alert other road users that you are slowing down.
If driving 35 mph (56 km/h) or faster, the brakes are
released after Automatic Emergency Braking has
reduced your driving speed by
30 mph (50 km/h). For
example, if Automatic Emergency Braking applies
braking when driving 56 mph (90 km/h), it releases the
brakes when your speed has been reduced to
26 mph
(40 km/h).
Automatic Emergency Braking operates only when
driving between approximately
7 mph (10 km/h) and
90 mph (150 km/h).
Automatic Emergency Braking does not apply the
brakes, or stops applying the brakes, when:
• You turn the steering wheel sharply.
• You press and release the brake pedal while
Automatic Emergency Braking is applying the
brakes.
• You accelerate hard while Automatic Emergency
Braking is applying the brakes.
• The vehicle, motorcycle, bicycle, or pedestrian is no
longer detected ahead.
Automatic Emergency Braking is always enabled when
you start
Model 3. To disable it for your current drive,
touch Controls > Autopilot > Automatic Emergency
Braking.
WARNING: It is strongly recommended that you
do not disable Automatic Emergency Braking. If
you disable it, Model 3 does not automatically
apply the brakes in situations where a collision is
considered likely.
WARNING: Automatic Emergency Braking is
designed to reduce the severity of an impact. It is
not designed to avoid a collision.
WARNING: Several factors can aect the
performance of Automatic Emergency Braking,
causing either no braking or inappropriate or
untimely braking, such as when a vehicle is
partially in the path of travel or there is road
debris. It is the driver’s responsibility to drive
safely and remain in control of the vehicle at all
times. Never depend on Automatic Emergency
Braking to avoid or reduce the impact of a
collision.
WARNING: Automatic Emergency Braking is
designed to reduce the impact of frontal collisions
only and does not function when Model 3 is in
Reverse.
WARNING: Automatic Emergency Braking is not a
substitute for maintaining a safe traveling
distance between you and the vehicle in front of
you.
WARNING: The brake pedal moves downward
abruptly during automatic braking events. Always
ensure that the brake pedal can move freely. Do
not place material under or on top of the Tesla-
supplied driver’s floor mat (including an
additional mat) and always ensure that the
driver’s floor mat is properly secured. Failure to
do so can impede the ability of the brake pedal to
move freely.
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration is designed to reduce the
impact of a collision by reducing motor torque and in
some cases applying the brakes, if
Model 3 detects an
object in its driving path. The touchscreen displays a
visual warning and sounds a chime when the brakes are
automatically applied. For example, Model 3, while
parked in front of a closed garage door with the Drive
gear engaged, detects that you have pressed hard on
the accelerator pedal. Although
Model 3 still accelerates
and hits the garage door, the reduced torque may result
in less damage.
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration is designed to operate
only when all of these conditions are simultaneously
met:
•
A driving gear is engaged (Drive or Reverse).
Collision Avoidance Assist
114 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• Model 3 is stopped or traveling less than 10 mph (16
km/h).
• Model 3 detects an object in its immediate driving
path.
To disable Obstacle-Aware Acceleration, touch Controls
> Autopilot > Obstacle-Aware Acceleration.
WARNING: Obstacle-Aware Acceleration is
designed to reduce the severity of an impact. It is
not designed to avoid a collision.
WARNING: Obstacle-Aware Acceleration may not
limit torque in all situations. Several factors,
including environmental conditions, distance from
an obstacle, and a driver's actions, can limit, delay,
or inhibit Obstacle-Aware Acceleration.
WARNING: Obstacle-Aware Acceleration may not
limit torque when performing a sharp turn, such as
into a parking space.
WARNING: Do not rely on Obstacle-Aware
Acceleration to control acceleration or to avoid, or
limit, the severity of a collision, and do not attempt
to test Obstacle-Aware Acceleration. Doing so can
result in serious property damage, injury, or death.
WARNING: Several factors can aect the
performance of Obstacle-Aware Acceleration,
causing an inappropriate or untimely reduction in
motor torque. It is the driver's responsibility to
drive safely and remain in control of Model 3 at all
times.
Limitations and Inaccuracies
Collision Avoidance features cannot always detect all
objects, vehicles, bikes, or pedestrians, and you may
experience unnecessary, inaccurate, invalid, or missed
warnings for many reasons, particularly if:
•
The road has sharp curves.
•
Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.).
•
Bright light (such as from oncoming headlights or
direct sunlight) is interfering with the view of the
camera(s).
•
The radar sensor is obstructed (dirty, covered, etc.).
•
The windshield is obstructing the view of the
camera(s) (fogged over, dirty, covered by a sticker,
etc.).
WARNING:
The limitations previously described do
not represent an exhaustive list of situations that
may interfere with proper operation of Collision
Avoidance Assist features. These features may fail
to provide their intended function for many other
reasons. It is the driver’s responsibility to avoid
collisions by staying alert, paying attention, and
taking corrective action as early as possible.
CAUTION:
If a fault occurs with a Collision
Avoidance Assist feature, Model 3 displays an alert.
Contact Tesla Service.
Collision Avoidance Assist
115Autopilot
How Speed Assist Works
Model 3 displays a speed limit on the touchscreen and
you can choose if and how you are warned when you
exceed the speed limit.
You can touch this speed limit
sign to automatically change the set speed to the
detected speed limit (including any osets that you
have set). Also, instead of using the detected speed
limit, you can base warnings on an arbitrary speed limit
that you enter manually.
In situations where Model 3 is unable to determine a
speed limit, or if Speed Assist is uncertain that an
acquired speed limit is accurate, the
touchscreen may
not display a speed limit sign and warnings do not take
eect.
If you set the speed limit warning to Display (see
Controlling Speed Assist on page 116) and exceed the
determined speed limit, the speed limit sign on the
touchscreen increases in size.
If you set the speed limit warning to Chime (see
Controlling Speed Assist on page 116) and exceed the
determined speed limit, the speed limit sign on the
touchscreen increases in size and Model 3 also sounds a
warning chime.
NOTE: Speed limit warnings go away after ten seconds,
or when
Model 3 slows down below the specified limit.
WARNING:
Do not rely on Speed Assist to
determine the appropriate speed limit or driving
speed. Always drive at a safe speed based on
trac and road conditions.
Controlling Speed Assist
To adjust the Speed Limit Warning setting, touch
Controls > Autopilot > Speed Limit Warning, then
choose one of these options:
• O - Speed limit warnings do not display and chimes
are not sounded.
• Display - Speed limit signs display on the
touchscreen and the sign increases in size when you
exceed the determined limit.
• Chime - In addition to the visual display, a chime is
sounded whenever you exceed the determined speed
limit.
You can also specify how the speed limit is determined:
• Relative - You can set a speed limit oset (+ or -) if
you want to be alerted only when you exceed the
oset speed limit by a specified amount. For
example, you can increase the
oset to +10 mph (10
km/h) if you only want to be warned when you
exceed the speed limit by
10 mph (10 km/h).
•
Absolute - Manually specify any speed limit between
20 and 140 mph (30 and 240 km/h).
NOTE: Speed Assist is not always accurate. A road's
location can be miscalculated and instead Speed Assist
can display a speed for a directly adjacent road that may
have a dierent speed limit. For example, Speed Assist
can assume
Model 3 is on a freeway or highway when it
is actually on a nearby surface street, and vice versa.
NOTE: Your chosen setting is retained until you manually
change it.
Limitations and Inaccuracies
Speed Assist may not be fully functional or may provide
inaccurate information in these situations:
•
Visibility is poor and speed limit signs are not clearly
visible (due to heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.).
•
Bright light (such as from oncoming headlights or
direct sunlight) is interfering with the view of the
camera(s).
• Model 3 is being driven very close to a vehicle in front
of it which is blocking the view of the camera(s).
• The windshield is obstructing the view of the
camera(s) (fogged over, dirty, covered by a sticker,
etc.).
• Speed limit signs are concealed by objects.
• The speed limits stored in the map database are
incorrect or outdated.
•
Model 3 is being driven in an area where GPS or map
data is not available or where speed limit signs can
not be detected.
Speed Assist
116 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• Trac signs do not conform to standard recognizable
formats.
• A road or a speed limit has recently changed.
WARNING: The list above does not represent an
exhaustive list of situations that may interfere with
proper operation of Speed Assist. Speed Assist
may fail to provide warnings for many other
reasons.
Speed Assist
117Autopilot
Overview
Touch Controls on the bottom corner of
the touchscreen to control features and
customize Model 3 to suit your
preferences. The Controls window
appears over the map. Touch an option
on the left side of the window to display
the associated controls and settings. By
default,
Quick Controls displays for
quicker access to commonly used
settings.
To close the Controls window, touch the
X in the top left corner, touch Controls
again, or swipe down on the window.
When an information icon displays
beside a specific setting, touch it to
display a popup that provides helpful
details about the associated setting.
NOTE: The following illustrations are for demonstration
purposes only. Depending on vehicle options, software
version and market region, the options available may be
dierent.
Summary of Controls
1.
Control tabs. When you select an item from the list
of tabs, its associated controls and options display in
the main viewing area. Touch
Glovebox below the
list of tabs to open the glovebox. You can set a PIN
to protect the contents of your glovebox in Safety &
Security (see Glovebox PIN on page 141).
2.
Main viewing area. The options available for the item
you chose from the list of control tabs display here,
and are described in this section.
NOTE: Depending on vehicle configuration and
market region, some settings may not be available
for your vehicle.
Quick Controls
Quick Controls provides easy access to these
commonly-used controls:
• Exterior lights
OFF Exterior lights are o until you manually
turn them back on. The exterior lights
are set to AUTO by default at the start
of every drive.
PARKING The exterior side marker lights, parking
lights, tail lights, and license plates
lights turn on.
ON Exterior lights are on.
AUTO Exterior lights automatically turn on if
Model 3 detects low lighting conditions.
Enable/disable Auto High Beam, see
High Beam Headlights on page 55.
NOTE: For more information on exterior lights, see
Lights on page 54.
•
Front Fog: Controls the front fog lights, if equipped
(only available in some market regions).
•
Rear Fog: Controls the rear fog lights, if equipped
(only available in some market regions).
•
Adjust the mirrors: See Adjusting Exterior Mirrors on
page 49.
•
Adjust the steering wheel: See Adjusting Steering
Wheel Position on page 47.
•
Fold the mirrors: See Mirrors on page 49.
•
Window Lock: Lock the rear window switches (see
Windows on page 15).
•
Display Brightness: Adjust the brightness of the
display.
Lights
Use these settings to control exterior and interior lights.
Exterior light controls (Exterior Lights, Front Fog, and
Rear Fog) are also available on the Quick Controls tab,
and are described in the previous topic. For detailed
information on lights, see Lights on page 54.
Use these settings to control interior lights:
• Dome Lights: Turn the overhead lights to OFF, ON,
or AUTO. When set to AUTO, the dome lights
automatically turn on when you unlock Model 3,
open a door upon exiting, or shift into Park.
•
Ambient Lights: If turned on, the interior lights turn
on whenever the headlights are on (if equipped).
Use these settings to customize how various lights
operate:
Controls
118 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• Auto High Beam: If on, the high beam headlights can
automatically switch to low beam when there is light
(for example, from an oncoming vehicle) detected in
front of Model 3. See High Beam Headlights on page
55.
•
Headlights after Exit: If on, the headlights remain on
when you stop driving and park Model 3 in low
lighting conditions. They automatically turn o after
one minute or when you lock
Model 3.
•
Steering Wheel Lights: If on, the arrows associated
with the scroll buttons on the steering wheel are
backlit when the headlights are turned on.
Locks
Keys: You can see all the keys used for Model 3 and their
associated driver profiles. You can add, delete, and
change the driver profile associated with each key (see
Driver Profiles on page 45).
Window Lock: Lock the rear window switches (see
Windows on page 15).
Child-Protection Lock: If on, safety locks prevent the
rear doors from being opened from inside
Model 3 (see
Child-Protection Lock on page 14).
Unlock on Park: If on, doors automatically unlock when
you engage the Park gear
(see Interior Locking and
Unlocking on page 14).
Lock Confirmation Sound: If on, an audible tone sounds
when you lock or unlock
Model 3.
Walk-Away Door Lock: If on, doors automatically lock
when you walk away from Model 3 carrying your
authenticated phone with you
(see Walk-Away Door
Lock on page 14).
Car Left Open Notification: Choose whether you want
Model 3 to send a notification to your Tesla mobile app if
your car is open for an extended period (approximately
10 minutes) after you have left:
•
OFF - you will not be notified if your car is left open.
•
DOORS - you will be notified only if a door or trunk is
left open.
• DOORS & WINDOWS - in addition to being notified if
a door or trunk is left open, you will also receive a
notification if Model 3 is locked and a window is left
open.
Touch the Exclude Home checkbox to disable the
notification when Model 3 is parked at the location you
set as Home in your Favorites list (see Recent, Favorite,
Home and Work Destinations on page 132).
NOTE: To enable the Car Left Open Notification, the
Allow Mobile Access setting must also be enabled.
NOTE:
Notifications are not sent when Model 3 is in
Camp Mode or if Tesla Theater (if equipped) is active.
Display
Display Mode: Customize the DAY (light background) or
NIGHT (dark background) setting of the touchscreen.
When set to AUTO, the brightness changes
automatically between day and night brightness based
on ambient lighting conditions.
Brightness: Drag the slider to manually control the
brightness level of the touchscreen. When the AUTO
brightness is on, the touchscreen is further adjusted
based on both the surroundings and by learning your
preferences (for example, it remembers the type of
manual adjustments you make).
Screen Clean Mode: When enabled, your touchscreen
darkens and is temporarily disables to facilitate cleaning.
Follow the onscreen instructions to exit Screen Clean
Mode.
Customize how the units and languages are displayed:
•
Language: Choose the language of the touchscreen.
NOTE: Model 3 must be in Park to change the
language. When you change the language, you
experience a brief delay as
Model 3 shuts down and
restarts the touchscreen.
•
Voice Recognition Language: Choose the language
to be used for voice commands.
•
Navigation Language: Choose the language used for
navigation instructions.
•
Time Format: Choose to display time in 12 or 24 hour
format.
NOTE: To change the time if it is incorrect, press and
hold the time displayed at the top of the touchscreen
until it changes.
•
Energy Display: Choose to display remaining energy
and charging units as either a percentage of battery
energy remaining, or as an estimate of the distance
you can drive.
•
Distance: Choose to display miles or kilometers for
range, speed, energy, trip meters, map searches and
navigation routes.
•
Temperature: Choose to display temperature in °C or
°F.
• Tire Pressure: Choose to display tire pressures in BAR
or PSI.
Driving
Acceleration: Adjust the amount of acceleration. Chill
limits acceleration for a slightly smoother and gentler
ride, whereas Standard or Sport (depending on vehicle
configuration) provides the normal level of acceleration.
Controls
119Using the Touchscreen
NOTE: When Chill is selected, Chill displays on the
touchscreen above the driving speed.
NOTE: If equipped with the Acceleration Upgrade
package, the modes of acceleration are Chill and Sport.
Steering Mode: Adjust the amount of eort required to
turn the steering wheel.
Sport feels more responsive
whereas Comfort feels easier to drive and park (see
Adjusting Steering Eort on page 47).
Regenerative Braking: When you release the
accelerator when driving, regenerative braking slows
Model 3 and feeds any surplus energy back to the
Battery. If set to LOW, Model 3 does not slow down as
quickly, but also feeds less energy back to the Battery
(see Regenerative Braking on page 62).
NOTE: Regardless of the setting selected, the energy
gained by regenerative braking is reduced if the Battery
is full, or is extremely cold or hot (in which case, surplus
energy is used to heat or cool it).
NOTE: The regenerative braking setting is not available
on all vehicles.
Stopping Mode: Choose how you want Model 3 to
behave once regenerative braking has reduced the
driving speed to a very low speed, a driving gear is still
engaged, and both the accelerator and brake pedals are
released. See
Stopping Mode on page 62. You can
adjust this setting only when Model 3 is in Park.
Track Mode: (available on Performance vehicles only)
when enabled, this mode modifies the vehicle's stability
control, traction control, regenerative braking, and
cooling system to increase performance and handling
while driving on closed circuit courses (see
Track Mode
on page 69).
Slip Start: Turn Slip Start ON to disable traction control
and allow wheels to spin to make it easier to dislodge
the vehicle when stuck in mud, snow, ice, etc. (see
Traction Control on page 65).
Autopilot
Autopilot features that provide a safer and more
convenient driving experience. Some Autopilot features
are not controlled through
Controls. See About
Autopilot on page 80 for more information.
• Autosteer (Beta): Enable the auto steering feature
(available only if your vehicle is equipped with an
Autopilot package) (see
Autosteer on page 88).
• Navigate on Autopilot (Beta): Navigate on Autopilot
automatically exits at o-ramps and interchanges
based on your navigation route and can also make
lane changes designed to prepare for exits and
minimize the driving time to your destination
(available only if your vehicle is equipped with an
Autopilot package). Touch
Customize Navigate on
Autopilot to specify how you want Navigate on
Autopilot to operate, such as whether you want it to
automatically enable at the start of every trip, how
you want it to perform lane changes, etc. (see
Navigate on Autopilot on page 92).
NOTE: Navigate on Autopilot is not available in all
market regions.
•
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control (Beta) (if
equipped): You can enable the ability for Model 3 to
automatically stop at trac lights and stop signs
(see
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control on page 95).
•
Green Trac Light Chime: If on, a chime sounds
when you are waiting at a red trac light and the
light turns green. If you are not actively using Trac-
Aware Cruise Control and are waiting at a red light
with a car in front of you, the chime sounds when
the car advances ahead of you.
• Full Self-Driving Visualization Preview (if equipped):
Display more details about the roadway and its
surroundings, such as road markings, stop lights,
objects (such as trash cans and poles), etc. This may
not be available on certain vehicle
configurations or
in some market regions.
•
Summon (Beta): Automatically park and retrieve
Model 3 from outside the vehicle (available only if
your vehicle is equipped with an Autopilot package)
(see Summon on page 104).
Customize Summon: Determine the bumper
clearance, distance, amount of side clearance, and
whether Summon requires continuous press when
active.
•
Set Speed: Choose whether you want your initial
cruising speed, when you engage Trac-Aware
Cruise Control or Autopilot, to be set to the
currently detected speed limit, or your current
driving speed. If you choose
SPEED LIMIT, you can
choose either a FIXED oset, in which the speed is
adjusted by a specific number of mph (km/h) on all
roads, or a
PERCENTAGE oset, in which the speed
adjustment varies depending on the detected speed
limit of the road. See Trac-Aware Cruise Control on
page 83.
•
Speed Limit Warning: Select the type of warnings, if
any, you receive when you exceed the detected
speed limit (see
Speed Assist on page 116).
• Speed Limit: Specify if you want Speed Limit
Warning to use a relative or an absolute speed limit
(see
Speed Assist on page 116). If you choose a
relative speed limit, you can specify an Oset to be
alerted only when you exceed the speed limit by the
specified oset amount.
• Forward Collision Warning: Choose if and when you
want to receive visual and audible warnings in
situations where there is a high risk of a frontal
collision (see
Collision Avoidance Assist on page 113).
• Lane Departure Avoidance: Specify if you want the
steering wheel to vibrate slightly if a front wheel
passes over a lane marking and the associated turn
signal is
o (see Lane Assist on page 110).
Controls
120 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance: In emergency
situations, Model 3 attempts to prevent a potential
collision with an object in an adjacent lane by
steering the vehicle back into your driving lane (see
Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance on page 110).
•
Blind Spot Collision Warning Chime: Choose if you
want a chime to sound when a vehicle is in your blind
spot and a possible collision is detected (see Blind
Spot Collision Warning Chime on page 111).
•
Automatic Emergency Braking: When toggled on,
Model 3 automatically applies braking when a frontal
collision is imminent (see Collision Avoidance Assist
on page 113).
• Obstacle-Aware Acceleration: When toggled on, your
vehicle automatically reduces acceleration when an
obstacle is detected in front of your vehicle while
driving at low speeds (see
Collision Avoidance Assist
on page 113).
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle
configuration, options purchased, and software version,
your vehicle may not be equipped with all Autopilot
features.
Navigation
Customize how the navigation system works by
adjusting these settings:
•
Volume Control: Increase or decrease the volume of
spoken navigation instructions by touching - or +,
respectively. Decreasing all the way to the left mutes
the instructions. You can also mute navigation
instructions when a navigation route is active by
touching the volume icon on the turn-by-turn
direction list.
NOTE: The volume setting applies only to the
navigation system's spoken instructions. Volume for
Media Player and Phone remains unchanged.
•
Automatic Navigation: Provided your phone's
calendar is synced to Model 3, you are automatically
routed to an event if you get into your vehicle within
two hours of an event's start time (if the event on
your calendar includes a valid address). Automatically
navigate to Home and Work on weekdays (see
Automatic Navigation on page 130).
• Trip Planner: (If available in your market region) Use
Trip Planner to plan your driving and charging routes
(see
Trip Planner on page 132).
• Online Routing: When toggled on, you may be
automatically rerouted to avoid heavy trac (see
Online Routing on page 132).
•
Avoid Ferries: When toggled on, navigation routes
avoid the use of ferries.
• Avoid Tolls: When toggled on, navigation routes
avoid the use of tolls.
• Use HOV Lanes
: When toggled on, navigation routes
include the use of High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV)
lanes. This is particularly useful when using Navigate
on Autopilot, if equipped (see Navigate on Autopilot
on page 92).
NOTE: You can also display navigation settings by
touching the settings icon on the map (see Maps and
Navigation on page 129).
Safety & Security
Parking Brake: Manually apply and release the parking
brake (see Parking Brake on page 63).
Power O: Touch to manually power o your vehicle.
Speed Limit Mode: Specify if and by how much you
want to limit acceleration and max speed (see
Speed
Limit Mode on page 123).
Sentry Mode: When on, Sentry Mode uses the vehicle’s
cameras and sensors to monitor its surroundings while
the vehicle is locked and in Park. If a threat is detected,
Sentry Mode triggers the Alert or Alarm state,
depending on the severity of the threat. You can
customize Sentry Mode to automatically enable except
in locations that you've saved as Home, Work, or a
Favorite (see
Sentry Mode on page 141). Operates only
when the energy remaining in the Battery is above 20%.
Save Clips on Honk: If on, you can save video recordings
to a USB
flash drive or other storage device using
Dashcam by honking the horn on the steering wheel.
You must insert a properly formatted USB flash drive or
other storage device in one of your vehicle's front USB
ports (see
Dashcam on page 74).
Park Assist Chimes: If on, an audible beep sounds when
approaching an object while parking (see Park Assist on
page 66).
Joe Mode: When enabled, Joe Mode lowers the volume
of your vehicle's chimes, except for turn signals.
Security Alarm: Enable the security alarm (see Security
Settings on page 141).
Tilt/Intrusion: (if available) Enable a siren that sounds if
Model 3 detects motion inside the cabin or if the vehicle
is moved or tilted (see Security Settings on page 141).
PIN to Drive: Increase security by preventing Model 3
from being driven until a 4-digit PIN (Personal
Identification Number) is entered (see PIN to Drive on
page 141).
Glovebox PIN: For additional security, protect the
contents in your glovebox with a 4-digit PIN (see
Glovebox PIN on page 141).
Controls
121Using the Touchscreen
Cabin Overheat Protection: Reduce the temperature of
the cabin in extremely hot ambient conditions for a
period of up to twelve hours after you exit Model 3 (see
Cabin Overheat Protection on page 127). Operates
only when the energy remaining in the Battery is above
20%.
Allow Mobile Access: Allow Tesla's mobile applications
to access your Model 3 (see Mobile App on page 150).
NOTE: To disable Allow Mobile Access, enter your Tesla
account credentials on the touchscreen.
Interior Cabin Camera: Turn the interior cabin camera
on or o (see Cabin Camera on page 23).
DATA SHARING: Allow sharing of road measurement
data (see
Data Sharing on page 201). In the U.S. only,
choose Allow Cabin Camera Analytics to enable the
cabin camera and help Tesla improve safety features
(see Cabin Camera on page 23).
Service
Wiper Service Mode: Make wiper blades easy to access
(see
Wiper Blades and Washer Jets on page 172).
Owner's Manual: Display this manual. You can also
display this manual by touching the Tesla "T" at the top
of the touchscreen.
Adjust Headlights: Make adjustments to the level of the
headlights (see Headlight Adjustments on page 55).
CAUTION:
Headlights should only be adjusted by
Tesla Service.
Towing: Prepare Model 3 for transporting by keeping it
in Neutral (which disengages the parking brake and
prevents damage to the rear motor that is caused by
wheels turning as
Model 3 is pulled onto a flatbed
truck). See Instructions for Transporters on page 196.
Reset TPMS Sensors: Reset the TPMS (Tire Pressure
Monitoring System) after replacing a wheel (see Tire
Pressure Monitoring on page 166).
Wheel Configuration: Update your vehicle's wheel
configuration if you are installing new wheels or
swapping them for dierent ones. This also changes the
wheels of your vehicle's avatar on the touchscreen.
NOTE: Changing your vehicle's wheel configuration can
impact range estimates, tire pressure warning levels,
and vehicle visualization. See Tire Care and
Maintenance on page 163 for more information.
WARNING:
Only use Tesla-approved wheels when
installing or swapping wheels. Using non Tesla-
approved wheels can cause serious damage. Tesla
is not liable for damage caused by using wheels
not approved by Tesla.
Notifications: Display a list of notifications that have
recently appeared on your vehicle.
Software Reinstall
: In some rare situations in which a
component has been replaced, a software reinstall may
be needed. Touch to reinstall the existing software
version. Existing settings are not aected. See Software
Reinstall on page 148.
Camera Calibration: Clear the Autopilot camera
calibration to reset the calibrated camera positions and
angles stored on the Autopilot computer. Once the
calibration has been cleared, the vehicle must be driven
to calibrate the Autopilot cameras. See
Drive to
Calibrate Cameras on page 81 for more information.
Factory Reset: Erase all personal data (saved
addresses, music favorites, etc.) and restore all
customized settings to their factory defaults.
Software
Learn more about your vehicle and the status of
software updates:
•
Get more information about your vehicle such as the
VIN, vehicle name, and odometer. Touch
Additional
vehicle information to display a list of the various
options your vehicle is equipped with. You can also
display some of the vehicle information by touching
the Tesla "T" at the top center of your touchscreen.
•
View your current software version, map version,
and release notes.
•
See new updates that are available. Your vehicle
must be connected to Wi-Fi to start the update.
•
Observe your software's download progress. The
yellow clock icon at the top of the touchscreen is
replaced by a green download icon when a software
update is available, your vehicle is connected to Wi-
Fi, and the update is downloading. A yellow
download icon appears when a software update is
available, but the vehicle is not connected to Wi-Fi.
Ensure your vehicle is connected to Wi-Fi to start
the download.
•
Customize how often you want to receive software
updates by touching
Software Update Preferences.
For more information about software updates, see
Software Updates on page 148.
Naming Your Vehicle
To further personalize Model 3, you can name it. The
name of your
Model 3 appears in the mobile app. To
name your vehicle, touch the Tesla “T” at the top center
of the touchscreen, then touch Name Your Vehicle (or
touch the vehicle's existing name). Enter the new name
in the popup, then touch
Save.
Controls
122 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Speed Limit Mode
Speed Limit Mode allows you to limit the acceleration
and maximum speed – between 50 and 90 mph (80 and
145 km/h) – of your Model 3. This feature is protected by
a 4-digit PIN that you create when enabling it for the
first time, and which must be entered whenever you
want to disable and enable it.
If your Model 3 comes within approximately 3 mph (5
km/h) of the selected maximum speed, a chime sounds
and text appears on the touchscreen above the driving
speed. Additionally, your mobile app sends you a
notification.
To enable Speed Limit Mode:
1. Ensure the vehicle is in Park.
2.
Touch Controls > Safety & Security > Speed Limit
Mode on the touchscreen or CONTROLS in your
mobile app.
3. Select the maximum driving speed that you would
like to limit the vehicle to.
4.
Drag the slider to the ON position.
5.
Enter the 4-digit PIN that you want to use to disable
and enable Speed Limit Mode.
NOTE: If you forget the PIN, you can disable Speed Limit
Mode by entering the login credentials for your Tesla
Account.
NOTE: When Speed Limit Mode is enabled, the
acceleration setting (Controls > Driving > Acceleration)
is automatically set to Chill.
WARNING:
Driving downhill can increase driving
speed, causing the vehicle to exceed your chosen
maximum speed.
WARNING:
Speed Limit Mode is not a replacement
for good judgment, driver training, and the need to
closely monitor roadway speed limits and driving
conditions. Accidents can occur at any speed.
Erasing Personal Data
You can erase all personal data (saved addresses, music
favorites,
HomeLink programming, etc.) and restore all
customized settings to their factory defaults. This is
useful when transferring ownership of Model 3. Touch
Controls > Service > FACTORY RESET. Before erasing,
Model 3 verifies your credentials by prompting you to
enter the user name and password associated with your
Tesla Account.
Controls
123Using the Touchscreen
Overview of Climate Controls
Climate controls are always available at the bottom of the touchscreen. To turn the climate control system on,
touch the fan icon or adjust the cabin temperature. To turn it
o, touch the fan icon and then touch the o button
near the center of the popup window.
By default, climate control is set to the Auto setting, which maintains optimum comfort in all but the most severe
weather conditions. When you adjust the cabin temperature in the Auto setting, the system automatically adjusts
the heating, air conditioning, air distribution, and fan speed to maintain the cabin at your selected temperature. To
override the Auto setting, touch the fan icon, turn
o the Auto setting, then manually adjust your settings (see
Adjusting Climate Control Settings on page 124). If you've manually adjusted individual settings, you can also
revert back to Auto at any time by touching AUTO on the climate control popup window.
NOTE: The following illustration is provided for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicle options,
software version, market region, and settings, the information displayed may be slightly
dierent.
1.
Seat heaters operate at three setting levels from 3 (highest) to 1 (lowest). When operating, the associated seat
icon displays twisting lines that turn red to indicate the setting level. If equipped with the premium package,
rear seats are also equipped with seat heaters (see Operating Seat Heaters on page 126).
2.
Touch an up or down arrow to change the cabin temperature. To apply a temperature setting to both the driver
and passenger side, touch SYNC on the popup that appears when you touch an arrow. When you apply the
same temperature to both sides, only one temperature setting displays. Touch
SYNC again to display separate
temperature settings for the driver and passenger.
3.
Touch the fan icon to turn on climate control and to manually customize settings to suit your preferences (see
Adjusting Climate Control Settings on page 124). Touch and hold the fan icon to quickly turn o climate
control.
If your vehicle is equipped with the premium package, touch this icon to access controls for the rear
seat heaters.
4.
The windshield defroster distributes air flow to the windshield. Touch once to defog the windshield (the icon
turns blue). Touch a second time to defrost the windshield (the icon turns red and the heating and fan operate
at maximum levels). Touch a third time to turn o and restore the air distribution, heating, and fan to their
previous settings.
The exterior side mirrors are also heated whenever the windshield defroster is operating. See
Cold Weather Best Practices on page 77 for more information on preparing for cold weather.
5.
Touch to warm up the rear window. When operating, the icon turns red. After 15 minutes, the rear window
defroster automatically turns o. The exterior side mirrors are also heated whenever the rear window defroster
is operating.
WARNING:
To avoid burns resulting from prolonged use, individuals who have peripheral neuropathy, or
whose capacity to feel pain is limited because of diabetes, age, neurological injury, or some other condition,
should exercise caution when using the climate control system and seat heaters.
NOTE: The climate control system is powered by the high voltage battery. Therefore, prolonged use decreases
driving range.
Adjusting Climate Control Settings
To override the Auto setting, touch the fan icon, turn o the Auto setting, then use the buttons that appear to
manually adjust settings.
Climate Controls
124 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
In addition to the settings shown, if Model 3 is in Park, the Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, and Camp Mode setting
displays when you touch the fan icon when the vehicle is in Park (see Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, and Camp Mode
on page 127).
1. Touch AUTO to turn the Auto setting on or o.
2.
Touch to turn the climate control system o.
3.
The general settings tab displays by default and is represented by the fan icon. Touch the seat heater icon to
access controls for the front
and rear seat heaters (see Operating Seat Heaters on page 126).
4.
Choose where air flows into the cabin (windshield, face-level, or foot-level vents). You can choose more than one
location.
NOTE: When air is directed to the foot-level vents, air continues to flow to the windshield vents to assist in
defogging. When air is directed to the face-level vents, air does not flow to the windshield.
5.
Touch to turn air flow to the rear cabin area on or o. When on, air flows from the vents located at the back of the
center console. See Adjusting the Rear Vents on page 126.
6.
Touch to adjust air flow from the front passenger vent. See Adjusting the Front Vents on page 126.
7.
Touch to choose how air is drawn into Model 3. If on, air inside Model 3 is recirculated. If o, outside air is drawn
into
Model 3.
8.
Touch + or - to increase or decrease the fan speed.
NOTE: Adjusting the fan speed may change the selected setting for how air is drawn into Model 3 in order to
increase or reduce air flow.
9.
Touch to turn the air conditioning system on or o. Turning it o reduces cooling, but saves energy.
NOTE: Because Model 3 runs much quieter than a gasoline-powered vehicle, you may notice the sound of the air
conditioning compressor as it is operating. To minimize noise, reduce the fan speed.
10.
Touch to adjust air flow from the driver's vent. See Adjusting the Front Vents on page 126.
Climate Controls
125Using the Touchscreen
Operating Seat Heaters
To control the front seat heaters for the driver and
passenger, touch the corresponding control on the main
climate control area at the bottom of the touchscreen.
To control the rear seat heaters (if equipped) or access
duplicate controls for the front seat heaters, touch the
fan icon, then touch the seat heater icon followed by the
seat for which you want to adjust heating. Seat heaters
operate at three setting levels from 3 (highest) to 1
(lowest). When operating, the associated seat icon
displays twisting lines that turn red to indicate the
setting level. You can touch
All O to turn o all seat
heaters simultaneously.
Adjusting the Front Vents
Model 3 has a unique horizontal face-level vent that
spans the width of the dashboard. Using the
touchscreen, you can pinpoint exactly where you want
to direct the air
flowing from this vent when heating or
cooling the front cabin area.
1.
Driver vent and controls
2.
Passenger vent and controls
When the face-level vent is on you can adjust the
direction of the air flow from each vent. To adjust the
direction of the air
flow, simply touch the radiating air
waves from the corresponding vent on the touchscreen.
The air flows in a single stream when centered or splits
into mirrored air streams when air is directed outward or
inward from the center of the vent.
NOTE: When you split a vent into two separate air flows,
the air flow in each direction is not as strong as when all
air is flowing in a single direction.
NOTE: Outside air is drawn into Model 3 through the grill
in front of the windshield. Keep the grill clear of
obstructions, such as leaves and snow.
Adjusting the Rear Vents
Model 3 has vents located at the back of the center
console where air
flows from when the setting is turned
on from the touchscreen. To direct the flow of air in the
rear cabin area, adjust the vents at the rear of the center
console up, down, or from side to side as necessary.
Climate Controls
126 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, and
Camp Mode
The Keep Climate On, Dog, and Camp settings allow you
to keep the climate control system running when in Park,
even after you've left
Model 3 or choose to stay inside
the vehicle. These settings are useful when it is
important to maintain the cabin temperature in hot or
cold weather conditions. For example, when leaving
groceries in
Model 3 on hot days, you may want to use
Keep Climate On to prevent spoilage.
Dog mode keeps your pet comfortable while also
displaying the current cabin temperature on the
touchscreen so people nearby are informed that your
pet does not need to be rescued.
Camp Mode allows you to power electronics through the
USB ports and 12V outlet in addition to maintaining the
cabin temperature. The touchscreen remains on so you
can play music, browse the internet, play games in the
arcade, or watch shows in Tesla Theater. You can also
control media and climate settings from a paired phone.
Camp Mode is ideal for remaining inside your vehicle,
such as camping or staying with a child.
NOTE: In Camp Mode, Sentry Mode and the vehicle
alarm system are disabled.
NOTE: Depending on vehicle configuration or market
region, Entertainment, Arcade, and/or Theater may not
be available on your vehicle.
To operate Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, or Camp Mode:
1.
Engage the Park gear. The Keep Climate On, Dog,
and Camp settings are available only when Model 3 is
in Park.
2.
If necessary, adjust the climate settings.
3.
Touch the fan icon then touch Keep Climate On, Dog,
or
Camp.
NOTE: To initiate Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, or Camp
Mode, the Battery's charge level must be at least 20%.
The climate control system maintains your climate
settings until you shift out of Park or manually turn it o.
If the Battery's charge level drops below 20%, the Tesla
mobile app repeatedly starts sending you
notifications
reminding you to check on anything that you have left in
Model 3.
The next time you drive Model 3, the climate control
system continues operating using the previous climate
settings from your most recent trip.
NOTE: Software updates cannot be performed when
Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, or Camp Mode is active.
NOTE:
The intrusion sensor (if equipped) automatically
disables when Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, or Camp
Mode is active. However, you can override this behavior
and keep the intrusion sensor enabled. To do so, touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Tilt/Intrusion after
enabling Keep Climate On, Dog mode, or Camp mode.
However, note that keeping the intrusion sensor enabled
while Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, and Camp Mode is
active can trigger an alarm event as a result of air
movement inside the cabin.
WARNING: You can adjust the climate control
system remotely using the mobile app. However, if
you use the mobile app to turn o the climate
control system, Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, and
Camp Mode stop operating.
WARNING: Avoid using Keep Climate On, Dog
Mode, or Camp Mode when the battery charge is
low. When leaving a dog or pet in Model 3, you
must ensure that you have your phone with you
and that the Tesla mobile app is running. This
allows you to proactively monitor the cabin
temperature. To ensure the safety and comfort of
anyone or anything in your vehicle, always make
sure you have adequate cellular coverage to
receive notifications and allow enough time to
return to Model 3 should the climate control
system stop operating—on hot days, the cabin
temperature can become dangerously high within
a few minutes.
WARNING: Check local laws for any restrictions on
leaving pets unattended in your vehicle.
WARNING: Never leave a child unattended in your
vehicle.
Cabin Air Filter
Model 3 has an air filter that prevents pollen, industrial
fallout, road dust and other particles from entering
through the vents. Tesla recommends replacing the
cabin air filter every 2 years.
Cabin Overheat Protection
The climate control system can reduce the temperature
of the cabin in extremely hot ambient conditions for a
period of up to twelve hours after you exit
Model 3.
Touch Controls > Safety & Security > Cabin Overheat
Protection and choose:
•
OFF: Disable Cabin Overheat Protection.
•
NO A/C: Only the fan operates when the cabin
temperature exceeds 105° F (40° C). This option
consumes less energy but the cabin temperature may
exceed 105° F (40° C).
•
ON: The air conditioning operates when the cabin
temperature exceeds 105° F (40° C).
NOTE: Cabin Overheat Protection operates only when
the energy remaining in the Battery is above 20%.
Climate Controls
127Using the Touchscreen
WARNING: Never leave children or pets in the
vehicle unattended. Due to automatic shut-o or
extreme outside conditions, the inside of the
vehicle can become dangerously hot, even when
Cabin Overheat Protection is enabled.
Climate Control Operating Tips
•
You can direct the face-level vents toward the
windows to help defrost or defog them.
•
When you use the mobile app to turn on the climate
control system, it automatically turns o after four
hours or if the charge level drops to 20%. To cool or
heat the cabin for a longer period, you must turn it
on again.
• Your charge port latch may freeze in extremely cold
weather or icy conditions. In cases where you cannot
remove or insert the charge cable, or your vehicle is
not Supercharging due to the latch being frozen in
place, use your Tesla mobile app to precondition
your vehicle on
HI for approximately 30-45 minutes
(you must use your mobile app to precondition the
vehicle; setting your climate to HI using the
touchscreen is not eective). This helps thaw ice on
the charge port latch so the charge cable can be
removed or inserted. See Cold Weather Best
Practices on page 77 for more information.
•
If the climate control system is louder than you
prefer, manually reduce the fan speed.
•
In addition to cooling the interior, the air
conditioning compressor also cools the Battery.
Therefore, in hot weather, the air conditioning
compressor can turn on even if you turned it
o. This
is normal because the system’s priority is to cool the
Battery to ensure it stays within an optimum
temperature range to support longevity and
optimum performance.
•
Even when not in use, you may hear Model 3 emit a
whining noise or the sound of water circulating.
These sounds are normal and occur when the
internal cooling systems turn on to support various
vehicle functions, such as maintaining the 12V
battery and balancing the temperature of the high
voltage Battery.
•
To ensure the climate control system operates
eciently, close all windows and ensure that the
exterior grill in front of the windshield is free of ice,
snow, leaves, and other debris.
•
In very humid conditions, it is normal for the
windshield to fog slightly when you first turn on the
air conditioning.
• It is normal for a small pool of water to form under
Model 3 when parked. Extra water produced by the
dehumidifying process is drained underneath.
•
To reduce the temperature in the cabin in hot
weather conditions, the fan may turn on to vent the
cabin when the vehicle is parked. This occurs only if
the battery's charge level is above 20%.
Climate Controls
128 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Overview
The touchscreen displays a map at all times. To move
the map in any direction, hold and drag a
finger. To
rotate the map in any direction, hold and turn two
fingers.
To set the map's orientation, touch the icon in the top
right corner of the map:
North Up - North is always at the top
of the screen.
Heading Up - The direction you are
driving is always at the top of the
screen. The map rotates as you change
direction. This icon has an integrated
compass that indicates the direction
you are driving.
NOTE: When navigating, this icon also
allows you to view the route overview
view
and guide you by displaying the
current portion of your navigation
route (see Navigating on page 130).
When you rotate or move the map, your current
location is no longer tracked. The message "Tracking
Disabled" displays
briefly next to the map orientation
icon and the icon turns gray. To re-enable tracking,
touch the map's orientation icon to choose North Up or
Heading Up.
Touch the + and - icons to zoom the map in and out on
your current or chosen location. When you zoom in or
out using these icons, tracking remains enabled.
Touch the following icons to customize what the map
displays and to access navigation settings:
NOTE: These icons disappear after a few seconds when
not in use. Touch anywhere on the map to re-display
them.
Display/hide satellite imagery (if
equipped with premium connectivity).
Display/hide
trac conditions (if
equipped with premium connectivity).
Green lines indicate no trac; orange
lines indicate light trac; red lines
indicate moderate trac; and pink lines
indicate heavy
trac. To ensure trac is
easy to identify along a navigation route,
green trac lines display under the blue
route line, whereas orange, red, and pink
trac lines display on top of the blue
route line.
Display/hide all charging locations and a
popup list that includes the city and
proximity of the corresponding stations
on the map. Charging locations include
Tesla Superchargers, Tesla destination
chargers, third party fast chargers (see
note below), and public chargers that
you have used previously. See Charging
Locations on page 131.
NOTE: In some market regions, third
party fast chargers are also included on
the map as dark grey pins when you
display chargers.
NOTE: The map always displays
Superchargers, even when you hide
charging locations.
Increase or decrease the volume of
spoken navigation instructions by
touching - or +, respectively. Decreasing
all the way to the left mutes the
instructions. You can also mute
navigation instructions when a
navigation route is active by touching
the volume icon on the turn-by-turn
direction list.
Customize how the navigation system
works by adjusting these settings (the
available settings vary depending on
your market region and vehicle
configuration):
• Touch Trip Planner to minimize the
time you spend driving and charging
(see
Trip Planner on page 132).
• Touch Online Routing to be
automatically rerouted to avoid heavy
trac (see Online Routing on page
132).
•
Touch Avoid Ferries to be
automatically routed to avoid ferries.
•
Touch Avoid Tolls to be automatically
routed to avoid tolls.
•
Touch Use HOV Lanes to include High
Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) lanes on
navigation routes.
This is particularly
useful when using Navigate on
Autopilot, if equipped (see Navigate
on Autopilot on page 92).
NOTE: You can also access the above
navigation settings by touching Controls
> Navigation.
Maps and Navigation
129Using the Touchscreen
NOTE: The volume setting applies only
to the navigation system's spoken
instructions. Volume for Media Player
and Phone remains unchanged.
Drop a pin by pressing and holding your finger
anywhere on the map. When you drop a pin, or touch
an existing pin, the chosen location is centered on the
map, and a popup window provides information about
the location. From this popup, you can navigate to the
location, call the location (if a phone number is
available) and add or remove the location from your list
of favorite destinations (see
Recent, Favorite, Home
and Work Destinations on page 132).
Navigating
To navigate to a location, touch Navigate, send the
destination from your phone, or speak a voice
command (see
Using Voice Commands on page 140).
You can enter or speak an address, landmark, business,
etc. You can also choose a saved Home or Work
location and select from a list of recently used locations
(the most recent displays at the top of the list),
including charging stations you have visited.
NOTE: To remotely start navigation from your IOS® or
Android™ device, use the "share" functionality after
giving access to the Tesla mobile app.
When you specify a location, the touchscreen zooms
out to provide an overview of the route you need to
travel, and, after calculating the route, zooms back in to
your starting point and begins to provide instructions.
A turn-by-turn direction list displays the
first navigation
instruction and an estimate of total mileage, driving
time, and arrival time. To expand the list to show each
turn on your navigation route, touch the instruction.
Note the following about the turn-by-turn direction list:
•
A battery displays below the destination to provide
an estimate of how much battery energy will remain
when you reach your destination. Touch to expand
battery information to show a round trip estimate
back to your starting point. See
Predicting Energy
Usage on page 131.
•
If charging is needed to reach your destination and
Trip Planner is enabled (and available in your market
region), the navigation route automatically includes
Supercharger stops (see Trip Planner on page 132)
and you may need to touch BEGIN TRIP to initiate
navigation.
•
If you won't have enough energy to reach your
destination and there is no Supercharger on the
route, an alert tells you that charging is needed to
reach your destination.
•
Each turn is preceded by the distance to the
maneuver.
• To see the bottom of the list, you may need to drag
the list upward.
• Touch the top of the list again to minimize it.
While navigating, the map tracks your location and
displays the current leg of your trip. You can display the
entire route at any time.
If Navigate on Autopilot (if available in your market
region) is enabled, you can turn it on for the navigation
route by touching Navigate on Autopilot in the turn-by-
turn direction list. Navigate on Autopilot is an extension
of Autosteer that automatically changes lanes and
steers
Model 3 onto the appropriate exit(s) when
navigating on controlled access roads (such as
freeways). For details, see
Navigate on Autopilot on
page 92.
The route overview icon displays when a
navigation route is active. Touch this
icon at any time to view an overview of
your navigation route, or to change the
orientation of the map (see
Overview on
page 129), which also zooms the map to
show the current leg of your trip. The
black pin at the end of the route line
represents your destination.
Mute/unmute navigation volume.
NOTE: You can also mute the volume of
the navigation system by pressing the
scroll button on the left side of the
steering wheel while navigation
instructions are being spoken. A volume
control
specific to navigation
instructions is also available by touching
the settings icon on the map (see
Overview on page 129).
To stop navigating, touch CANCEL, located below the
turn-by-turn direction list.
NOTE: If a data connection is not available, onboard
maps allow you to navigate to any location, but you
must enter the location's exact and complete address.
Automatic Navigation
Automatic Navigation can predict a destination when
you get in your vehicle. When your phone's calendar is
synced to Model 3, and the calendar includes an event
that takes place within two hours of when you get in
your vehicle to drive, Automatic Navigation suggests
the location of the event (assuming a valid address is
associated with the event).
In addition, if you are Home and get in your vehicle on
weekdays (Monday to Friday) from 5:00 AM to 11:00
AM, Automatic Navigation can automatically route you
to your
specified Work location (see Recent, Favorite,
Home and Work Destinations on page 132). Likewise, if
Maps and Navigation
130 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
you are at work on weekdays from 3:00 PM to 11:00 PM,
Automatic Navigation can automatically route you to
your specified Home location.
To enable Automatic Navigation, touch Controls >
Navigation > Automatic Navigation. You must have your
phone's calendar correctly synced to your vehicle with a
uniquely
specified and valid address for each event (see
Calendar on page 139). Your Automatic Navigation
settings are saved to your Driver
Profile (see Driver
Profiles on page 45).
NOTE: Navigation instructions that you enter manually,
or send to Model 3, override routes suggested by
Automatic Navigation.
NOTE: Availability of this feature depends on market
region and vehicle
configuration.
I'm Feeling Lucky, Hungry
In addition to navigating to a destination of your choice,
Model 3 can also suggest nearby locations based on
whether you are feeling Hungry or Lucky. In the
navigation search bar, touch
Hungry or Lucky. Hungry
suggests popular restaurants, whereas Lucky suggests
popular destinations (such as museums and amusement
parks). For a new suggestion, go back and touch
Hungry
or Lucky again for dierent results. When you discover a
destination that interests you, touch Navigate to
proceed to the destination.
This feature requires the latest version of Navigation
maps. To download, connect your vehicle to Wi-Fi and
navigate to
Controls > Software to check if an update is
available (see Map Updates on page 133).
NOTE: Availability of this feature depends on market
region and vehicle
configuration.
Charging Locations
The map always displays Supercharger locations,
represented by red pins that you can touch to display
more information, navigate to it, or mark it as a favorite.
The appearance of the pin itself reveals information
about the Supercharger location:
The Supercharger location is operational.
At locations with multiple Superchargers,
a row of bars displays above the icon,
with each bar representing a
Supercharger. If a Supercharger is in use,
the bar is filled in to provide a quick
visual that indicates how many
Superchargers are currently being used
at the location. Superchargers that may
be out of order in addition to the number
available are also displayed.
NOTE: A Supercharger pin is colored
black if located on your current
navigation route.
The Supercharger location may be out of
operation or is operating at a reduced
capacity. Touch the pin to display details.
When you touch the pin for a Supercharger location, a
popup displays information, including the total number
of Superchargers, the number of Superchargers
available, the address of the Supercharger location, and
its approximate distance from your current location. The
popup also displays amenities that are available at the
Supercharger location, including restrooms, restaurants,
lodging, shopping, and Wi-Fi.
Touch the map's charging icon to display all nearby
charging stations of the map. In addition to the
Superchargers, the map displays Tesla's destination
chargers, third party fast chargers (see note below), and
any public charging stations that you have previously
used. Display details about a charging location by
touching its pin. You can also
filter the types of chargers
shown based on max power.
NOTE: In some market regions, third party fast chargers
are also included as dark grey pins when you choose to
display all charging stations on the map.
The location is equipped with a Tesla Wall
Connector. Touch to display more
information such as usage restrictions
and available charge current. The
charging list also displays your proximity
to these charging stations.
NOTE: When the map is zoomed out and
more than one Tesla Wall Connector is
available in an area, the pin is round and
displays the number of stations. Touch
the pin to zoom in. Then you can touch
an individual pins for details about a
specific charging location.
NOTE: When navigating to a Supercharger or, in some
regions, a third-party fast charger location,
Model 3 may
allocate energy to pre-heat the Battery. This ensures you
arrive at the Supercharger or third-party fast charger
with the optimal Battery temperature, reducing the
amount of time it takes to charge. In some
circumstances (such as cold weather), it is normal for
the front motor to make noise as it generates heat to
warm the Battery (see
Warming the Battery Before
Supercharging on page 78).
Predicting Energy Usage
When navigating to a destination, Model 3 helps you
anticipate your charging needs by calculating the
amount of energy that remains when you reach your
destination. The calculation is an estimate based on
driving style (predicted speed, etc.) and environmental
factors (elevation changes, temperature, etc.). When
navigating, the map displays this calculation at the
Maps and Navigation
131Using the Touchscreen
bottom of the expanded turn-by-turn direction list (see
Navigating on page 130). When the turn-by-turn
direction list is compressed, touch the top of the list to
expand it.
Throughout your route, Model 3 monitors energy usage
and updates the calculation. A popup warning displays
at the bottom of the turn-by-turn direction list in these
situations:
•
A yellow warning displays when you have very little
energy remaining to reach your destination and
should drive slowly to conserve energy. For tips on
conserving energy, see
Getting Maximum Range on
page 71.
•
A red warning displays when you must charge to
reach your destination.
If you also want to know if you have enough energy for
a round trip, touch the energy calculation to display an
estimate of your round trip energy usage.
Online Routing
Model 3 detects real-time trac conditions and
automatically adjusts the estimated driving and arrival
times based on trac. In situations where trac
conditions will delay your estimated time of arrival and
an alternate route is available, the navigation system
can reroute you to your destination. To turn this feature
on or
o, touch the map's settings icon (see Overview
on page 129), then touch Online Routing. You can also
specify the minimum amount of minutes that must be
saved before you are rerouted by touching the arrows
associated with the
Re-Route if it saves more than
setting.
Trip Planner
Trip Planner (available in some market regions) helps
you take longer road trips with confidence. If reaching
your destination requires charging, Trip Planner routes
you through the appropriate Supercharger locations.
Trip Planner selects a route and provides charging
times to minimize the amount of time you spend
driving and charging. To enable Trip Planner, touch the
map's settings icon (see
Overview on page 129), then
touch
Trip Planner.
When Trip Planner is enabled and charging is required
to reach your destination, the turn-by-turn direction list
includes Supercharger stops and a recommended
charging time at each Supercharger, and an estimate of
how much energy will be available when you arrive at
the Supercharger.
NOTE:
When navigating to a Supercharger or, in some
regions, a third-party fast charger using Trip Planner,
your vehicle may allocate some energy to pre-heat the
Battery. The vehicle arrives at the Supercharger or
third-party fast charger with an optimal Battery
temperature, reducing the amount of time it takes to
charge (see
Warming the Battery Before Supercharging
on page 78).
To remove Supercharger stops and display only
directions, touch Remove charging stops at the bottom
of the list of directions (if you remove charging stops,
the turn-by-turn direction list may display an alert
indicating that charging is needed to reach your
destination). To add Supercharger stops to the
directions, touch
Add charging stops.
While charging at a Supercharger, the charging screen
displays the remaining charging time needed to drive to
your next Supercharger stop, or destination (if no
further charging is needed). If you charge for a shorter
or longer length of time, the charging time for
subsequent Supercharger stops is adjusted.
NOTE: You can also monitor remaining charging time
needed in the Tesla Mobile App.
NOTE: If a Supercharger located on your route
experiences an outage, Trip Planner displays a
notification and reroutes you to a dierent
Supercharger location.
If Trip Planner estimates that you won't have enough
energy for your round trip, and there are no
Superchargers available on your route, Trip Planner
displays an alert at the top of the turn-by-turn direction
list notifying you that charging is needed to reach your
destination.
Recent, Favorite, Home and Work
Destinations
When you touch Navigate on the map, a list of Recent
destinations appear and you can easily navigate to any
recent destination by selecting it from the list.
If you frequently drive to a destination, you may want
to add it as a favorite to avoid having to enter the
location's name or address each time. When you add a
destination as a Favorite, you can easily navigate to it
by touching
Navigate > Favorites and then selecting it
from the list of favorites.
To add a destination to your Favorites
list touch its pin on the map, then touch
the heart icon on the popup window
that appears. You will be prompted to
name the Favorite. Enter a name (or
leave as-is to accept the default name),
then touch Add to Favorites. The heart
becomes solid gray and the destination
is included on the Favorites list.
Maps and Navigation
132 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
To delete a Recent or Favorite destination, touch and
hold it down briefly, then touch the X that appears.
The top of the navigation list also provides shortcuts for
Home and Work locations. Touch Set Home or Set Work
to set an address to either of these locations. After
entering the address, touch
SAVE AS HOME or SAVE AS
WORK. Then simply touch these shortcuts whenever you
want to navigate home or to work.
To change the location associated with Home or Work,
press and hold the shortcut icon and enter the new
desired address in the "Set Your Home Address"
window. Then, touch
SAVE AS HOME or SAVE AS WORK
to save the new address.
To delete a saved Home or Work address, press and hold
the shortcut icon, and then touch CLEAR HOME or
CLEAR WORK.
NOTE: Based on your usage patterns, you may be
prompted to save a location as Home or Work.
NOTE: Once a Home or Work location is saved, Model 3
may prompt you to navigate to your Work location in
the mornings and to your Home location in the evenings
and tell you how long it will take to arrive based on
current
trac conditions.
For security reasons, if you sell Model 3, it is
recommended that you delete your Home and Work
Locations. You can delete these individually or you can
perform a factory reset to erase all personal data (see
Erasing Personal Data on page 123).
Map Updates
As updated maps become available, they are
automatically sent to
Model 3 over Wi-Fi. To ensure you
receive them, periodically connect Model 3 to a Wi-Fi
network (see Connecting to Wi-Fi on page 147). The
touchscreen displays a message informing you when
new maps are installed.
Maps and Navigation
133Using the Touchscreen
Overview
Touch the Media Player icon at the
bottom of the touchscreen to play
various types of media through your
vehicle's speaker system. The media
options available to you depend on
market region and options chosen at
time of purchase. For example, you can
stream internet radio or podcasts (if
equipped with premium connectivity),
listen to FM radio. You can also play
audio
files from a Bluetooth or USB-
connected device.
Media Player provides three dierent levels of viewing
that you can access by dragging the Media Player
window upward or downward. Initially, just the
Miniplayer displays. The Miniplayer, which occupies the
least amount of space on the touchscreen, displays
what's currently playing and provides only the basic
functions, mostly associated with what's playing. Drag
upward to display Recents and Favorites and access the
icons you can use to change your media source
(described next). Drag upward again to browse through
all available options for the chosen type of source
content.
Use the icons across the bottom of Media Player to
change your media source (for example, FM, Streaming,
or a Bluetooth-connected device). Use the tabs on the
left to narrow down the type of content you want to
browse through—the associated content displays on the
right. For Radio, you can browse through Favorite
Stations or you can touch
Direct Tune to enter the
frequency of a
specific channel. For Streaming, you can
browse through Favorites, Top Stations, DJ Series, and
Genres.
Volume Control
Roll the scroll button on the left side of the steering
wheel up or down to increase or decrease volume
respectively. The scroll button adjusts the volume for
media, navigation instructions, or phone calls, based on
what is currently being heard through the speakers. You
can also adjust the volume by touching the arrows
associated with the speaker icon on the bottom of the
touchscreen.
To mute the volume, press the left scroll button. Press
again to unmute.
NOTE: Pressing the left scroll button during a phone call
mutes both the sound and your microphone.
NOTE: If you're playing media and you receive a phone
call, or the navigation system is speaking directions, the
volume of what you are listening to is temporarily
muted.
Searching Media Content
Touch Media Player's magnifying glass
icon to search for a particular song,
album, artist, podcast, or station. Select a
filter to narrow the scope of your search,
or leave it at its default setting to include
top results from all available source
content.
If available, touch HD® to play
high definition versions of the selected
frequency.
NOTE: Use voice commands to search hands-free (see
Using Voice Commands on page 140).
FM Radio
If available in your market region and
location, Media Player provides FM radio
stations that you can select from the
Radio source. Touch the next or previous
arrows to move from one frequency to
the next (or previous). Or touch Direct
Tune to enter a specific frequency. If
available, touch HD® to play high
definition versions of the selected
frequency.
For easy access to radio stations you listen to frequently,
mark it as a favorite so it's readily available in your
Favorites list (see Favorites and Recents on page 135).
Internet Radio and Music Streaming
Services (if equipped)
If equipped with premium connectivity, internet radio
and music streaming services are available over a data
connection. To listen, touch the Media Player icon and
choose the streaming service you want to listen to.
You can use your Tesla account or you can sign in with
your own account by scrolling to the bottom of the
streaming service window and entering your account
credentials.
Browse through the available categories and/or stations,
then touch what you want to play. When browsing
through a large category such as genres, you may need
to drag the window upward to enlarge it and view more
available options. When you choose an option that
displays multiple results on a new window, touch
BACK
at the top of the window to return to the main browse
page.
You can also use voice commands to play a specific
song, artist, or album from an Internet radio service (see
Using Voice Commands on page 140).
When listening to internet radio or a music streaming
service, the options available on Miniplayer can vary
depending on what you are listening to:
Media and Audio
134 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• Touch the next (or previous) arrows to play the next
(and in some cases previous) available station,
episode, or track being provided by the Internet radio
service.
• Like or dislike a song or podcast. When you like a
song, for example, the radio station plays similar
songs. When you dislike a song, the song won't be
played again.
•
Touch the DJ icon (if available) to include
commentary for the content you are streaming. DJ
commentary includes music history and behind-the-
scenes stories.
NOTE: When playing a podcast (if available), you can
rewind or fast forward to any location in the show. On
the Miniplayer, drag the slider to the desired location or
touch the rewind/fast forward icons to move back or
forward 15 seconds at a time.
Caraoke
In addition to various streaming services, your vehicle is
equipped with Caraoke. To access Caraoke, touch the
Music icon near the bottom of the touchscreen. You can
browse through various songs and select the song you
want to sing. Touch the microphone icon to enable or
disable the song's main vocals. Disabling the
microphone leaves only the song's instrumentals and
background vocals. Touch the lyrics icon (located next
to the microphone icon) to enable or disable the song's
lyrics.
NOTE: Depending on vehicle configuration and market
region, Caraoke may not be available on your vehicle.
WARNING:
Never read Caraoke lyrics while driving.
You must always pay attention to the road and
trac conditions. When driving, the Caraoke lyrics
are intended only for use by a passenger.
Favorites and Recents
For most source content, your favorites display at the
top of Media Player's expanded view for easy access.
To add a currently playing station,
podcast, or audio file to your Favorites
list, touch the Favorites icon on
Miniplayer.
To remove an item as a favorite, touch
the highlighted Favorites icon on
Miniplayer. You can also remove multiple
favorites by expanding Miniplayer one
level to show all favorites for the
applicable type of source content. Then
press and hold any favorite. An
X appears
on all favorites and you can then touch
the
X to remove it from your Favorites
list.
To see selections that you have recently played, scroll up
one level from Miniplayer and touch
Recent. Your
recently played selections are updated continuously so
you don't need to remove them.
NOTE: Selections you play on FM radio are not included
in your Recent list.
Playing Media from Devices
You can play audio
files from a
Bluetooth-connected device (like a
phone) or a USB-connected flash drive.
When you connect a Bluetooth-capable
device, the name of the device displays
when you choose the Phone source.
When you connect a USB
flash drive,
Media Player displays the driver's source
content.
To play the next song in a selected playlist or album,
touch the previous or next arrows on Miniplayer. You can
also shue tracks in a playlist or repeat a playlist or
track using the
shue/repeat icons (if available).
USB Connected Flash Drives
Connect a flash drive to a front USB connection (see
Interior Storage and Electronics on page 21). Touch
Media Player > USB, and then touch the name of the
folder that contains the song you want to play. After you
display the contents of a folder on the USB connected
flash drive, you can touch any song in the list to play it.
Or use the previous and next arrows in Miniplayer to
scroll through your songs.
NOTE: To play media from a USB connection, Model 3
recognizes flash drives only. You can play media from
other types of devices (such as an iPod) by connecting
the device using Bluetooth.
NOTE: Media Player supports USB flash drives with
FAT32 formatting (NTFS and exFAT are not currently
supported).
NOTE: Use a USB connection located at the front of the
center console. The USB connections at the rear of the
console are for charging only.
Media and Audio
135Using the Touchscreen
Bluetooth Connected Devices
If you have a Bluetooth-capable device such as a phone
that is paired and connected to Model 3 (see Pairing a
Bluetooth Phone on page 137), you can play audio files
stored on it and you can stream music from it. Choose
Media Player's
Phone source, then touch the name of
your Bluetooth-connected device, and then touch
CONNECT.
Your Bluetooth device begins playing the audio file that
is currently active on your device, and Media Player
displays the Miniplayer view. If no audio file is playing
on your device, use your device to choose the audio file
you want to listen to. When the chosen file begins to
play, you can then use Miniplayer's next and previous
icons to play other tracks.
NOTE: To play media from a Bluetooth-connected
device, ensure that access to the device’s media is
turned on (see Pairing a Bluetooth Phone on page
137).
Audio Settings
Press the settings icon at the bottom
corner of Media Player to access audio
settings for tone and balance. Other
settings may be available based on your
vehicle's manufacture date, features, and
market region.
For example, you can
turn immersive sound on or o, but if
equipped with the premium package,
you can choose between Standard, High,
and O.
To adjust any of the five frequency bands (Bass, Bass/
Mid, Mid, Mid/Treble, and Treble) drag the
corresponding slider up or down the decibel (dB) bar.
To adjust balance, touch Balance and drag the center
circle of the cross bars to the location in Model 3 where
you want to focus the sound.
Media and Audio
136 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Bluetooth
®
Compatibility
You can use your Bluetooth-capable phone hands-free
in
Model 3 provided your phone is within operating
range. Although Bluetooth typically supports wireless
communication over distances of up to approximately
30 feet (9 meters), performance can vary based on the
phone you are using.
Before using your phone with Model 3, you must pair it.
Pairing sets up
Model 3 to work with your Bluetooth-
capable phone (see Pairing a Bluetooth Phone on page
137).
NOTE: Authenticating your phone to use as a Model 3
key (see Keys on page 8) does not also allow you to use
the phone hands-free, play media from it, etc. You must
also pair it as described below.
You can pair up to ten Bluetooth phones. Model 3
always automatically connects to the last phone that
was used (provided it is within range). If you want to
connect to a dierent phone, see Connecting to a
Paired Phone on page 138.
NOTE: On many phones, Bluetooth turns o if the
phone’s battery is low.
NOTE: In addition to phones, you can also pair
Bluetooth-enabled devices with Model 3. For example,
you can pair an iPod Touch or an iPad or Android tablet
to stream music.
Pairing a Bluetooth Phone
Pairing allows you to use your Bluetooth-capable phone
hands-free to make and receive phone calls, access
your contact list, recent calls, etc. It also allows you to
play media files from your phone. Once a phone is
paired, Model 3 can connect to it whenever the phone is
within range.
To pair a phone, follow these steps while sitting inside
Model 3:
1.
Ensure both the touchscreen and the phone are
powered on.
2.
On your phone, enable Bluetooth and ensure it is
discoverable.
NOTE: On some phones, this may require you to go
to Bluetooth Settings for the remainder of the
procedure.
3.
Touch the Bluetooth icon on the top of the
touchscreen.
4. On the touchscreen, touch Add New Device > Start
Search. The touchscreen displays a list of all
available Bluetooth devices within operating
distance.
5. On the touchscreen, touch the phone with which you
want to pair. Within a few seconds, the touchscreen
displays a randomly generated number, and your
phone should display the same number.
6. Check that the number displayed on your phone
matches the number displayed on the touchscreen.
Then, on your phone,
confirm that you want to pair.
7. If prompted on your phone, specify whether you
want to allow
Model 3 to access your contacts and
media files.
When paired, Model 3 automatically connects to the
phone, and the touchscreen displays the Bluetooth
symbol next to the phone’s name to indicate that the
connection is active.
At any time, you can display the Bluetooth settings
screen to change settings associated with a connected
device. For example, you can designate a connected
phone as the
Priority Device. This is useful in situations
where you have connected more than one phone, and
both phones are frequently used in Model 3 at the same
time. Model 3 automatically attempts to connect to the
priority device before others.
Importing Contacts and Recent
Calls
Once paired, you can use the Bluetooth settings screen
(touch the Bluetooth icon on the touchscreen's top
status bar) to specify whether you want to allow access
to your phone’s contacts and recent calls. If access is
turned on, you can use the phone app to display, and
make calls to, people in your list of contacts and on
your recent calls lists (see
Using the Phone App on
page 138).
NOTE: Before contacts can be imported, you may need
to either set your phone to allow syncing, or respond to
a popup on your phone to
confirm that you want to
sync contacts. This varies depending on the type of
phone you are using. For details, refer to the
documentation provided with your phone.
NOTE: You can turn access to your contacts and recent
calls on or o at any time by displaying the Bluetooth
settings screen, choosing the phone, and then changing
the setting associated with contacts and recent calls.
Unpairing a Bluetooth Phone
If you want to disconnect your phone and use it again
later, simply touch
Disconnect on the Bluetooth
settings screen. If you do not want to use your phone
with Model 3 again, touch Forget This Device. Once you
forget a device, you need to pair it again if you want to
use it with
Model 3 (see Pairing a Bluetooth Phone on
page 137).
NOTE: Your phone automatically disconnects whenever
you leave
Model 3.
Phone
137Using the Touchscreen
NOTE: Unpairing the phone has no eect on using the
phone as a key. To forget an authenticated phone, see
Keys on page 8.
Connecting to a Paired Phone
Model 3 automatically connects to a phone that you
designated as
Priority Device on the Bluetooth settings
screen. If you have not set a phone as a priority, Model
3 connects to the last phone to which is was connected,
provided it is within operating range and has Bluetooth
turned on. If the last phone is not within range, it
attempts to connect with the next phone that it has
been paired with.
To connect to a dierent phone, touch the Bluetooth
icon on the top of the touchscreen. The Bluetooth
window displays a list of paired phones. Choose the
phone you want to connect to, then touch
Connect. If
the phone you want to connect to is not listed, you
must pair the phone. See Pairing a Bluetooth Phone on
page 137.
When connected, the Model 3 touchscreen displays the
Bluetooth symbol next to the phone name to show that
the connection is active.
Using the Phone App
When your phone is connected to Model 3 using
Bluetooth, and you have allowed access to your phone's
contacts (see Importing Contacts and Recent Calls on
page 137), you can use the phone app to display and
make a hands-free call to anyone listed on your phone:
•
Recent Calls list. The list displays calls in
chronological order with the most recent call listed
first. You can display all calls or just those that are
missed, incoming, or outgoing.
•
Contacts: Contacts are listed in alphabetical order
and can be sorted by first name or last name. You
can also choose a letter on the right side of the list
to quickly scroll to the names that begin with the
selected character. When you touch a name on your
contacts list, the contact's available number(s)
displays on the right pane, along with other available
information (such as address). Touch the contact's
number to make a call.
You can also view, send, and receive text messages on
the touchscreen. Instead of typing a text message,
touch the microphone to enter text using your voice.
WARNING:
To minimize distraction and ensure the
safety of vehicle occupants as well as other road
users, do not view or send text messages when
the vehicle is in motion. Pay attention to road and
trac conditions at all times when driving.
Making a Phone Call
You can make a phone call by:
•
Speaking a voice command (see Using Voice
Commands on page 140).
• Choosing a number from your contact or recent calls
list in the phone app.
• Using the Model 3 on-screen dialer in the phone app.
NOTE: If it is safe and legal to do so, you can also
initiate a call by dialing the number or selecting the
contact directly from your phone.
NOTE: You can also make a phone call by touching a
pin on the map and choosing the phone number (if
available) on the popup window.
Receiving a Phone Call
When your phone receives an incoming call, the
touchscreen displays the caller’s number or name (if
the caller is in your phone’s contact list and Model 3 has
access to your contacts).
Touch one of the options on the touchscreen to Answer
or Ignore the call.
NOTE: Depending on the phone you are using and what
speakers you used for your most recent call, your phone
may prompt you to choose which speakers you want to
use for the incoming call.
WARNING:
Stay focused on the road at all times
while driving. Using or programming a phone
while driving, even with Bluetooth enabled, can
result in serious injury or death.
WARNING:
Follow all applicable laws regarding
the use of phones while driving, including, but not
limited to, laws that prohibit texting and require
hands-free operation at all times.
Phone
138 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Overview
The Calendar app allows you to view scheduled events
from your phone’s (iPhone
®
or Android™) calendar for
the current and next day. The Calendar is conveniently
integrated with navigation and the Phone app so you
can navigate to, or dial into, your next meeting. The
Calendar app requires that:
• The Tesla mobile app is running, you are logged in,
and the Calendar Sync setting is enabled. The
mobile app can then periodically (and automatically)
send calendar data from your phone to
Model 3.
NOTE: To ensure you have access to all features of
the Calendar app, it is recommended that you use
the most recent version of the mobile app.
•
Your phone is connected to Model 3 via Bluetooth
(for privacy reasons, calendar data displays only
from a connected phone).
•
Mobile access to Model 3 is turned on (touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Allow Mobile Access).
•
Both your phone and Model 3 have good
connectivity.
When you enter Model 3, the touchscreen can display a
reminder of the day's events. You can customize if and
when your calendar events are displayed by touching
the settings icon located in the top left corner of the
Calendar app, then choosing from one of the options
available for the
Show Calendar Upon Entry setting.
If a calendar event includes an address, a navigation
arrow displays to indicate that you can touch the
address to navigate to the event's location.
When an
event on your Calendar takes place within the next hour
and has a uniquely specified address, the touchscreen
notifies you if there is a better route due to trac, even
when you’re not currently using navigation.
If an event has a uniquely specified address and takes
place within two hours of you entering your vehicle and
preparing to drive, Model 3 will automatically route you
to the event's address (see
Automatic Navigation on
page 130).
Touch an event's information icon to display all notes
associated with the event. If the notes include one or
more phone numbers, the information icon shows a
phone icon and the calendar displays the
first phone
number found. Touch to initiate a phone call. You can
also initiate a phone call by touching any number in an
event's notes popup window (this is especially useful
for conference calls). If the notes contain a web link,
you can touch the link to open it in the web browser (if
equipped).
If events are displayed from multiple calendars, touch
the list icon in the top right corner to filter the list of
events to show only those from one or more specified
calendars.
Calendar
139Using the Touchscreen
Voice commands are designed to understand natural
requests. You can use voice commands to:
• Call a contact.
• Navigate to a location.
• Listen to Internet music.
•
Control various aspects of Model 3.
To initiate a voice command, tap the
microphone button on the touchscreen.
When you hear the tone, speak your
command. As you speak, the
touchscreen displays an interpretation of
your command. It also displays tips to
remind you of the type of commands
you can speak. When you
finish
speaking the command, tap the voice
button again or simply wait.
NOTE: You can also initiate a voice
command by pressing the right scroll
button.
To choose the language you want to use for voice
commands, touch Controls > Display > Voice
Recognition Language.
•
To call a contact on your Bluetooth-connected
phone, say “Call” or “Dial”, followed by the contact’s
first and/or last name(s). For example, “Call Joe” or
“Call Joe Smith”.
•
To search for, or navigate to, a location, say “Where
is”, “Drive to”, or “Navigate to”, followed by an
address, business name, business category, or
landmark. For example, “
Where is Stanford
University?”, “Drive to Tesla in Palo Alto”, or
“Navigate to Starbucks on Homestead in Cupertino”.
If you have defined a navigation address for your
home or work locations, you can use a voice
command to navigate there by saying "
Navigate
home" or "Navigate to work".
•
To listen to an Internet music service, say “Listen to”
or “Play”, followed by the name of the song, album,
artist, or combination. To improve voice recognition
accuracy, provide multiple cues in your command,
such as artist plus song (for example, “
Listen to
Yellow Brick Road” or “Play Yellow Brick Road by
Elton John”).
•
Control various aspects of Model 3 by speaking
statements or commands. For example, "Speed up
the wipers", "The screen is too bright", "Turn on the
driver's seat heater", "I'm cold".
For a complete list of voice commands, go to https://
www.tesla.com/support/voice-commands.
NOTE:
Tesla is continuously improving the ability of
Model 3 to recognize voice commands. To support
these ongoing quality improvements, Tesla captures
short voice recordings anonymously. To protect your
privacy, these short recordings are not associated with
your personal information or with your vehicle's
identification number. Tesla assures that it is not
possible to search any system for a recording
associated with a
specific customer or vehicle.
Using Voice Commands
140 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
About the Security System
If Model 3 does not detect an authenticated phone, key
fob, or key card and a locked door or trunk is opened,
an alarm sounds and the headlights and turn signals
flash. To deactivate the alarm, press any button on the
mobile app or tap your key card or key fob against the
card reader located just below the Autopilot camera on
the driver's side door pillar.
To manually enable or disable the alarm system, touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Security Alarm. When
enabled,
Model 3 activates its alarm one minute after
you exit, the doors lock, and a recognized key is no
longer detected.
If your Model 3 is equipped with the security package, a
battery-backed siren sounds in situations where a
locked door or trunk is opened and Model 3 does not
detect a key nearby. If you also want this siren to sound
in situations where
Model 3 detects motion inside the
cabin, or is moved or tilted (for example, with a tow
truck or jack), turn on the
Tilt/Intrusion setting
(
Controls > Safety & Security > Tilt/Intrusion).
NOTE: If you plan to leave something that moves inside
your locked Model 3, remember to turn o Tilt/
Intrusion (if equipped). If this setting is on, any motion
detected inside Model 3 activates the intrusion alarm.
NOTE: Note: If Model 3 is in Sentry Mode (see Sentry
Mode on page 141), you must disable Sentry Mode
before you can disable the Security alarm or the Tilt/
Intrusion alarm.
NOTE: The Security Alarm must be on to enable Tilt/
Intrusion.
NOTE: The Intrusion Sensor automatically disables in
situations where the climate control system is operating
when you have left your vehicle (see
Keep Climate On,
Dog Mode, and Camp Mode on page 127). To override,
you can manually turn the Intrusion Sensor on again
after choosing Keep Climate On, Dog, or Camp Mode
(touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Tilt/Intrusion).
PIN to Drive
To increase security, you can prevent Model 3 from
being driven until a 4-digit PIN (Personal Identification
Number) is entered. To enable this setting, touch
Controls > Safety & Security > PIN to Drive and follow
the on-screen prompts to create a driving PIN.
NOTE: When enabled, in addition to entering the 4-
digit driving PIN to drive, you must also use it to enter
Valet mode for the
first time and create the 4-digit
valet PIN that you can use to enter and exit Valet mode.
When in Valet mode, Model 3 can be driven without the
need for the valet to enter a driving PIN. In addition, the
PIN to Drive setting is disabled whenever Valet mode is
active.
If you forget your driving PIN, or to disable
PIN to
Drive, return to this setting, touch the link to enter your
Tesla login credentials, then follow the on-screen
prompts.
NOTE: In the unlikely event that your touchscreen is
unresponsive, you may be unable to enter the PIN. In
this case,
first try to restart the touchscreen (see
Restarting the Touchscreen on page 51). If the
touchscreen is still unresponsive, you can still bypass
PIN to Drive by turning on Keyless Driving in the Tesla
mobile app.
Glovebox PIN
For additional security, you can protect the contents in
your glovebox with a 4-digit PIN (Personal
Identification Number). To enable this setting, touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Glovebox PIN and follow
the on-screen prompts. When enabled, you are
prompted to enter the PIN to open the glovebox. To
disable this setting, return to
Safety & Security, select
the toggle to disable and then enter the PIN.
If you forget your glovebox PIN, reset it by entering
your Tesla login credentials, then follow the on-screen
prompts.
NOTE: When you open the glovebox with both
Glovebox PIN and Valet mode enabled, you are
prompted for the glovebox PIN and taken out of Valet
mode after the glovebox opens.
Sentry Mode
In Sentry Mode, cameras and sensors remain powered
on and ready to record suspicious activity whenever
Model 3 is locked and in Park.
To turn Sentry Mode on or o, touch the Sentry Mode
icon at the top of your touchscreen. Alternatively, you
can use voice commands, the mobile app, or you can
touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Sentry Mode. To
activate Sentry Mode using voice commands, say "Keep
Tesla safe", "Keep my car safe", "Sentry on", or "Enable
Sentry" (for details using voice commands, see Using
Voice Commands on page 140).
NOTE: Sentry Mode requires the Battery to be at least
20% charged. If the Battery falls below 20%, Sentry
Mode turns
o and the mobile app sends you a
notification.
NOTE: Power consumption may increase when Sentry
Mode is active.
NOTE: Software updates cannot be installed when
Sentry Mode is activated.
CAUTION:
Do not rely on Sentry Mode to protect
Model 3 from all possible security threats. While it
may help deter some threats, no security system
can prevent all attacks.
Security Settings
141Using the Touchscreen
CAUTION: Sentry Mode may not trigger the
security alarm in all situations involving damage
to the vehicle. The security alarm depends upon
multiple factors to be triggered and may not
detect all impacts to the vehicle or may not
trigger the alarm in all cases.
Standby, Alert, and Alarm States
When in Sentry Mode, Model 3 may go through three
states depending on its surroundings—Standby, Alert,
and Alarm:
• Standby - Your vehicle automatically enters the
Standby state when you activate Sentry Mode. In the
Standby state, the cameras constantly monitor the
area surrounding
Model 3 for possible security
threats.
• Alert - If Sentry Mode detects a threat, such as
someone leaning on, or very close to, Model 3,
Sentry Mode switches to the Alert state. The
headlights
briefly turn on and back o again, and
the touchscreen displays a message indicating that
cameras are recording the event.
•
Alarm - For major threats, Sentry Mode triggers the
Alarm state. In the Alarm state, the security alarm
activates and the audio system generates a loud and
unexpected sound. Sentry mode sends an alert to
the mobile app on phones that are paired to
Model 3
to inform you that the alarm state is triggered. After
30 seconds, Sentry Mode returns to the Standby
state.
When in the Alert or Alarm state, Sentry Mode saves
the most recent ten minutes of footage prior to the
event that triggered either state, provided that a
properly
configured USB flash drive is inserted into one
of the USB ports. For details on how to configure a
flash drive, see USB Flash Drive Requirements for
Videos and Recording on page 143.
NOTE: When the Alarm state is triggered, the most
recent six seconds prior to the security event may be
sent to Tesla for temporary backup for approximately
72 hours. You can enable or disable the collection of
this video at any time by touching
Controls > Safety &
Security > Data Sharing.
NOTE: Sentry Mode can operate without a flash drive
installed. If your vehicle enters the Alarm state, the
security alarm activates and Sentry Mode sends an alert
to your phone. However, video recordings of the event
are not available.
Location-Based Settings
You can customize Sentry Mode to automatically
activate at
specific locations where you park Model 3:
• Exclude Home
- When on, Sentry Mode does not
automatically activate at the location you set as
Home in your Favorites list (see Recent, Favorite,
Home and Work Destinations on page 132), but
activates at any other parking location.
NOTE: To set up your Home location, touch Navigate
and hold down Home, then enter your address.
Touch Save as Home.
•
Exclude Work- When on, Sentry Mode does not
automatically activate at the location you set as
Work in your Favorites list, but activates at any other
parking location. Set your Work location the same
way you set up your Home location, as previously
described.
•
Exclude Favorites- When on, Sentry Mode does not
automatically activate at any location in your
Favorites list, but activates at any other parking
location.
To recognize a location listed as Home, Work, or a
Favorite, Sentry Mode requires that Model 3 is parked
within 32 feet (10 meters) of the location listed as a
Home, Work, or Favorite.
NOTE: Manually enabling or disabling Sentry Mode
using the icon on the touchscreen or controls in the
mobile app will override your home, work, and favorite
exclusion preferences until the next time you drive your
vehicle.
Retrieving Footage
If equipped, you can review Dashcam and Sentry Mode
video recordings on your vehicle's touchscreen when
Model 3 is in Park. Touch the Dashcam icon on the
touchscreen's status bar and select Launch Viewer.
Each video, organized by location and timestamp,
provides a thumbnail of all video clips. For additional
filtering, touch the Dashcam or Sentry tabs. Touch a
thumbnail to view the corresponding video footage
from each camera. Pause, rewind, fast forward, and
delete video footage as needed.
You can retrieve video footage from the USB flash drive
by removing the flash drive from the USB port and
using a personal computer or other device to access
the files. Navigate to the TeslaCam folder.
The TeslaCam folder contains three sub-folders:
• Recent Clips - The footage in Recent Clips
continuously loops in 60-minute cycles whenever
the cameras are activated. Therefore, footage is
overwritten every hour unless you save it. When an
event is recorded, one video is recorded for each of
the front, rear, left, and right cameras.
•
Saved Clips - Contains all recordings that you have
manually saved using Dashcam.
Security Settings
142 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• Sentry Clips - Contains the last 10 minutes of footage
from all Sentry Mode events that have triggered an
Alert or Alarm state. The footage from each event is
labelled with a unique timestamp.
NOTE: As the USB flash drive runs out of available
space, the oldest footage in Sentry Clips is deleted to
make room for new footage. Once deleted, you are
unable to retrieve them. When the
flash drive is full,
Sentry Mode and Dashcam can no longer save video
footage. To prevent the
flash drive from getting full,
you must regularly move saved videos to another
device, and delete them from the flash drive.
NOTE: Dashcam recording is paused when the viewer is
open.
NOTE: You are responsible for complying with all local
laws, regulations, and property restrictions regarding
video recordings.
NOTE: The cameras do not record audio.
USB Flash Drive Requirements for
Videos and Recording
To store video from your vehicle's cameras, follow these
requirements and guidelines for choosing, preparing,
and using
flash drives:
•
The flash drive must have a sustained write speed of
at least 4 MB/s. A sustained write speed is dierent
from the peak write speed. Check the product details
of your flash drive for more information.
•
The flash drive must be USB 2.0 compatible. If using
a USB 3.0 flash drive, it must be able to support USB
2.0.
•
Use a flash drive with as much available storage as
possible. Video footage can occupy a large amount
of space. Tesla recommends using a flash drive with
at least 32 GB of storage. Some personal computer
operating systems may be unable to format
flash
drives larger than 32 GB as FAT 32. Consider using a
third party application to format flash drives larger
than 32 GB.
•
The flash drive must be properly formatted
(described below).
•
Use a dedicated flash drive exclusively for saving
Sentry Mode recordings.
Although not a comprehensive list, Tesla has tested the
following flash drives and confirmed that they meet the
requirements for using Dashcam and Sentry Mode:
•
SanDisk Ultra Fit USB 3.1 Flash Drive
•
Samsung MUF-64AB/AM FIT Plus – 200MB/s USB 3.1
Flash Drive
Formatting a USB Flash Drive
To correctly save and retrieve video footage, Model 3
requires the USB flash drive to be formatted as exFAT,
FAT 32 (for Windows), MS-DOS FAT (for Mac), ext3, or
ext4. NTFS is currently not supported. In addition, the
USB
flash drive must contain a base-level folder called
“TeslaCam” (without quotation marks).
You can format a USB flash drive from inside Model 3 or
from a personal computer.
To format a flash drive from inside Model 3, simply insert
a USB flash drive into a front USB port, and touch Safety
& Security > FORMAT USB DEVICE. Doing so formats
the drive as exFAT and automatically creates a TeslaCam
folder. The USB flash drive is now ready to record and
save video footage.
CAUTION:
The FORMAT USB DEVICE button is
available whenever a USB Flash Drive (with one or
fewer partitions) is plugged into a front USB port.
Choosing FORMAT USB DEVICE formats the drive,
erasing all existing content. If you have content on
a drive that you want to keep, you must move it to
a dierent device before using this feature.
To format a USB flash drive from a personal computer,
follow the steps below for your operating system.
For MacOS:
1.
Insert the USB flash drive into your personal
computer.
2.
Navigate to Utilities > Disk Utility (or conduct a
Spotlight Search).
3.
Select your flash drive in the left menu.
4.
Navigate to Erase in the top menu ribbon.
5.
In the pop-up menu, select the correct format (MS-
DOS FAT) and click Erase.
NOTE: Selecting Erase removes all existing content
from your
flash drive. If you have content that you
want to keep, you must move it to a dierent device
before erasing.
6.
Once the flash drive is successfully erased, navigate
to Finder and select your USB flash drive from the
left menu. The
flash drive should not contain any files.
7.
Right-click in the empty space of the flash drive and
select New Folder. A folder appears in your flash
drive space.
8.
Right-click on the folder, select Rename, and name
the folder to “TeslaCam” (without quotation marks).
Click "Save". This folder will contain all recent and
saved clips from Sentry Mode and Dashcam.
9. Properly eject the USB flash drive.
Security Settings
143Using the Touchscreen
For Windows:
1. Insert the USB flash drive into your personal
computer.
2. Navigate to File Explorer.
3. Right-click on your USB flash drive and select
"Format...".
4. In the pop-up menu, under the File System section,
select a support format (such as exFAT, FAT 32, etc.)
NOTE: You can also name your USB flash drive
(under Volume Label).
5. Check the Quick format box and click Start.
6.
Go back to File Explorer, click on your flash drive,
and right-click to create a folder, or select
New
Folder in the top menu.
7.
Name the folder “TeslaCam” (without quotation
marks) and click Save. This folder will contain all
recent and saved clips from Sentry Mode and
Dashcam.
8.
Properly eject the USB flash drive.
Once you have formatted the USB flash drive and
created the TeslaCam folder, insert it into a USB port in
Model 3. Do not use the rear USB ports—they are for
charging only. It may take Model 3 up to 15 seconds to
recognize the flash drive. When recognized, icons for
Dashcam and Sentry Mode appear at the top of your
touchscreen (note that you may need to enable Sentry
Mode by touching
Controls > Safety & Security >
Sentry Mode). Model 3 is ready to record video.
Save Clips on Honk
Once a properly formatted USB flash drive is inserted in
one of the vehicle's front USB ports, you can choose to
save Dashcam clips while driving when you honk the
horn on your steering wheel. Navigate to
Controls >
Safety and Security > Save Clips on Honk > ON to
enable. The most recent ten minutes of footage is
saved. You can also save Dashcam footage by touching
the Dashcam icon at the top of the touchscreen.
Security Settings
144 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
About HomeLink
If your vehicle is equipped with the HomeLink®
Universal Transceiver, you can operate up to three
Radio Frequency (RF) devices, including garage doors,
gates, lights, and security systems.
NOTE: Depending on date of manufacture, market
region, and options selected at time of purchase, some
vehicles are not equipped with a HomeLink Universal
Transceiver.
WARNING: Do not use the HomeLink Universal
Transceiver with a device that does not have
safety stop and reverse features. Using a device
without these safety features increases the risk of
injury or death.
Supported Modes
HomeLink supports three dierent transmit modes,
which is how your vehicle and the RF device
communicate. Selecting a transmit mode is determined
by your RF device's compatibility:
•
Standard Mode: Use Standard Mode if your RF
device is equipped with a remote and the remote
must be used to operate the device (for example, a
remote-controlled garage door). This is the most
common mode used with devices.
•
D-Mode or UR-Mode: Use D-Mode or UR-Mode if the
RF device does not have a remote, and the receiver
has a "Learn" button (may also be called "Program"
or "Smart"). D-Mode and UR-Mode function similarly
because the vehicle directly communicates with the
device's receiver, so you don't have to pair a remote.
NOTE: D-Mode is used mainly in North America
while UR-Mode is popular in Europe, the Middle East,
and Asia. To determine with which mode your device
is compatible, contact HomeLink
(www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515).
Each of your devices can be set to a dierent mode.
For example, your garage door can be set to Standard
Mode, your front gate can be set to D-Mode, etc. To
change a transmit mode, touch the HomeLink icon on
the touchscreen's status bar and select the device you
want to change. Then, select
Program and choose the
desired mode for your device. Confirm by touching Set
Mode and follow the onscreen instructions.
For older vehicles, changing the mode for one device
changes the mode for all devices, so be careful when
changing transmit modes. Devices not compatible with
your selected mode may not work. Touch the HomeLink
icon on the touchscreen's status bar and touch
Change
Transmit Mode.
NOTE: Check the product information for your garage
door, gate, light, etc. to determine which mode is
compatible with your device.
Programming HomeLink
To program HomeLink® (if equipped):
1.
Park Model 3 so that the front bumper is in front of
the garage door, gate, or light you want to program.
CAUTION: Your device might open or close
during programming. Before programming,
make sure that the device is clear of any
people or objects.
2.
Get the device's remote control and ensure it has a
healthy battery. Tesla recommends replacing the
battery in the device's remote control before
Programming HomeLink.
3.
Touch the HomeLink icon at the top of the
touchscreen.
4. Touch Create HomeLink, then select which mode
you wish to use: Standard, D-Mode, or UR-Mode.
5.
Use the touchscreen to enter a name for your device
and touch
Enter or Create HomeLink.
6.
Touch Start then follow the onscreen instructions.
NOTE: If you see a screen called “Train the receiver”
while programming the device, remember that this is
a time-sensitive step. After pressing the Learn/
Program/Smart button on the device's remote, you
only have approximately 30 seconds to return to
your vehicle, press
Continue, and then press the
trained HomeLink device name twice. Consider
having an assistant help with this step.
7.
Once your device is programmed, touch Save to
complete the HomeLink programming routine.
8.
Ensure HomeLink works as expected. In some cases
the programming process may require multiple
attempts before succeeding.
Once programmed, you can operate the device by
touching its corresponding HomeLink icon on the
touchscreen's status bar. HomeLink remembers the
location of your programmed devices. When you
approach a known location, the HomeLink control on
the touchscreen automatically drops down. When you
drive away, it disappears.
NOTE: For additional assistance or compatibility
questions, contact HomeLink (
www.homelink.com or
call 1-800-355-3515).
Auto Opening and Closing
To operate a HomeLink device without touching the
touchscreen, you can automate the device to open as
you approach, and close as you drive away:
1.
Touch the HomeLink icon at the top of the
touchscreen and choose the device you want to
automate.
HomeLink Universal Transceiver
145Using the Touchscreen
2. Select the Auto-open when arriving checkbox if you
want the device to open as you approach.
3. Touch the arrows to specify the distance you want
your vehicle to be from the device before it opens.
4. Select the Auto-close when leaving checkbox if you
want the device to close as you drive away.
As you approach (or drive away from) a device that is
set to operate automatically, the HomeLink status icon
displays a count-down message to let you know when
the device will automatically open or close. In situations
where you don't want the device to automatically open
or close, touch
Skip Auto-Open or Skip Auto-Close at
any time during the count-down message.
Resetting the Location of the
HomeLink Device
If you experience situations in which you sometimes
drive up to your HomeLink device and it doesn't open,
or the HomeLink icon on the touchscreen's status bar
does not display the dropdown when you approach the
device, you may need to reset the device's location. To
do so, park as close as possible to the HomeLink device
(garage door, gate, etc.) and display the HomeLink
settings page by touching the HomeLink icon at the top
of the touchscreen. Touch the name of the device you
want to reset, then Reset Location.
Deleting a Device
To delete a HomeLink device, touch the HomeLink icon
at the top of the touchscreen. Touch the name of the
device you want to delete, then touch Delete.
NOTE: You can also perform a factory reset to erase
your HomeLink settings, along with all other personal
data (saved addresses, music favorites, imported
contacts, etc.). See
Erasing Personal Data on page 123.
NOTE: For security reasons, delete your HomeLink
devices if you sell your Model 3.
Troubleshooting HomeLink
Standard Mode
In Standard Mode, Model 3 records the signal from the
remote of your RF device. The touchscreen instructs
you to stand in front of the vehicle, point the remote at
the front bumper, and press and hold the button until
the headlights
flash. When the headlights flash, Model 3
has learned the remote and you can touch Continue on
the touchscreen. If the headlights do not flash, refer to
the following guidelines:
• Check the batteries in the remote. It is a good idea
to replace the batteries before you start
programming.
• While standing in front of your vehicle, press and
hold the button on your device's remote, with the
remote approximately
2 inches (5 cm) in front of the
Tesla emblem. In some cases you must hold the
button on the remote for up to three minutes.
•
Certain garage door remotes may require multiple
short remote presses (approximately 1 second each
press) instead of one long duration press.
D-Mode and UR-Mode
In D Mode and UR-Mode, the device’s receiver learns
Model 3. The touchscreen instructs you to press the
"Learn" button (may also be called "Program" or
"Smart") on the device's receiver. If this does not work,
refer to the following guidelines:
• Park Model 3 with its bumper as close as possible to
the garage door, gate, etc. that you are trying to
program.
•
Make sure you are pressing the receiver's Learn/
Program/Smart button. For instructions on how to
put the receiver into learning mode, refer to the
product details provided with your RF device that
you are trying to program.
•
If you see a screen called "Train the receiver" while
programming the device, remember that this is a
time-sensitive step. After pressing the Learn/
Program/Smart button on the device's remote or
receiver, you only have approximately 30 seconds to
return to your vehicle, press
Continue, then press the
trained HomeLink device name twice. Consider
having someone assist you with this step.
•
Most devices stay in learning mode for only three to
five minutes. Immediately after pressing the device's
Learn/Program/Smart button, follow the instructions
displayed on the vehicle's touchscreen.
For additional assistance or compatibility questions,
contact HomeLink (www.homelink.com or call
1-800-355-3515).
HomeLink Universal Transceiver
146 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Wi-Fi is available as a data connection method and is
often faster than cellular data networks. Connecting to
Wi-Fi is especially useful in areas with limited or no
cellular connectivity. To ensure fast, reliable delivery of
software and map updates, Tesla recommends leaving
your vehicle connected to a Wi-Fi network whenever
possible (for example, if parked in your garage
overnight).
To connect to a Wi-Fi network:
1. Touch the cellular icon (usually LTE or 3G) on the
top corner of your touchscreen.
Model 3 will start
scanning and display the detected Wi-Fi networks
that are within range.
2.
Select the Wi-Fi network you want to use, enter the
password (if necessary), then touch
Confirm.
3. Your vehicle connects to the Wi-Fi network and will
automatically connect to it whenever the network is
within range.
You can also connect to a hidden network that isn't
shown on the list of scanned networks. Just touch Wi-Fi
Settings, enter the name of the network in the resulting
dialog box, select the security setting, then touch Add
Network.
NOTE: If more than one previously connected network
is within range, Model 3 connects to the one most
recently used.
NOTE: You can also use a mobile hotspot or your
phone's Internet connection via Wi-Fi tethering (subject
to fees and restrictions of your mobile carrier).
NOTE: At Tesla Service Centers, Model 3 automatically
connects to the Tesla Service Wi-Fi network.
Connecting to Wi-Fi
147Using the Touchscreen
Loading New Software
Tesla updates your vehicle's software wirelessly,
constantly providing new features. Tesla recommends
you install software updates as soon as they are
available on your vehicle. To ensure the fastest and
most reliable delivery of software updates, leave Wi-Fi
turned on and connected whenever possible. In most
cases, your vehicle must be connected to Wi-Fi to start
an update (see
Connecting to Wi-Fi on page 147).
NOTE: On an as-needed basis, Tesla also sends
software updates using a cellular connection.
NOTE: Software updates are not performed when Keep
Climate On, Dog Mode, or Camp Mode is active.
WARNING:
Do not attempt to use the vehicle
while the software is being updated. Vehicle
functions, including some safety systems, may be
limited or disabled when a software update is in
progress and you could damage the vehicle.
When a software update is available, a yellow clock icon
appears at the top of the touchscreen. There are three
ways you can install software updates:
•
Touch the yellow clock icon to display the
scheduling window, which prompts you to select a
time to install the update (
SET FOR THIS TIME) or
install it now (INSTALL NOW). Once scheduled, the
yellow clock icon changes to a white clock icon until
the update begins. At any time before the update
begins, you can touch this clock icon to reschedule
the update.
•
Go to Controls > Software to determine if an update
is available for your vehicle. If available, touch
Software Update Available to navigate to the
scheduling window, as mentioned above.
•
Start updates using the Tesla mobile app.
NOTE: Some software updates can take up to three
hours to complete.
Model 3 must be in Park while the
software is being updated. To ensure the fastest and
most reliable delivery of software updates, leave the
Wi-Fi turned on and connected whenever possible (see
Connecting to Wi-Fi on page 147).
The yellow clock icon becomes a green download icon
when a software update is downloading. If a yellow
download icon displays, a software update is available
but your vehicle is not connected to Wi-Fi. Connect
your vehicle to Wi-Fi to start the download.
Software Update Preferences
You can choose how quickly and often you receive
software updates. To change your preference, navigate
to Controls > Software > Software Update Preferences
and choose either of these options:
• STANDARD:
Receive software updates using the
normal rollout timeframe for your region and vehicle
configuration. When a software release is made
available it has generally been running on other
customer vehicles for a period of time.
•
ADVANCED: Receive the latest software updates for
your region and vehicle configuration as soon as
they are available. Tesla determines how, when, and
where to send updates to vehicles based on various
factors unique to each release. Keep in mind that
although you receive updates as soon as they are
available for your
specific vehicle, you may not be in
the
first Tesla group of Tesla owners to receive the
update. Choosing Advanced does not enroll your
vehicle in Tesla's early access program.
NOTE: Tesla does not update software upon request for
those wanting to receive the latest features and
improvements. Selecting ADVANCED and consistently
connecting to Wi-Fi (see
Connecting to Wi-Fi on page
147) is the best way to receive the latest software
updates.
NOTE: The software update window persists until you
install the update. You must install a software update as
soon it becomes available. Any harm resulting from
failure to install a software update is not covered by the
vehicle’s warranty. Failure or refusal to install updates
can cause some vehicle features to become
inaccessible, digital media devices to become
incompatible, and can limit Tesla's ability to diagnose
and service your vehicle.
NOTE: Reverting to a previous software version is not
possible.
If the touchscreen displays a message indicating that a
software update was not successfully completed,
contact Tesla.
Software Reinstall
In some situations, such as when a component in your
vehicle has been replaced, it may be necessary to
reinstall the existing version of software. To do so, touch
Controls > Service > Software Reinstall. Installation
takes approximately 25 minutes to complete. Existing
settings are not aected and no new software files are
downloaded to Model 3.
Charging
If Model 3 is charging when the software update begins,
charging stops. Charging resumes automatically when
the software update is complete. If you are driving
Model 3 at the scheduled update time, the update is
canceled and must be rescheduled.
Software Updates
148 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Viewing Release Notes
When a software update is complete, read the release
notes displayed on the touchscreen to learn about
changes or new features. To display release notes about
the current version of your vehicle's software at any
time, touch the Tesla “T” at the top center of the
touchscreen, then touch Release Notes. You can also
view the release notes by touching
Controls > Software.
Tesla strongly recommends reading all release notes.
They may contain important safety information or
operating instructions for your
Model 3.
Software Updates
149Using the Touchscreen
The Tesla mobile app allows you to communicate with
Model 3 remotely using your iPhone® or Android™
phone.
To use the mobile app
To set up the Tesla mobile app to communicate with
your
Model 3:
1.
Download the Tesla mobile app to your phone.
2. Log in to the Tesla mobile app by entering your Tesla
account credentials.
3. Enable mobile access to your Model 3 by touching
Controls > Safety & Security > Mobile Access
(see Controls on page 118).
4. Turn your phone's Bluetooth setting ON and ensure
that Bluetooth is turned on within your phone's
global settings for the Tesla mobile app if you want
yo use an authenticated phone as a key. For example,
on your phone, navigate to Settings, choose the Tesla
mobile app, and ensure the Bluetooth setting is
enabled.
Your smartphone and vehicle must both be actively
connected to cellular service to allow the mobile app to
communicate with your vehicle. Tesla recommends that
you always have a functional physical key readily
available if parking in an area with limited or absent
cellular service, such as an indoor parking garage.
If multiple vehicles are linked to the Tesla Account, you
must switch to the Model 3 you want to access in the
mobile app before the phone can be used as a key.
Swipe left or right to change vehicles.
NOTE: In the event that you require lockout assistance
from Tesla due to a non-warranty issue, such as having
limited cellular connectivity and having no secondary
key available, your expenses are not covered under the
Roadside Assistance policy.
NOTE: Tesla does not support the use of third party
applications to contact
Model 3.
Overview
The Tesla mobile app's home screen allows you to:
• See the name of your vehicle (if you have one)
• View your vehicle’s estimated range.
•
See which gear the vehicle is in (driving, park, etc.).
•
Enable maximum defrost to warm your vehicle in cold
conditions.
• Enable keyless driving.
• Open the front trunk.
•
Lock or unlock your vehicle.
•
At the bottom, view your vehicle’s odometer, VIN,
and firmware version it is currently running.
For supported video sources, send videos to play in the
Tesla Theater by sharing the link through the mobile
app. Navigate to the movie, show, or video you want to
play on your smartphone and touch the share button.
Share the video with the Tesla app and it will appear on
your vehicle's touchscreen if Model 3 is in Park.
Phone Key
Set up your phone as the key (as described in
Authenticated Phone on page 8). Once authenticated,
your phone's Bluetooth signal is detected as you
approach your vehicle and the doors unlock when you
press a door handle. Likewise, when you exit and walk
away with the phone, doors automatically lock
(provided the
Walk-Away Door Lock feature is turned
on, as described in Walk-Away Door Lock on page 14).
You must be near your vehicle and have a key card
ready to set up your smartphone as a phone key.
NOTE: You should always carry a key card or fob in the
event you park your vehicle somewhere with inadequate
cell service.
Climate
Check the interior temperature and heat or cool the
cabin before driving (even if it’s in a garage). You can
also turn the seat heaters on (see Seat Heaters on page
27) and defrost the windshield by touching the
windshield defrost icon at the bottom.
Turn Climate On: This allows you to precondition the
cabin by moving the direction of air flow from the vents,
and turn the seat heaters on or o.
Defrost helps to melt snow, ice, and frost on the
windshield, driver and passenger windows, mirrors.
Using the mobile app to precondition Model 3 also
warms the Battery as needed.
NOTE: In some vehicles, depending on vehicle
specifications and date of manufacture, using the mobile
app to defrost Model 3 also thaws ice on the charge port
latch. This is useful in extremely cold weather or icy
conditions in which the charge port latch can freeze in
place, preventing you from removing or inserting the
charge cable.
Controls
The Controls tab allows you do the following:
•
Vent or close the windows.
• Lock or unlock Model 3 from afar.
• Flash the lights or honk the horn to find where Model
3 is parked.
•
Enable Keyless Driving.
Mobile App
150 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: Keyless Driving can be used when you do not
have your key or to bypass PIN to Drive in cases
where you forgot your PIN or your touchscreen is
unresponsive (see PIN to Drive on page 141).
• Open the front or rear trunk.
•
Open and close your garage door if your vehicle has
a programmed HomeLink connection, if available (see
HomeLink Universal Transceiver on page 145).
•
Enable or disable valet mode (see Valet Mode on
page 45).
• Enable/disable Sentry Mode (see Sentry Mode on
page 141).
• Enable/disable Speed Limit Mode and receive
notifications when the vehicle's driving speed is
within approximately 3 mph (5 km/h) of your
selected maximum speed (see
Speed Limit Mode on
page 123).
Charging
Check charging progress, stop charging, and receive
notifications when charging is started, interrupted,
almost complete, or complete. You can also view nearby
chargers and send the directions to your vehicle's
touchscreen.
NOTE: When Supercharging, additional notifications
alert you when you will be charged idle fees for parking
at a supercharger after charging is complete. The idle
fees are waived if your vehicle is moved within five
minutes of when the vehicle finishes charging. See
Supercharger Usage Fees and Idle Fees on page 159.
Location
Locate Model 3 with directions, or track its movement
across a map.
Summon
You can park or retrieve Model 3 using Summon (see
Summon on page 104) or Smart Summon (see Smart
Summon on page 107) , if equipped.
Upgrades
View and purchase the latest upgrades available for your
vehicle, such as full self-driving.
Schedule Service
Scheduling a service visit through the mobile app is
easy. After touching Schedule Service, select the type of
service needed and follow the directions in the mobile
app. Provide as much detail as possible, such as:
•
Photos, sound recordings, or videos.
• Date(s), time(s), and time zone when the issue
occurred.
• Country of use and location.
• Approximate speed the vehicle was traveling (if
applicable).
•
Environmental conditions (rain, snow, cold, etc.).
•
Road name and type of road (if applicable).
• Quality of lane markings (if applicable).
•
Applicable vehicle settings.
•
Identifiable symptoms.
Settings
In this settings tab located at the top corner of your
smartphone’s screen (shown as a gear icon), you can:
• Switch to a dierent vehicle associated with your
Tesla account, if you have access to more than one.
•
Access the Tesla inbox.
•
View Notifications and customize the notifications
you receive, such as when your security alarm has
been triggered, charging updates, and new software
updates. You can start them from afar and check its
progress.
•
Enable or disable Touch ID.
•
Support the Model 3 Calendar app on the
touchscreen by allowing the mobile app to send your
phone’s calendar data to your vehicle.
NOTE: Some of these features require installation of the
latest version of the mobile app.
NOTE: The above list may not represent an exhaustive
list of the functions available on the Tesla mobile app. To
ensure access to new and improved features, download
updated versions of the mobile app as they become
available.
Granting Mobile App Access to a
Second User
It's easy to grant mobile app access to a second user of
your vehicle (such as a family member or friend). Log
into your Tesla account and navigate to
Account >
Personal Information > Contact > Add Additional
Contact. Add the secondary user's contact information.
If the secondary user already has a Tesla account, use
the email address associated with their existing Tesla
account. They can then access your
Model 3 from the
mobile app. If they do not have a Tesla account, a
welcome email will be sent to their registered email
address. Once the account is created, they can access
your vehicle from the mobile app. With mobile app
access, secondary users can view and control your
vehicle's settings remotely.
Mobile App
151Using the Touchscreen
To remove access, delete the contact information of the
second user.
NOTE: Granting mobile app access to a secondary user
allows them to view and control everything your mobile
app can control.
NOTE: Tesla currently does not support the addition of
third or fourth users.
Mobile App
152 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
High Voltage Components
1.
Air Conditioning Compressor
2.
Front Motor (Dual Motor vehicles only)
3.
Cabin Heater
4.
High Voltage Battery
5.
High Voltage Battery Service Panel
6. Rear Motor
7.
High Voltage Lines
8.
Charge Port
WARNING:
The high voltage system has no user serviceable parts. Do not disassemble, remove or replace high
voltage components, cables or connectors. High voltage cables are typically colored orange for easy
identification.
WARNING:
Read and follow all instructions provided on the labels that are attached to Model 3. These labels
are there for your safety.
WARNING:
In the unlikely event that a fire occurs, immediately contact your local fire emergency responders.
Electric Vehicle Components
153Charging
Charging Equipment
Charging equipment designed specifically to charge
your
Model 3 is available from Tesla. A Tesla Wall
Connector, which installs in your garage, is the fastest
way to charge
Model 3 at home.
In most market regions, Model 3 is equipped with a
Mobile Connector and the adapter(s) needed to plug
into the most commonly used power outlets. When
using the Mobile Connector,
first plug the Mobile
Connector into the power outlet, and then plug in Model
3. For more information about your Mobile Connector,
see the Mobile Connector Owner’s Manual (available on
the touchscreen). Additional adapters can be purchased
from Tesla.
Tesla oers adapters (for example, J1772 and
CHAdeMO) to allow you to plug into the most
commonly used public charging stations in your region.
Open the charge port door using the touchscreen (see
Charging Instructions on page 156), plug the adapter
into the charging port on
Model 3, and then connect the
station's charging connector to the adapter. For
information on the charging equipment available for
your region, go to
www.tesla.com, choose your region,
and then view the available charging options.
More details on public charging station adapters is
available at https://www.tesla.com/chademo.
Electric Vehicle Components
154 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
About the Battery
Model 3 has one of the most sophisticated battery
systems in the world. The most important way to
preserve the Battery is to
LEAVE YOUR VEHICLE
PLUGGED IN when you are not using it. This is
particularly important if you are not planning to drive
Model 3 for several weeks. When plugged in, Model 3
wakes up when needed to automatically maintain a
charge level that maximizes the lifetime of the Battery.
NOTE: When left idle and unplugged, your vehicle
periodically uses energy from the Battery for system
tests and recharging the 12V battery when necessary.
There is no advantage to waiting until the Battery’s level
is low before charging. In fact, the Battery performs best
when charged regularly.
NOTE: If you allow the Battery to discharge to 0%, other
components may become damaged or require
replacement (for example, the 12V battery). In these
cases, you are responsible for repair and/or transporting
expenses. Discharge-related expenses are not covered
by the warranty or under the Roadside Assistance
policy.
The peak charging rate of the Battery may decrease
slightly after a large number of DC Fast Charging
sessions, such as those at Superchargers. To ensure
maximum driving range and Battery safety, the Battery
charge rate is decreased when the Battery is too cold,
when the Battery’s charge is nearly full, and when the
Battery conditions change with usage and age. These
changes in the condition of the Battery are driven by
battery physics and may increase the total
Supercharging duration by a few minutes over time.
Battery Care
Never allow the Battery to fully discharge. Even when
Model 3 is not being driven, its Battery discharges very
slowly to power the onboard electronics. The Battery
can discharge at a rate of approximately 1% per day,
though the discharge rate may vary depending on
environmental factors (such as cold weather), vehicle
configuration, and your selected settings on the
touchscreen. Situations can arise in which you must
leave
Model 3 unplugged for an extended period of time
(for example, at an airport when traveling). In these
situations, keep the 1% in mind to ensure that you leave
the Battery with a sucient charge level. For example,
over a two week period (14 days), the Battery may
discharge by approximately 14%.
Discharging the Battery to 0% may result in damage to
vehicle components. To protect against a complete
discharge,
Model 3 enters a low-power consumption
mode when the displayed charge level drops to
approximately 0%. In this mode, the Battery stops
supporting the onboard electronics and auxiliary 12V
battery. Once this low-power consumption mode is
active, immediately plug in
Model 3 to prevent a jump-
start and 12V battery replacement.
NOTE: If the vehicle is unresponsive and will not unlock,
open, or charge, then the 12V battery may have become
discharged. In this situation, contact Tesla.
Temperature Limits
For better long-term performance, avoid exposing
Model 3 to ambient temperatures above 140° F (60° C)
or below -22° F (-30° C) for more than 24 hours at a
time.
Battery Warnings and Cautions
WARNING:
The Battery has no parts that an owner
or a non-Tesla authorized service technician can
service. Under no circumstances should you open
or tamper with the Battery. Always contact Tesla
to arrange for Battery servicing.
CAUTION:
If the Battery’s charge level falls to 0%,
you must plug it in. If you leave it unplugged for an
extended period, it may not be possible to charge
or use Model 3 without jump starting or replacing
the 12V battery (see Instructions for Transporters
on page 196 for instructions on how to jump start
the battery). Leaving Model 3 unplugged for an
extended period can also result in permanent
Battery damage. If you are unable to charge Model
3, contact Tesla immediately.
CAUTION:
The Battery requires no owner
maintenance. Do not remove the coolant filler cap
and do not add fluid. If the touchscreen warns you
that the fluid level is low, contact Tesla
immediately.
CAUTION:
Do not use the Battery as a stationary
power source. Doing so voids the warranty.
Battery Information
155Charging
Opening the Charge Port
The charge port is located on the left side of Model 3,
behind a door that is part of the rear tail light assembly.
Before charging, park
Model 3 to ensure that the charge
cable easily reaches the charge port.
With Model 3 unlocked (or an authenticated phone is
within range) and in Park, press and release the button
on the Tesla charge cable to open the charge port door.
You can also open the charge port door using any of
these methods:
•
On the touchscreen, use the app launcher to open
the Charging app, then touch
Open Charge Port.
•
On the car status on the touchscreen, touch the
charging icon.
•
On the "Cards" area on the touchscreen, touch the
charging icon, then press OPEN CHARGE PORT.
•
Press the bottom of the charge port door when
Model 3 is unlocked or an authenticated phone is
nearby.
•
On the key fob accessory (sold separately), hold
down the rear trunk button for 1-2 seconds.
NOTE: The following image is provided for
demonstration purposes only. Depending on market
region, your charge port may be slightly dierent.
NOTE:
The Tesla "T" lights up white when you open the
charge port door. If you do not insert a charge cable into
the charge port within a few minutes after opening the
charge port door, the charge port door closes. If this
happens, use the touchscreen to open the charge port
door again.
NOTE: In extremely cold weather or icy conditions, it is
possible that your charge port latch may freeze in place.
Some vehicles are equipped with a chargeport inlet
heater that turns on when you turn on the rear defrost in
cold weather conditions. You can also thaw ice on the
charge port latch by enabling preconditioning using the
mobile app, or using scheduled departure to
precondition Model 3 (see Scheduled Charging and
Scheduled Departure on page 159).
CAUTION:
Do not try to force the charge port
door open.
Plugging In
If desired, use the touchscreen to change the charge
limit and the charging current (see Charging Status and
Settings on page 158).
To charge at a public charging station, plug the
appropriate adapter into the vehicle's charging port, and
then connect the station's charging connector to the
adapter. The most commonly used adapter(s) for each
market region are provided. Depending on the charging
equipment you are using, you may need to start and
stop charging using a control on the charging
equipment.
If you are using the Mobile Connector, plug it into the
power outlet before plugging it into Model 3.
Align the connector to the charge port and insert fully.
When the connector is properly inserted, charging
begins automatically after
Model 3:
•
Engages a latch that holds the connector in place;
•
Shifts into Park (if it was in any other gear);
•
Heats or cools the Battery, if needed. If the Battery
requires heating or cooling, you may notice a delay
before charging begins.
NOTE: Whenever Model 3 is plugged in but not actively
charging, it draws energy from the wall outlet instead of
using energy stored in the Battery. For example, if you
are sitting in Model 3 and using the touchscreen while
parked and plugged in,
Model 3 draws energy from the
wall outlet instead of the Battery.
CAUTION:
The connector end of the charge cable
can damage the paint if dropped onto the vehicle.
Charging Instructions
156 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
During Charging
During charging, the charge port light (the Tesla "T"
logo) pulses green, and the touchscreen displays the
charging status. The frequency at which the charge port
light pulses slows down as the charge level approaches
full. When charging is complete, the light stops pulsing
and is solid green.
NOTE: If Model 3 is locked, the charge port light does
not light up.
If the charge port light turns red while charging, a fault
is detected. Check the touchscreen for a message
describing the fault. A fault can occur due to something
as common as a power outage. If a power outage
occurs, charging resumes automatically when power is
restored.
NOTE: When charging, particularly at high currents, the
refrigerant compressor and fan operate as needed to
keep the Battery cool. Therefore, it is normal to hear
sounds during charging.
NOTE: Air conditioning performance is generally not
aected by charging. However, under certain
circumstances (for example, you are charging at high
currents during a particularly warm day), the air coming
from the vents may not be as cool as expected and a
message displays on the
touchscreen. This is normal
behavior and ensures that the Battery stays within an
optimum temperature range while charging to support
longevity and optimum performance.
WARNING:
Never spray liquid at a high velocity
(for example, if using a pressure washer) towards
the charge port while charging. Failure to follow
these instructions can result in serious injury or
damage to the vehicle, charging equipment, or
property.
Stopping Charging
Stop charging at any time by disconnecting the charge
cable or touching Stop Charging on the touchscreen.
NOTE: To prevent unauthorized unplugging of the
charge cable, the charge cable latch remains locked and
Model 3 must be unlocked or able to recognize your
authenticated phone before you can disconnect the
charge cable. However, in cold ambient temperatures
below 41° F (5° C), the charge port remains unlocked
whenever the vehicle is not charging, even when Model
3 is locked.
To disconnect the charge cable using a connector:
1. Press and hold the button on the connector handle to
release the latch. Alternatively, unlock the vehicle by
opening a door, using a
key card or key fob, or
touching Stop Charging on the touchscreen. These
methods unlock the charge port as well.
2. Pull the connector from the charge port.
To disconnect the charge cable using an adapter at a
public charge station:
1. Ensure that Model 3 is unlocked.
2. While holding the public charging handle in one hand
and the adapter in the other hand, press and hold the
button on the public charging handle and pull both
outwards, removing the handle and adapter at the
same time.
NOTE: If the charging station handle separates from
the adapter, leaving the adapter in Model 3, use the
touchscreen to unlock the charge port (touch the
charging icon on the overhead view of the vehicle).
3. Press and hold the charging handle button again to
release the adapter from the charging handle.
NOTE: The charge port automatically closes within
approximately 10 seconds of removing the connector
from the charge port.
CAUTION:
Tesla strongly recommends leaving
Model 3 plugged in when not in use. This maintains
the Battery at the optimum level of charge.
Manually Releasing Charge Cable
If the usual methods for releasing a charge cable from
the charge port (using the charge handle release button,
touchscreen, or mobile app) do not work, carefully
follow these steps:
1.
Ensure that Model 3 is not actively charging by
displaying the charging screen on the touchscreen. If
necessary, touch Stop Charging.
2.
Open the rear trunk.
3.
Pull the charge port's release cable downwards to
unlatch the charge cable.
NOTE: The release cable may be recessed within the
opening of the trim.
4.
Pull the charge cable from the charge port.
Charging Instructions
157Charging
CAUTION: Use the release cable only in situations
where you can not release the charge cable using
the usual methods. Continuous use can damage
the release cable or charging equipment.
WARNING: Do not perform this procedure when
your vehicle is charging, or if any orange high
voltage conductors are exposed. Failure to follow
these instructions can result in electric shock and
serious injury or damage to the vehicle. If you
have any uncertainty as to how to safely perform
this procedure, contact your nearest Service
Center.
WARNING: Do not pull the release cable while
simultaneously attempting to remove the charge
cable from the charge port. Always pull the
release cable before attempting to remove the
charge cable. Failure to follow these instructions
can result in electric shock and serious injury.
Charge Port Light
• WHITE: The charge port door is open. Model 3 is
ready to charge and the connector is not inserted, or
the charge port latch is unlocked and the connector
is ready to be removed.
NOTE: In cold ambient temperatures below 41° F (5°
C), the charge port remains unlocked whenever the
vehicle is not charging. In these situations, the
charge port light is white.
•
BLUE: Model 3 detects that a connector has been
plugged in.
•
BLINKING BLUE: Model 3 is communicating with the
connector. Either Model 3 is preparing to charge, or
a charging session is scheduled to begin at a
specified future time.
•
BLINKING GREEN: Charging is in progress. As Model
3 approaches a full charge, the frequency of the
blinking slows.
•
SOLID GREEN: Charging is complete.
•
SOLID AMBER: The connector is not fully plugged in.
Realign the connector to the charge port and insert
fully.
•
BLINKING AMBER: Model 3 is charging at a reduced
current (AC charging only).
•
RED: A fault is detected and charging has stopped.
Check the touchscreen for a fault message.
Charging Status and Settings
The charging screen displays on the touchscreen
whenever the charge port door is open. To display the
charging screen at any time:
Touch the charging icon on the "Cards"
area on the touchscreen.
The charging screen displays a representative image of
the status of the Battery and information about your
charging session including:
•
Charging rate.
•
Added energy or estimated increase in driving
distance achieved so far in this charging session (in
kilowatt hours, miles per hour, or kilometers per
hour, depending on your display setting).
•
Current supplied/available from the connected
power supply.
• Voltage supplied by the charge cable.
NOTE: To change how energy units are displayed, touch
Controls > Display > Energy Display.
NOTE: The following illustration is provided for
demonstration purposes only and may vary slightly
depending on software version and market region.
1.
Charge status messages (such as Charging,
Charging Scheduled) display here. While charging,
the estimated time remaining to achieve your set
limit is also displayed.
2.
Adjust the charge limit by touching Set Limit, and
drag the arrow below the battery to indicate the
level of charging you want. The setting you choose
applies to immediate and scheduled charging
sessions.
3.
The current automatically sets to the maximum
current available from the attached charge cable,
unless it was previously reduced to a lower level. If
needed, touch - or + to change the current (for
example, you may want to reduce the current if you
are concerned about overloading a domestic wiring
circuit shared by other equipment). It is not possible
Charging Instructions
158 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
to set the charging current to a level that exceeds the
maximum available from the attached charge cable.
When you change the current, Model 3 remembers
the location. If you charge at the same location, you
do not need to change it again.
NOTE: If Model 3 is charging and detects unexpected
fluctuations in input power, the charging current is
automatically reduced by 25%. For example, a
40 amp current is reduced to 30 amps. This
automatic current reduction increases robustness and
safety in situations when an external problem exists
(for example, a home wiring system, receptacle,
adapter or cord is unable to meet its rated current
capacity). As a precaution, when
Model 3
automatically reduces current, it saves the reduced
current at the charging location. Although you can
manually increase it, Tesla recommends charging at
the lower current until the underlying problem is
resolved and the charging location can provide
consistent power.
4.
Touch to open the charge port door or to start (or
stop) charging.
5.
Displays the total estimated driving distance or
energy percentage (depending on your display
setting) available.
6.
Shows if the charge cable is locked in the charge port
or not. If
Model 3 is not charging, you can touch the
lock icon to unlock the charge cable from the charge
port.
NOTE: In cold ambient temperatures below 41° F (5°
C), the charge cable remains unlocked whenever the
vehicle is not charging.
7.
Charging rate, estimated increase in driving distance
(or energy) achieved so far in this charging session,
duration of charging session so far, current supplied/
available from the connected power supply, and
voltage supplied by the charge cable.
8.
Set a recurring charging schedule for the location
(see Scheduled Charging and Scheduled Departure
on page 159).
NOTE: To reduce congestion at high-usage supercharger
sites, you may be automatically limited to a maximum
charge of 80% when not using Trip Planner (see Trip
Planner on page 132). You can manually increase the
limit by tapping “Set Limit” on the touchscreen or
mobile app.
Scheduled Charging and Scheduled
Departure
There are two ways in which you can schedule your
vehicle's charging:
• Scheduled Charging:
When you set a scheduled
charging time, Model 3 displays the set time to begin
charging when you are parked at the scheduled
location. If, at the scheduled time, Model 3 is not
plugged in at the location, charging starts as soon as
you plug it in, provided you plug it in within six hours
of the scheduled time. If plugged in after six hours,
charging does not start until the scheduled time on
the next day. To override this setting, touch
Start
Charging or Stop Charging.
• Scheduled Departure: For any location, such as
Home, you can simply plug in Model 3 and select a
time for when you want your vehicle to be ready to
drive. Once your
specified time is set, Model 3
prepares itself by determining the best time to start
charging to optimize energy costs, Battery longevity,
and ensure charging completes in time for your drive.
Your vehicle also preconditions the cabin to a
comfortable temperature and warms the Battery. To
set up a scheduled departure time, go to
Charging >
Scheduled Departure > Schedule and follow the
onscreen instructions to customize your schedule.
Scheduled Charging is best used to determine when
your vehicle should start charging; Scheduled Departure
is best used to determine when charging should
complete for your drive.
NOTE: Your vehicle aims to finish charging before 6am
(end of o-peak hours). If given sucient time to
charge, charging may stop at 6am, even if your
scheduled departure is later. The vehicle warms the
Battery and preconditions the cabin shortly before your
scheduled departure time. If the vehicle does not have
enough time to complete charging before 6am, it will
continue to charge until it reaches the target Battery
percentage.
NOTE: If your vehicle is not plugged into a charger,
Scheduled departure will not precondition the cabin or
battery.
Supercharger Usage Fees and Idle
Fees
When charging using a Tesla supercharger,
SUPERCHARGING information displays at the bottom of
the charging screen. This information includes the
location, the time that charging started, and an estimate
of how much the session will cost. When you stop
supercharging, the estimated cost of that session
displays until a new supercharging session begins.
NOTE: Estimated pricing is displayed for your
convenience only and may not reflect the actual final
price you will be charged for that supercharging session.
Final pricing for supercharging sessions can be found in
your Tesla Account.
Charging Instructions
159Charging
When charging at a Tesla supercharger, you are subject
to idle fees. Idle fees are designed to encourage drivers
to move their vehicle from the Supercharger when
charging is complete. Idle fees are in eect only when
half or more of the Superchargers at a site are
occupied. The Tesla mobile app
notifies you when
charging nears completion, and again when charging is
complete. Additional notifications are sent if idle fees
are incurred. Idle fees are waived if you move your
vehicle within
five minutes of charging completion.
Log into your Tesla Account to view fees and details
about Supercharger sessions, set up a payment
method, and make payments. Once a payment method
is saved, fees are automatically paid from your account.
Charging Instructions
160 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Service Intervals
Your vehicle should generally be serviced on an as-
needed basis. However, Tesla recommends the following
maintenance items and intervals, as applicable to your
vehicle, to ensure continued reliability and eciency of
your Model 3.
• Brake fluid health check every 2 years (replace if
necessary).
•
A/C desiccant bag replacement every 6 years
• Cabin air filter replacement every 2 years
• Clean and lubricate brake calipers every year or
12,500 miles (20,000 km) if in an area where roads
are salted during winter
•
Rotate tires every 6,250 miles (10,000 km) or if tread
depth
dierence is 2/32 in (1.5 mm) or greater,
whichever comes first
NOTE: The above intervals are based on normal driving
behaviors and scenarios. Additionally, the above list
should not be considered comprehensive and does not
include consumable parts such as windshield wipers,
brake pads, etc.
NOTE: Damages or failures caused by maintenance or
repairs performed by non-Tesla certified technicians are
not covered by the warranty.
Daily Checks
•
Check the Battery’s charge level, displayed on the
touchscreen or mobile app.
•
Check the condition and pressure of each tire (see
Tire Care and Maintenance on page 163).
•
Check that all exterior lights, horn, turn signals, and
wipers and washers are working.
•
Check for any unexpected indicator lights or vehicle
alerts on the touchscreen.
•
Check the operation of the brakes, including the
parking brake.
•
Check the operation of the seat belts (see Seat Belts
on page 29).
•
Look for abnormal fluid deposits underneath Model 3
that might indicate a leak. It is normal for a small pool
of water to form (caused by the air conditioning
system’s dehumidifying process).
• Look around the exterior of Model 3 and immediately
remove any corrosive substances (such as bird
droppings, tree resin, tar spots, dead insects,
industrial fallout, etc.) to prevent damage to the paint
(see
Cleaning on page 169).
Monthly Checks
• Check windshield washer fluid level and top up if
necessary (see
Topping Up Windshield Washer Fluid
on page 173).
• Check that the air conditioning system is operating
correctly (see Climate Controls on page 124).
NOTE: In addition to cooling the interior, the air
conditioning compressor also cools the Battery.
Therefore, in hot weather, the air conditioning
compressor can turn on even if you turned it o. This is
normal because the system’s priority is to cool the
Battery to ensure it stays within an optimum
temperature range to support longevity and optimum
performance. Also, even when not in use, you may hear
Model 3 emit a whining noise or the sound of water
circulating. These sounds are normal and occur when
the internal cooling systems turn on to support various
vehicle functions, such as maintaining the 12V battery
and balancing the temperature of the high voltage
Battery.
WARNING:
Contact Tesla immediately if you notice
any significant or sudden drop in fluid levels or
uneven tire wear.
Fluid Replacement Intervals
Your Battery coolant does not need to be replaced for
the life of your vehicle under most circumstances. Brake
fluid should be checked every 2 years, replacing if
necessary.
NOTE: Any damage caused by opening the Battery
coolant reservoir is excluded from the warranty.
High Voltage Safety
Your Model 3 has been designed and built with safety as
a priority. However, be aware of these precautions to
protect yourself from the risk of injury inherent in all
high-voltage systems:
•
Read and follow all instructions provided on the
labels that are attached to
Model 3. These labels are
there for your safety.
• The high voltage system has no user-serviceable
parts. Do not disassemble, remove or replace high
voltage components, cables or connectors. High
voltage cables are colored orange for easy
identification.
• If a collision occurs, do not touch any high voltage
wiring, connectors, or components connected to the
wiring.
•
In the unlikely event that a fire occurs, immediately
contact your local fire emergency responders.
Maintenance Schedule
161Maintenance
WARNING: Always disconnect the charge cable
before working underneath Model 3, even if
charging is not in progress.
WARNING: Keep your hands and clothing away
from cooling fans. Some fans operate even when
Model 3 is powered o.
WARNING: Some fluids (battery acid, Battery
coolant, brake fluid, windshield washer additives,
etc.) used in vehicles are poisonous and should
not be inhaled, swallowed, or brought into contact
with open wounds. For your safety, always read
and follow instructions printed on fluid containers.
Maintenance Schedule
162 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Maintaining Tire Pressures
Keep tires inflated to the pressures shown on the Tire
and Loading Information label, even if it
diers from the
pressure printed on the tire itself. The Tire and Loading
Information label is located on the center door pillar
and is visible when the front door is open.
NOTE: If your Model 3 is fitted with Tesla accessory
wheels or tires, some information may be dierent from
the labels on the vehicle. See Accessory Wheels and
Tires on page 176.
The Tire Pressure indicator light on the
touchscreen alerts you if one or more
tires is under- or over-inflated.
The Tire Pressure indicator light does not immediately
turn o when you adjust tire pressure. After inflating
the tire to the recommended pressure, you must drive
over 15 mph (25 km/h) for more than 10 minutes to
activate the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS),
which turns o the Tire Pressure indicator light.
If the indicator light flashes for one minute whenever
you power on Model 3, a fault with the TPMS is
detected (see TPMS Malfunction on page 167).
NOTE: Display tire pressures in the "Cards" area,
located toward the bottom on the left side of the
touchscreen, as described in Touchscreen Overview on
page 4. You can also choose whether you want to
display tire pressures using BAR or PSI by touching
Controls > Display > Tire Pressure.
WARNING:
Under-inflation is the most common
cause of tire failures and can cause a tire to
overheat, resulting in severe tire cracking, tread
separation, or blowout, which causes unexpected
loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury.
Under-inflation also reduces the vehicle's range
and tire tread life.
WARNING:
Check tire pressures using an accurate
pressure gauge when tires are cold. It takes only
about one mile (1.6 km) of driving to warm up the
tires suciently to aect tire pressures. Parking
the vehicle in direct sunlight or in hot weather can
also aect tire pressures. If you must check warm
tires, expect increased pressures. Do not let air
out of warm tires in an attempt to match
recommended cold tire pressures. A hot tire at or
below the recommended cold tire inflation
pressure is dangerously under-inflated.
WARNING:
Do not use any tire sealant other than
the type provided in a Tesla tire repair kit. Other
types can cause tire pressure sensors to
malfunction. If your Model 3 did not include a tire
repair kit, you can purchase one from Tesla.
Checking and Adjusting Tire Pressures
Follow these steps when tires are cold and Model 3 has
been stationary for over three hours:
1.
Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label
located on the
driver’s center door pillar for the
target tire pressure.
2.
Remove the valve cap.
3.
Firmly press an accurate tire pressure gauge onto
the valve to measure pressure.
4.
If required, add or remove air to reach the
recommended pressure.
NOTE: You can release air by pressing the metal
stem in the center of the valve.
5.
Re-check pressure using the accurate tire gauge.
6.
Repeat steps 3 and 4 as necessary until the tire
pressure is correct.
7.
Reinstall the valve cap to prevent dirt from entering.
Periodically check the valve for damage and leaks.
Inspecting and Maintaining Tires
Regularly inspect the tread and side walls for any sign
of distortion (bulges), foreign objects, cuts or wear.
WARNING:
Do not drive Model 3 if a tire is
damaged, excessively worn, or inflated to an
incorrect pressure. Check tires regularly for wear,
and ensure there are no cuts, bulges or exposure
of the ply/cord structure.
Tire Care and Maintenance
163Maintenance
Tire Wear
Adequate tread depth is important for proper tire
performance. Tires with a tread depth less than 4/32”
(3 mm) are more likely to hydroplane in wet conditions
and should not be used. Tires with a tread depth less
than
5/32” (4 mm) do not perform well in snow and
slush and should not be used when driving in winter
conditions.
Model 3 is originally fitted with tires that have wear
indicators molded into the tread pattern. When the
tread has been worn down to 4/32” (3 mm), the
indicators start to appear at the surface of the tread
pattern, producing the
eect of a continuous band of
rubber across the width of the tire. For optimal
performance and safety, Tesla recommends replacing
tires before the wear indicators are visible.
Tire Rotation, Balance, and Wheel
Alignment
Tesla recommends rotating the tires every 6,250 miles
(10,000 km) or if tread depth dierence is 2/32 in (1.5
mm) or greater, whichever comes first.
Unbalanced wheels (sometimes noticeable as vibration
through the steering wheel) aect vehicle handling and
tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can get out of
balance. Therefore, they should be balanced as
required.
If tire wear is uneven (on one side of the tire only) or
becomes abnormally excessive, check the alignment of
wheels.
NOTE: When replacing only two tires, install the new
tires on the rear if your vehicle's front and rear tires are
the same size.
Punctured Tires
A puncture eventually causes the tire to lose pressure,
which is why it is important to check tire pressures
frequently. Permanently repair or replace punctured or
damaged tires as soon as possible.
Your tubeless tires may not leak when penetrated,
provided the object remains in the tire. If, however, you
feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while
driving, or you suspect a tire is damaged, immediately
reduce your speed. Drive slowly, while avoiding heavy
braking or sharp steering and, when safe to do so, stop
the vehicle. Arrange to have
Model 3 transported to a
Tesla Service Center, or to a nearby tire repair center.
NOTE: In some cases, you can temporarily repair small
tire punctures (under 1/4” (6 mm)) using an optional
tire repair kit available from Tesla. This allows you to
slowly drive
Model 3 to Tesla or to a nearby tire repair
facility.
WARNING:
Do not drive with a punctured tire that
has not been repaired, even if the puncture has
not caused the tire to deflate. A punctured tire
can deflate suddenly at any time.
Flat Spots
If Model 3 is stationary for a long period, tires can form
flat spots. When Model 3 is driven, these flat spots
cause a vibration which gradually disappears as the
tires warm up and regain their original shape.
To minimize flat spots during storage, inflate tires to the
maximum pressure indicated on the tire wall. Then,
before driving, release air to adjust tire pressure to the
recommended levels.
Improving Tire Mileage
To improve the mileage you get from your tires,
maintain tires at the recommended tire pressures,
observe speed limits and advisory speeds, and avoid:
•
Pulling away quickly, or hard acceleration.
•
Fast turns and heavy braking.
•
Potholes and objects in the road.
•
Hitting curbs when parking.
•
Contaminating tires with fluids that can cause
damage.
Replacing Tires and Wheels
Tires degrade over time due to the eects of ultraviolet
light, extreme temperatures, high loads, and
environmental conditions. It is recommended that tires
are replaced every six years, or sooner if required, even
if tread depth is above the minimum.
Wheel and tires are matched to suit the handling
characteristics of the vehicle. Replacement tires must
comply with the original specification. If tires other than
those specified are used, ensure that the load and
speed ratings marked on the tire
(see Understanding
Tire Markings on page 189) equal or exceed those of
the original specification.
Ideally, you should replace all four tires at the same
time. If this is not possible, replace the tires in pairs,
placing the new tires on the rear. Always balance the
wheel and tire after replacing a tire.
If you replace a wheel, the TPMS (Tire Pressure
Monitoring System) sensors need to be reset to ensure
they provide accurate warnings when tires are under- or
over-inflated (see Automatic Reset of TPMS Sensors on
page 167 and Manually Resetting TPMS Sensors on
page 167).
Tire Care and Maintenance
164 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
For the specification of the original wheels and tires
installed on Model 3, see Wheels and Tires on page 188.
NOTE: Installing winter tires with aggressive compound
and tread design may result in temporarily-reduced
regenerative braking power. However, your vehicle is
designed to continuously recalibrate itself, and after
changing tires it will increasingly restore regenerative
braking power after some moderate-torque straight-line
accelerations. For most drivers this occurs after a short
period of normal driving, but drivers who normally
accelerate lightly may need to use slightly harder
accelerations while the recalibration is in progress.
WARNING:
For your safety, use only tires and
wheels that match the original specification. Tires
that do not match the original specification can
aect the operation of the TPMS.
WARNING:
Never exceed the speed rating of your
vehicle's tires. The speed rating is shown on the
sidewall of your tires (see Understanding Tire
Markings on page 189).
Asymmetric Tires
Model 3 tires are asymmetric and must be mounted on
the wheel with the correct sidewall facing outward. The
sidewall of the tire is marked with the word
OUTSIDE.
When new tires are installed, make sure that the tires are
correctly mounted on the wheels.
WARNING:
Road holding is seriously impaired if
the tires are incorrectly installed on the wheels.
Removing and Installing Aero Covers
If your Model 3 is equipped with aero covers, you must
remove them to access the lug nuts.
To remove an aero cover:
1. Grasp the aero cover firmly with both hands.
2. Pull the aero cover toward you to release the
retaining clips.
To install an aero cover:
1. Align the aero cover into position so that the notch at
the base of the Tesla "T" is aligned with the tire's
valve stem.
2.
Push firmly around the perimeter of the aero cover
until it fully snaps into place.
For Gemini wheels, press on the perimeter of the
cover until it aligns with the wheel surface. Press on
the Tesla “T” in the center until the cap snaps into
place. See
Parts and Accessories on page 176 for
more information.
CAUTION:
Make sure the aero cover is fully
secure before driving to prevent it from falling
o.
Removing and Installing Lug Nut Covers
If your Model 3 is equipped with lug nut covers, you
must remove them to access the lug nuts.
To remove a lug nut cover:
1. Insert the curved part of the lug nut cover tool
(located in the glovebox for some vehicles, or you
can use a small allen wrench) into the hole at the
base of the Tesla "T.
Tire Care and Maintenance
165Maintenance
NOTE: The lug nut cover tool can also be purchased
at an auto parts store or through online retailers.
2. Maneuver the lug nut cover tool so that it is fully
inserted into the hole in the lug nut cover.
3.
Twist the lug nut cover tool so that the curved part is
touching the middle of the lug nut cover.
4.
Firmly pull the lug nut tool away from the wheel until
the lug nut cover is released.
To install the lug nut cover:
1.
Align the lug nut cover into position.
2.
Push firmly on the lug nut cover until it fully snaps
into place.
CAUTION:
Make sure the lug nut cover is fully
secure before driving to prevent it from falling
o.
Wheel
Configuration
If you are installing new wheels or swapping them for
dierent ones, update your vehicle's wheel
configuration by touching Controls > Service > Wheel
Configuration. This allows Model 3 to learn the new
wheels and provide more accurate status updates on
your vehicle. Select a wheel from the drop down menu
that matches the new wheels you plan to install on
Model 3. Selecting new wheels in the wheel
configuration also changes the wheels that appear on
your vehicle's avatar on the touchscreen.
Ensure you are aware if your vehicle is equipped with
staggered wheels, meaning the wheels are
dierent
sizes in the front and rear. Check the front and rear tire
sizes marked on the tire sidewall to see if they match or
are
dierent sizes. If the wheels are staggered, take
extra precaution to ensure the new wheels you install
are staggered in the same way as the previous wheels.
NOTE: Changing your vehicle's wheel configuration can
impact range estimates, tire pressure warning levels,
and vehicle visualization.
WARNING:
Only use Tesla-approved wheels when
installing or swapping wheels. Using non Tesla-
approved wheels can cause serious damage. Tesla
is not liable for damage caused by using wheels
not approved by Tesla.
Tire Pressure Monitoring
Each tire should be checked monthly when cold and
inflated to the recommended pressures that are printed
on the Tire and Loading Information label located on
the driver’s door pillar (see Maintaining Tire Pressures
on page 163). If your vehicle has tires of a dierent size
than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire
inflation pressure label, determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been
equipped with a TPMS that displays a tire pressure
telltale (Tire Pressure Warning) on the touchscreen
when one or more of your tires is significantly under- or
over-inflated. Accordingly, when the Tire Pressure
indicator light displays on the touchscreen to alert you
about tire pressure, stop and check your tires as soon
as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure
(see
Maintaining Tire Pressures on page 163). Driving on
a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces range eciency and tire tread life, and
may aect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
If
Model 3 detects a fault with the TPMS,
this indicator flashes for one minute
whenever you power on Model 3.
Tire Care and Maintenance
166 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: Installing accessories that are not approved by
Tesla can interfere with the TPMS.
WARNING: The TPMS is not a substitute for proper
tire maintenance, including manually checking tire
pressures and regularly inspecting the condition of
tires. It is the driver's responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under- or over-
inflation has not reached the level for the TPMS to
trigger the Tire Pressure Warning on the
touchscreen.
Automatic Reset of TPMS Sensors
After replacing one or more wheels (but not after
replacing a tire or rotating wheels), the TPMS sensors
are reset to ensure tire pressure warnings are accurate.
TPMS sensors reset automatically after driving over
15 mph (25 km/h) for longer than 10 minutes.
NOTE: After replacing a wheel, false tire pressure
warnings may display before you've driven 15 mph
(25 km/h) for longer than 10 minutes.
Manually Resetting TPMS Sensors
To accommodate aftermarket tires and specific o-
highway driving situations (such as track events), you
can reset the TPMS sensors to trigger an alert based on
the currently set tire pressure instead of the default
factory tire pressure. To do so, touch Service > Reset
TPMS Sensors and follow the onscreen instructions.
NOTE: Resetting TPMS sensors may be especially
helpful when using Track Mode, but remember to restore
the factory TPMS setting when returning to normal
driving.
WARNING:
If your Model 3 is equipped with
aftermarket tires that dier in size from those
printed on the Tire and Loading Information Label
(see Vehicle Loading on page 182), it is the
driver's responsibility to determine the correct tire
pressure. Do not drive on public roads when tires
are not inflated to the correct pressure.
WARNING:
Do not depend on TPMS sensors to
accurately determine pressures and trigger alerts.
It is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct
tire pressures (see Maintaining Tire Pressures on
page 163). Over or under-inflated tires can result in
loss of control or tire damage, which can lead to
serious injury.
Replacing a Tire Sensor
If the Tire Pressure warning indicator displays frequently,
contact Tesla to determine if a tire sensor needs to be
replaced. If a non-Tesla Service Center repairs or
replaces a tire, the tire sensor may not work until Tesla
performs the setup procedure.
TPMS Malfunction
Model 3 has also been equipped with a TPMS
malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not
operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the tire pressure indicator
light. When the system detects a
malfunction, the indicator flashes for
approximately one minute, then remains
continuously lit. This sequence continues
upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists. When the
TPMS malfunction indicator is on, the
system might not be able to detect or
signal under-
or over-inflated tires as
intended.
TPMS malfunctions can occur for a variety of reasons,
including installing replacement or alternate tires or
wheels that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction indicator light after
replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement tires or wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function properly.
NOTE: If a tire has been replaced or repaired using a
dierent tire sealant than the one available from Tesla,
and a low tire pressure is detected, it is possible that the
tire sensor has been damaged. Contact Tesla to have the
fault repaired as soon as possible.
Seasonal Tire Types
Summer Tires
Your vehicle may be originally equipped with high
performance summer tires or all season tires. Tesla
recommends using winter tires if driving in cold
temperatures or on roads where snow or ice may be
present. Contact Tesla for winter tire recommendations.
WARNING:
In cold temperatures or on snow or ice,
summer tires do not provide adequate traction.
Selecting and installing the appropriate tires for
winter conditions is important to ensure the safety
and optimum performance of your Model 3.
All-Season Tires
Your Model 3 may be originally equipped with all-season
tires. These tires are designed to provide adequate
traction in most conditions year-round, but may not
provide the same level of traction as winter tires in
snowy or icy conditions. All-season tires can be
identified by “ALL SEASON" and/or "M+S” (mud and
snow) on the tire sidewall.
Tire Care and Maintenance
167Maintenance
Winter Tires
Use winter tires to increase traction in snowy or icy
conditions. When installing winter tires, always install a
complete set of four tires at the same time. Winter tires
must be the same diameter, brand, construction and
tread pattern on all four wheels. Contact Tesla for
winter tire recommendations.
Winter tires can be identified by a
mountain/snowflake symbol on the tire's
sidewall.
When driving with winter tires, you may experience
more road noise, shorter tread life, and less traction on
dry roads.
NOTE: Installing winter tires with aggressive compound
and tread design may result in temporarily-reduced
regenerative braking power. However, your vehicle is
designed to recalibrate itself to restore regenerative
braking power after a short period of normal driving.
Driving in Low Temperatures
Tire performance is reduced in low ambient
temperatures, resulting in reduced grip and an
increased susceptibility to damage from impacts.
Performance tires can temporarily harden when cold,
causing you to hear rotational noise for the first few
miles (kilometers) until the tires warm up.
Using Tire Chains
Tesla has tested and approved the following tire chains
to increase traction in snowy conditions. Tire chains
should only be installed on the rear tires.
Tire Size Recommended Chain
18" PEWAG SERVO SPORT RSS 76
19" PEWAG SERVO RS 77
20" MAGGI TRAK SP214
CAUTION:
If your Model 3 is equipped with aero
covers, you must remove them before installing
tire chains (see Removing and Installing Aero
Covers on page 165). Failure to do so can cause
damage not covered by the warranty.
When installing tire chains, follow the instructions and
warnings provided by the tire chain manufacturer.
Mount them evenly and as tight as possible.
When using tire chains:
• Inspect the tire chains for loose fittings and
damaged links before each use.
• Avoid heavily loading
Model 3 (heavy loads can
reduce the clearance between the tires and the
body).
• Do not drive the vehicle without the chains properly
installed.
•
Drive slowly. Do not exceed 30 mph (48 km/h).
•
Remove the tire chains as soon as conditions allow.
NOTE: Tire chains are prohibited in some jurisdictions.
Check local laws before installing tire chains.
CAUTION: Using non-recommended tire chains,
or using tire chains on other sized tires can
damage the suspension, body, wheels, and/or
brake lines. Damage caused by using non-
recommended tire chains, or incorrectly installing
tire chains, is not covered by the warranty.
CAUTION: Do not use tire chains on the front
tires.
CAUTION: Never deflate your tires to put on tire
chains. When re-inflated, the chains might fit too
tightly and cause tire damage.
CAUTION: Ensure that the tire chains cannot
touch suspension components or brake lines. If
you hear the chains making unusual noises that
would indicate contact with Model 3, stop and
investigate immediately.
Tire Care and Maintenance
168 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Cleaning the Exterior
To prevent damage to the paint, immediately remove
corrosive substances (bird droppings, tree resin, dead
insects, tar spots, road salt, industrial fallout, etc.). Do
not wait until Model 3 is due for a complete wash. If
necessary, use denatured alcohol to remove tar spots
and stubborn grease stains, then immediately wash the
area with water and a mild, non-detergent soap to
remove the alcohol.
Keep the exterior cameras free of dirt, condensation, or
obstructions. Occasionally remove any buildup of dirt
by wiping the components with a soft cloth dampened
with warm water. These substances can cause autopilot
and safety features to stop working (see
Cleaning
Cameras and Sensors on page 82).
Follow these steps when washing the exterior of Model
3:
1. Rinse Thoroughly
Before washing, flush grime and grit from the vehicle
using a hose. Flush away accumulations of mud in
areas where debris easily collects (such as wheel
wells and panel seams). If salt has been used on the
highways (such as during winter months),
thoroughly rinse all traces of road salt from the
underside of the vehicle, wheel wells, and brakes.
2.
Hand Wash
Hand wash Model 3 using a clean soft cloth and cold
or lukewarm water containing a mild, high-quality
car shampoo.
CAUTION:
Some cleaners and car shampoos
contain chemicals that can cause damage or
discoloration, especially to plastic trim pieces,
lamps, or camera lenses. For example, some
car cleaning formulas contain hydroxide or
other highly alkaline or caustic ingredients that
can damage exterior components. Damage or
discoloration resulting from cleaning products
is not covered by the warranty.
3.
Rinse with Clean Water
After washing, rinse with clean water to prevent
soap from drying on the surfaces.
4.
Dry Thoroughly and Clean Exterior Glass
After washing and rinsing, dry thoroughly with a
chamois. If necessary, dry the brakes by going on a
short drive and applying the brakes multiple times.
Clean windows and mirrors using an automotive
glass cleaner. Do not scrape, or use any abrasive
cleaning
fluid on glass or mirrored surfaces.
Cautions for Exterior Cleaning
CAUTION: Do not wash in direct sunlight.
CAUTION: Do not use windshield treatment fluids.
Doing so can interfere with wiper friction and
cause a chattering sound.
CAUTION: Do not use hot water, detergents, or
highly alkaline or caustic cleaning products,
especially those containing hydroxide.
CAUTION: If using a pressure washer, maintain a
distance of at least 12" (30 cm) between the
nozzle and the surface of Model 3. Avoid aiming
the water jet directly on the camera(s) or parking
sensors (if equipped). Also do not clean a sensor
or camera lens with a sharp or abrasive object
that can scratch or damage its surface. Keep the
nozzle moving and do not concentrate the water
jet on any one area.
CAUTION: Do not aim water hoses directly at
windows, door, or hood seals or at electronic
modules or exposed cabling.
CAUTION: To avoid corrosive damage that may
not be covered by the warranty, rinse away any
road salt from the underside of the vehicle, wheel
wells, and brakes. After cleaning the vehicle, dry
the brakes by going on a short drive and applying
the brakes multiple times.
CAUTION: Avoid using tight-napped or rough
cloths, such as washing mitts. A high-quality
microfiber cleaning cloth is recommended.
CAUTION: If washing in an automatic car wash,
use touchless car washes only. These car washes
have no parts (brushes, etc.) that touch the
surfaces of Model 3. Some touchless car washes
use caustic solutions that, over time, can cause
discoloration of decorative exterior trim. Avoid
exposure to soaps and chemicals above pH 13. If
unsure, check the product label or ask the sta at
the car wash. Damage caused by improper
washing is not covered by the warranty.
CAUTION: Ensure the wipers are o before
washing Model 3 to avoid the risk of damaging
the wipers.
CAUTION: Do not use chemical based wheel
cleaners or pre-wash products. These can damage
the finish on the wheels.
WARNING: Never spray liquid at a high velocity
(for example, if using a pressure washer) towards
the charge port while Model 3 is charging. Failure
to follow these instructions can result in serious
injury or damage to the vehicle, charging
equipment, or property.
Cleaning
169Maintenance
Cleaning the Interior
Frequently inspect and clean the interior to maintain its
appearance and to prevent premature wear. If possible,
immediately wipe up spills and remove marks. For
general cleaning, wipe interior surfaces using a soft
cloth (such as microfiber) dampened with a mixture of
warm water and mild non-detergent cleaner (test all
cleaners on a concealed area before use). To avoid
streaks, dry immediately with a soft lint-free cloth.
Interior Glass
Do not scrape, or use any abrasive cleaning fluid on
glass or mirrored surfaces. This can damage the
reflective surface of the mirror and the heating
elements in the rear window.
Airbags
Do not allow any substance to enter an airbag cover.
This could
aect correct operation.
Dashboard and Plastic Surfaces
Do not polish the upper surfaces of the dashboard.
Polished surfaces are reflective and could interfere with
your driving view.
Polyurethane Seats
Wipe spills as soon as possible using a soft cloth
moistened with warm water and non-detergent soap.
Wipe gently in a circular motion. After cleaning, allow
the seats to air dry.
Be careful with dyes, such as from clothing or denim,
that come into contact with the seats. Dyes can diuse
into the seat material over time and cause staining.
CAUTION:
Aftermarket, non-Tesla seat covers
may inhibit the sensitivity of seat sensors and may
cause staining or damage.
Cloth Seats
Wipe spills as soon as possible using a soft cloth
moistened with warm water and non-detergent soap.
Wipe gently in a circular motion. Then wipe dry using a
soft, lint-free cloth. Vacuum the seats as needed to
remove any loose dirt.
Carpets
Avoid over-wetting carpets. For heavily soiled areas,
use a diluted upholstery cleaner.
Seat Belts
Extend the belts to wipe. Do not use any type of
detergent or chemical cleaning agent. Allow the belts
to dry naturally while extended, preferably away from
direct sunlight.
Touchscreen
Clean the touchscreen using a soft lint-free cloth
specifically designed to clean monitors and displays. Do
not use cleaners (such as a glass cleaner) and do not
use a wet wipe or a dry statically-charged cloth (such
as a recently washed microfiber). To wipe the
touchscreen without activating buttons and changing
settings, you can enable Screen Clean Mode. Touch
Controls > Display > Screen Clean Mode. The display
darkens to make it easy to see dust and smudges. To
exit Screen Clean Mode, press and hold
HOLD TO EXIT.
Chrome and Metal Surfaces
Polish, abrasive cleaners or hard cloths can damage the
finish on chrome and metal surfaces.
Cautions for Interior Cleaning
CAUTION:
Using solvents (including alcohol),
bleach, citrus, naphtha, or silicone-based products
or additives on interior components can cause
damage.
CAUTION:
Statically-charged materials can cause
damage to the touchscreen.
WARNING:
If you notice any damage on an airbag
or seat belt, contact Tesla immediately.
WARNING:
Do not allow any water, cleaners, or
fabric to enter a seat belt mechanism.
WARNING:
Exposure to chemical cleaners can be
hazardous and can irritate eyes and skin. Read
and observe the instructions provided by the
manufacturer of the chemical cleaner.
Polishing, Touch Up, and Body
Repair
To preserve the cosmetic appearance of the body, you
can occasionally treat the paint surfaces with an
approved polish containing:
• Very mild abrasive to remove surface contamination
without removing or damaging the paint.
• Filling compounds that fill scratches and reduce
their visibility.
•
Wax to provide a protective coating between the
paint and environmental elements.
Cleaning
170 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Regularly inspect the exterior paint for damage. Treat
minor chips and scratches using a paint touch-up pen
(available for purchase from Tesla). Use the touch-up
pen after washing but before polishing or waxing.
Repair rock chips, fractures or scratches. Refer to
https://www.tesla.com/support/body-shop-support for
more information on repair locations and available
services.
CAUTION: Do not use cutting pastes, color
restoration compounds, or polishes containing
harsh abrasives. These can scour the surface and
permanently damage the paint.
CAUTION: Do not use chrome polish or other
abrasive cleaners.
Using a Car Cover
To preserve the cosmetic appearance of the body when
Model 3 is not being used, use a genuine Tesla car cover.
Car covers can be purchased from Tesla. See Parts and
Accessories on page 176.
CAUTION:
Use only a Tesla-approved car cover
when Model 3 is plugged in. Using a non-Tesla car
cover can prevent the Battery from being
adequately cooled during charging.
Floor Mats
To extend the life of your carpet and make them easier
to clean, use genuine Tesla
floor mats (see Parts and
Accessories on page 176). Maintain floor mats by
regularly cleaning them and checking that they are
properly attached. Replace floor mats if they become
excessively worn.
WARNING:
To avoid potential interference with a
foot pedal, ensure that the driver’s floor mat is
securely fastened, and never place an additional
floor mat on top of it. Floor mats should always
rest on top of the vehicle carpeting surface and
not on another floor mat or other covering.
Cleaning
171Maintenance
Checking and Cleaning Wiper
Blades
Periodically clean the edge of the wiper blades and
check the rubber for cracks, splits, and roughness. If
damaged, replace the blade immediately to prevent
damage to the glass and improve visibility.
Contaminants on the windshield, or on the wiper blades,
can reduce the eectiveness of the wipers.
Contaminants include ice, wax spray from car washes,
washer fluid with bug and/or water repellent, bird
droppings, tree sap, and other organic substances.
Follow these guidelines for cleaning:
• Clean the windshield and wiper blades using washer
fluid, isopropyl (rubbing) alcohol, or non-abrasive
glass cleaner approved for use on automotive glass
and rubber. Inappropriate products can cause
damage or smears, and create glare on the
windshield.
•
Lift the wiper arm a short distance away from the
windshield, just far enough to access the wiper blade.
Do not lift a wiper arm beyond its intended position.
If the wipers remain ineective after cleaning, replace
the wiper blades.
Replacing Wiper Blades
For optimum performance, replace the wiper blades at
least once a year.
NOTE: Only install replacement blades that are identical
to the original blades. Using inappropriate blades can
damage the wiper system and windshield.
To replace the wiper blades:
1.
Shift into Park and turn o the wipers.
2.
Touch Controls > Service > Wiper Service Mode > ON
to move the wipers to the service position.
3.
Lift the wiper arm a short distance away from the
windshield, just far enough to access the wiper blade.
CAUTION:
Wiper blades do not lock into a lifted
position. Do not lift a wiper arm beyond its
intended position.
4.
Place a towel between the wiper arm and windshield
to avoid scratching or cracking the windshield.
5. Hold the wiper arm and press the locking tab while
sliding the blade down the arm.
6.
Align the new wiper blade on the wiper arm and slide
it toward the end of the wiper arm until it locks into
place.
7.
Turn Wiper Service Mode o to return the wipers to
their normal position.
Cleaning Washer Jets
If a windshield washer becomes blocked, use a thin
strand of wire to clear any blockages from the nozzles.
WARNING:
Do not operate the washers while
cleaning Model 3. Windshield washer fluid can
irritate eyes and skin. Read and observe the
washer fluid manufacturer’s instructions.
Wiper Blades and Washer Jets
172 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Removing the Maintenance Panel
To check fluid levels, remove the maintenance panel:
1.
Open the hood.
2. Pull the maintenance panel upward to release the
clips that hold it in place.
3. If checking the Battery coolant, remove the cabin
intake trim panel by pulling it upwards to release the
clips that hold it in place.
CAUTION:
The maintenance panel protects the
front trunk from water. When re-attaching, make
sure it is fully seated.
Checking Battery Coolant
Your Battery coolant should not need to be replaced for
the life of your vehicle under most circumstances.
However, if the quantity of fluid in the cooling system
drops below the recommended level, the
touchscreen
displays a warning message. Stop driving Model 3 as
soon as safety permits and contact Tesla.
Fluid Level Check
DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP AND DO NOT ADD
FLUID. Doing so can result in damage not covered by
the warranty.
Do Not Top Up Battery Coolant
WARNING:
Battery coolant can be hazardous and
can irritate eyes and skin. Under no circumstances
should you remove the filler cap and/or add
coolant. If the touchscreen warns you that the fluid
level is low, contact Tesla immediately.
To maximize the performance and life of the Battery, the
cooling system uses a
specific mixture of G-48 ethylene-
glycol coolant (HOAT). Contact Tesla for more specific
information about the coolant.
Checking Brake Fluid
WARNING: Contact Tesla immediately if you notice
increased movement of the brake pedal or a
significant loss of brake fluid. Driving under these
conditions can result in extended stopping
distances or complete brake failure.
A red brake indicator on the touchscreen
alerts you if the quantity of fluid in the
brake reservoir drops below the
recommended level. If it displays while
driving, stop as soon as safety permits by
gently applying the brakes. Do not
continue driving. Contact Tesla
immediately.
Topping Up the Brake Fluid
Do not top up your brake fluid. The following
instructions are provided for information purposes and
future reference only:
1.
Clean the filler cap before removing it to prevent dirt
from entering the reservoir.
2.
Unscrew the cap and remove it.
3.
Top up the reservoir to the MAX mark using the
appropriate brake fluid.
4.
Replace the filler cap, ensuring it is fully secured.
WARNING:
Only use new fluid from a sealed air-
tight container. Never use previously used fluid or
fluid from a previously opened container—fluid
absorbs moisture which decreases braking
performance.
WARNING:
Brake fluid is highly toxic. Keep
containers sealed and out of the reach of children.
In the event of accidental consumption, seek
medical attention immediately.
CAUTION:
Brake fluid damages painted surfaces.
Immediately soak up any spills with an absorbent
cloth and wash the area with a mixture of car
shampoo and water.
Topping Up Windshield Washer
Fluid
The only reservoir into which you can add fluid is the
windshield washer fluid reservoir, which is located
behind the front trunk. When the level is low, a message
displays on the touchscreen.
To top up the washer fluid:
1. Open the hood.
2.
Clean around the filler cap before opening it to
prevent dirt from entering the reservoir.
Fluid Reservoirs
173Maintenance
3. Open the filler cap.
4. While avoiding spilling, fill the reservoir until the fluid
level is visible just below the filler neck. The reservoir
has a capacity of 3.2 liters.
5.
Wipe up any spills immediately and wash the
aected area with water.
6.
Replace the filler cap.
NOTE: Some national or local regulations restrict the
use of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs). VOCs are
commonly used as antifreeze in washer
fluid. Use a
washer fluid with limited VOC content only if it provides
adequate freeze resistance for all climates in which you
drive Model 3.
CAUTION:
Do not add formulated washer fluids
that contain water repellent or bug wash. These
fluids can cause streaking, smearing, and
squeaking or other noises.
WARNING:
In temperatures below 40° F (4° C),
use a washer fluid with antifreeze. In cold weather,
using a washer fluid without antifreeze can impair
visibility through the windshield.
WARNING:
Windshield washer fluid can irritate
eyes and skin. Read and observe the instructions
provided by the washer fluid manufacturer.
Fluid Reservoirs
174 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Jacking Procedure
Follow the steps below to lift Model 3. Ensure that any
non-Tesla repair facility is aware of these lifting points.
1. Position Model 3 centrally between the lift posts.
2. Position the lift arm pads under the designated body
lift points at the locations shown.
WARNING: DO NOT position the lift arm pads
under the Battery or side rails, as shown in red.
3.
Adjust the height and position of the lift arm pads to
ensure that they are correctly located.
4.
With assistance, raise the lift to the desired height,
ensuring the lift arm pads remain in their correct
positions.
5.
Engage any lift safety locks. Follow the lift
manufacturer's instructions.
WARNING:
Never raise Model 3 when the charge
cable is connected, even if charging is not in
progress.
WARNING:
Do not work on an incorrectly
supported vehicle. Doing so can cause serious
damage, bodily injury, or death.
CAUTION:
DO NOT lift from under the Battery or
side rails. Place the lift arm pads under the
designated body lift points only. The locations
shown are the only approved lifting points for
Model 3. Lifting at any other points can cause
damage. Damage caused by incorrectly lifting
Model 3 is not covered by the warranty.
Jacking and Lifting
175Maintenance
Parts, Accessories, and
Modifications
Use only genuine Tesla parts and accessories. Tesla
performs rigorous testing on parts to ensure their
suitability, safety, and reliability. Purchase these parts
from Tesla, where they are professionally installed and
where you can receive expert advice about
modifications to Model 3. Accessories are available for
purchase from Tesla stores or online at www.tesla.com.
NOTE: Some accessories may not be available in your
market region.
Tesla is unable to assess parts manufactured by other
distributors and therefore accepts no responsibility if
you use non-Tesla parts on
Model 3.
WARNING:
Installing non-approved parts and
accessories, or performing non-approved
modifications, can aect the performance of
Model 3 and the safety of its occupants. Any
damage caused by using or installing non-
approved parts, or by performing non-approved
modifications, is not covered by the warranty.
WARNING:
Tesla does not accept liability for
death, personal injury or damage that occurs if
you use or install non-approved accessories or
make non-approved modifications.
Accessory Wheels and Tires
If your Model 3 is fitted with Tesla accessory wheels or
tires, the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), wheel, tire,
and loading information may be dierent from the
labels shown on the vehicle. Refer to the relevant
following section for updated information.
NOTE: If your vehicle is not fitted with Tesla accessory
wheels or tires (it is fitted with the factory original
wheels and tires, including Tesla genuine replacement
parts), refer to the labels attached to the center door
pillar for the most accurate information for your
Model
3.
20" Sport Wheels
Wheels Location Width (in) Oset (mm)
20" Front/Rear 8.5 40
Tires (front/
rear)
Size Tire Pressure
Michelin, Pilot
Sport 4S (PS4S)
235/35ZR20
42 PSI (290
kPa)*
*Increase the tire pressure to 44 PSI (300 kPa) prior
to driving 136 mph (220 kph) or faster.
GAWR
Front 2407 lbs 1,092 kg
Rear 2,767 lbs 1,255 kg
Parts and Accessories
176 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
19" Sport Wheels
Wheels Location Width (in) Oset (mm)
19" Front/Rear 8.5 40
Tires (front/rear) Size Tire Pressure
Continental,
ProContact RX
235/40R19
42 PSI (290
kPa)*
Hankook Ventus S1
Evo3
235/40R19
42 PSI (290
kPa)*
Pirelli Winter
Sottozero 3
235/40R19
42 PSI (290
kPa)
*Increase the tire pressure to 44 PSI (300 kPa) prior to
driving 134 mph (215 kph) or faster.
GAWR
Front 2,447 lbs 1,110 kg
Rear 2,767 lbs 1,255 kg
20" Zero-G Wheels (Performance)
Wheels Location Width (in) Oset (mm)
20" Front/Rear 9 34
Tires (front/rear) Size Tire Pressure
Michelin, Pilot Sport
4S (PS4S)
235/35ZR20 42 PSI (290 kPa)
Michelin PS Cup 2 245/35ZR20 42 PSI (290 kPa)
GAWR
Front 2,650 lbs 1,202 kg
Rear 2,784 lbs 1,263 kg
20" Zero-G Wheels (Non-Performance)
Wheels Location Width (in) Oset
(mm)
20" Front/Rear 9 40
Tires (front/rear) Size Tire Pressure
Michelin, Pilot Sport
4S (PS4S)
235/35ZR20 42 PSI (290 kPa)
GAWR
Front 2,650 lbs 1,202 kg
Rear 2,784 lbs 1,263 kg
Parts and Accessories
177Maintenance
19" Gemini Wheels (Performance)
See Removing and Installing Aero Covers on page 165
for information on how to remove and install Gemini
wheel covers.
Wheels Location Width (in) Oset (mm)
19" Front/Rear 8.5 35
Tires (front/rear) Size Tire Pressure
Hankook Ventus
S1 Evo3
235/40R19
42 PSI (290
kPa)*
Pirelli Winter,
Sottozero 3
235/40R19
42 PSI (290
kPa)*
*Increase the tire pressure to 44 PSI (300 kPa) prior
to driving 136 mph (220 kph) or faster.
GAWR
Front 2510 lbs 1,141 kg
Rear 3,023 lbs 1,374 kg
18" Aero Wheels
Wheels Location Width (in) Oset (mm)
18" Front/Rear 8.5 40
Tires (front/rear) Size Tire Pressure
Michelin, Primacy
MXM4
235/45R18 42 PSI (290 kPa)
Michelin, Pilot Sport 4
(PS4)
235/45R18 42 PSI (290 kPa)
Pirelli Winter Sottozero
Serie II
235/45R18 42 PSI (290 kPa)
GAWR
Front 2,447 lbs 1,110 kg
Rear 2,840 lbs 1,288 kg
Body Repairs
If your Model 3 is in a collision, contact Tesla or a Tesla-
approved Body Shop to ensure that it is repaired with
genuine Tesla parts. Tesla has selected and approved
body shops that meet strict requirements for training,
equipment, quality, and customer satisfaction.
Some repair shops and insurance companies might
suggest using non-original equipment or salvaged parts
to save money. However, these parts do not meet
Tesla's high standards for quality, fit and corrosion
resistance. In addition, non-original equipment and
salvaged parts (and any damage or failures they might
cause) are not covered by the warranty.
Parts and Accessories
178 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Using RFID Transponders
When attaching an RFID transponder (used by many
automated toll systems) inside
Model 3, place the
transponder on the passenger side of the rear view
mirror as shown. This ensures best results and minimizes
any obstruction to your driving view.
NOTE: You can also attach a weather-proof transponder
to the front license plate.
Installing Front License Plate
Bracket
To accommodate jurisdictions that require a license
plate on the front of your vehicle, Model 3 is equipped
with a license plate bracket. This bracket conforms to
the shape of your vehicle's front bumper and is adhered
to it using strong adhesive.
NOTE: Tesla recommends performing this procedure on
a clean, dry vehicle during a warm day. Cold and/or wet
conditions may result in reduced performance of the
adhesive.
To install the front license plate bracket:
1.
Get isopropyl alcohol and test it on a non-visible
painted surface of your vehicle to confirm that it does
not damage or remove the paint.
2.
Clean the mounting site with isopropyl alcohol and
allow to dry for at least one minute.
3. Fully remove the protective tape from the adhesive at
the top of the bracket and partially remove the tape
from the top of the adhesive on each side. Leave the
bottom half of the tape on the sides in place and fold
the unattached tape outward for easy removal after
aligning the bracket to the bumper.
4.
While tilting the top of the license plate bracket away
from the bumper (to prevent adhering it to the wrong
location), align the bottom center of the license plate
bracket with the middle of the grille as shown.
NOTE: Be as precise as possible when aligning the
bracket because you will be unable to reposition it
once adhered to the bumper.
5.
While correctly aligned, move the top of the bracket
against the bumper and apply pressure so that it is
held in place by the adhesive.
Parts and Accessories
179Maintenance
6. Remove the remaining tape from the sides of the
bracket then press the entire bracket firmly against
the bumper, ensuring the bracket is held in place by
all adhesive areas.
7. Once the bracket is securely mounted, use the four
supplied screws to attach your license plate to the
bracket (tighten to 3 Nm/2.2 ft-lbs).
Parts and Accessories
180 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Vehicle Identification Number
You can find the VIN at the following locations:
•
Touch the Tesla "T" at the top center of the
touchscreen. The popup window displays the VIN.
• Stamped on a plate located at the top of the
dashboard. Can be seen by looking through the
windshield.
•
Printed on the Vehicle Certification label, located on
the door pillar. Can be seen when the driver’s door is
open.
Emission Control Label
The emission control label is located on the opening face
of the rear trunk.
Identification Labels
181Specifications
Load Capacity Labeling
It is important to understand how much weight your
Model 3 can safely carry. This weight is called the vehicle
capacity weight and includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo and any additional equipment added
to your
Model 3 since it was manufactured.
Two labels attached to Model 3 indicate how much
weight Model 3 can safely carry.
Both labels are visible on the door pillar when the front
door is open.
NOTE: If your Model 3 is fitted with Tesla accessory
wheels or tires, your Model 3 may include an additional
label indicating that load capacity may
dier from what
is stated on the label. If this is the case, instead of
referring to the label, refer to the Owner's Manual. See
Accessory Wheels and Tires on page 176.
1.
Tire and Loading Information Label
2.
Vehicle Certification Label
WARNING:
Overloading Model 3 has an adverse
eect on braking and handling, which can
compromise your safety or cause damage.
CAUTION:
Never load more than 55 lbs (25 kg) in
the front trunk. Doing so can cause damage.
CAUTION:
Never load more than 130 lbs (60 kg)
on the rear load floor (above the lower trunk
compartment) or more than 285 lbs (130 kg) in the
lower trunk compartment. Doing so can cause
damage.
CAUTION:
Never store large amounts of liquid in
Model 3. A significant spill can cause electrical
components to malfunction.
Tire and Loading Information Label
The Tire and Loading Information label provides:
•
The maximum number of occupant seating positions.
• The maximum vehicle capacity weight.
• The size of the original tires.
• The cold inflation pressures for the original front and
rear tires. These pressures are recommended to
optimize ride and handling characteristics.
Never change this label, even if you use dierent tires in
the future.
NOTE: If Model 3 is loaded to its full capacity, double
check all tires to ensure they are
inflated to their
recommended pressure levels.
Vehicle Certification Label
The Vehicle Certification label provides:
•
GVWR - Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. The maximum
allowable total mass of Model 3. This is calculated as
the weight of
Model 3, all passengers, fluids, and
cargo.
•
GAWR FRT and GAWR RR - Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the front and rear axles. The GAWR is the
maximum distributed weight that each axle can
support.
United States:
Canada:
Vehicle Loading
182 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
CAUTION: To prevent damage, never load Model 3
so that it is heavier than GVWR or exceeds the
individual GAWR weights.
Calculating Load Limits
1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of
occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX lbs or
XXX kg” on the “Tire and Loading Information” label.
2. Determine the combined weight of all occupants that
will ride in the vehicle.
3.
Subtract the combined weight of the occupants from
XXX lbs or XXX kg (see Step 1).
4.
The resulting figure equals the available cargo load
capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals
1400 lbs (635 kg) and there will be
five 150 lb (68 kg)
passengers in the vehicle, the amount of available
cargo capacity is 650 lbs (1400 ‑ 750
(5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or 295 kg (635 ‑ 340
(5 x 68) = 295 kg).
5.
Determine the combined cargo weight being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight must not exceed the
available cargo load capacity calculated in Step 4.
WARNING:
Trunks are the preferred places to
carry objects. In a collision, or during hard braking
and sharp turns, loose items in the cabin could
injure occupants.
Example Load Limit Calculations
How much cargo Model 3 can carry depends on the
number and weight of passengers. The following
calculated load limit examples assume passengers weigh
150 lbs (68 kg). If passengers weigh more or less,
available cargo weight decreases or increases
respectively.
Driver and one passenger
Description Total
Vehicle capacity weight 954 lbs (433 kg)
Subtract occupant weight
(2 x 150 lbs/68 kg)
300 lbs (136 kg)
Available cargo weight 654 lbs (297 kg)
Driver and four passengers
Description Total
Vehicle capacity weight 954 lbs (433 kg)
Subtract occupant weight (5 x 150
lbs/68 kg)
750 lbs (340 kg)
Available cargo weight 204 lbs (93 kg)
The cargo weight should be distributed between the
front and rear trunks.
CAUTION: Do not exceed the maximum front trunk
load weight of 55 lbs (25 kg).
CAUTION: Never load more than 130 lbs (60 kg)
on the rear load floor (above the lower trunk
compartment) or more than 285 lbs (130 kg) in the
lower trunk compartment. Doing so can cause
damage.
Towing a Trailer
WARNING:
Do not use Model 3 for towing
purposes. Model 3 does not currently support
towing. Towing can cause damage and increase
the risk of a collision.
CAUTION:
Using Model 3 for towing before Tesla-
approved towing components and accessories are
available may void the warranty.
Roof Racks
Model 3 supports the use of Tesla-approved roof racks
using a Tesla mounting accessory. To install roof racks,
you must use this accessory and you must use only roof
rack systems that have been approved by Tesla
(see
Parts and Accessories on page 176). Failure to do so can
cause significant damage.
Vehicle Loading
183Specifications
Exterior Dimensions
A Overall Length 184.8 in 4,694 mm
B
Overall Width (including mirrors)
Overall Width (including folded mirrors)
Overall Width (excluding mirrors)
82.2 in
76.1 in
72.8 in
2,088 mm
1,933 mm
1,849 mm
C Overall Height - coil suspension 56.8 in 1,443 mm
D Wheel Base 113.2 in 2,875 mm
E Overhang - Front 33 in 841 mm
F Overhang - Rear 39 in 978 mm
G Ground Clearance - coil suspension 5.5 in 140 mm
H
Track - Front
Track - Rear
62.2 in
62.2 in
1,580 mm
1,580 mm
*Values are approximate. Dimensions can vary depending on a vehicle's options and various other factors.
Interior Dimensions
Head Room
Front
Rear
40.3 in
37.7 in
1,024 mm
958 mm
Leg Room
Front
Rear
42.7 in
35.2 in
1,085 mm
894 mm
Shoulder Room
Front
Rear
56.3 in
54 in
1,430 mm
1,372 mm
Dimensions and Weights
184 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Hip Room
Front
Rear
53.4 in
52.4 in
1,356 mm
1,331 mm
Cargo Volume
Total enclosed cargo volume 15 cu ft (425 L)
Weights
Standard Range Long Range
Base
Long Range
Performance
Long Range
Performance
Upgrade
Maximum Curb Weight* 1655 kg (3,648 lbs) 1,928 kg (4,250 lbs) 1,928 kg (4,250 lbs) 1,928 kg (4,250 lbs)
GVWR** 2,060 kg (4,541 lbs) 2,301 kg (5,072 lbs) 2,301 kg (5,072 lbs) 2,301 kg (5,072 lbs)
Towing Capacity Towing is not permissible
*Curb Weight = weight of the vehicle with correct fluid levels, no occupants and no cargo
**GVWR = Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
NOTE: Values are approximate. Weights can vary depending on a vehicle's options.
Dimensions and Weights
185Specifications
Transmission
Type Single speed fixed gear
Gearbox Ratio 9:1
Steering
Type Rack and pinion with electronic power steering, speed sensitive
Number of turns lock to lock 2.00
Turning Circle (curb to curb) 38.8 ft (11.8 m)
Brakes
Type 4-wheel anti-lock braking system (ABS) with Electronic Brake Force
Distribution, Integrated Advanced Stability Control and Electronic
Accelerator pedal actuated regenerative braking system
Calipers
Front: Four piston
fixed
Rear: Integrated Electronic Parking Brake Sliding
Rotor Diameter (ventilated)
Front (non-Performance): 12.6"/320 mm
Front (Performance): 13.98"/355 mm
Rear (non-Performance): 13.2"/335 mm
Rear (Performance): 13.2”/335 mm
Front Rotor thickness
New: 0.98"/25 mm
Service limit: 0.91”/23 mm
Rear Rotor thickness
New: 0.79"/20 mm
Service limit: 0.71”/18 mm
Non-Performance Front Brake Pad
Thickness (excluding back plate)
New: 0.393"/10 mm
Service limit: 0.110"/2.8 mm
Non-Performance Rear Brake Pad
Thickness (excluding back plate)
New: 0.354"/9 mm
Service limit: 0.078"/2 mm
Performance Front Brake Pad
Thickness (excluding back plate)
New: 0.393"/10 mm
Service limit: 0.085"/2.15 mm
Performance Rear Brake Pad
Thickness (excluding back plate)
New: 0.393"/10 mm
Service limit: 0.071"/1.8 mm
Parking brake Electrically actuated parking brake integrated into rear caliper
Subsystems
186 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Suspension
Front Independent, double wishbone, coil spring/telescopic damper, sway bar
Rear Independent, multi-link, coil spring/telescopic damper
Battery - 12V
Rating 33 amp hour or higher
Voltage and Polarity 12V negative (-) ground
Battery - High Voltage
Type Liquid-cooled lithium ion (Li-ion)
Nominal Voltage (cars
manufactured in U.S.)
360 V DC
Temperature Range Do not expose
Model 3 to ambient temperatures above 140° F (60° C) or below
-22° F (-30° C) for more than 24 hours at a time.
Subsystems
187Specifications
Wheel Specifications (Factory)
Wheel Diameter Location Width (in) Oset (mm)
18" Front/Rear 8.5 40
19" Front/Rear 8.5 40
20" (Non-Performance brakes) Front/Rear 8.5 40
20" (Performance brakes) Front/Rear 8.5 35
Lug Nut Torque 129 lb. ft (175 Nm)
Lug Nut Socket Size 21 mm
NOTE: For instructions on how to jack/lift Model 3, see Jacking and Lifting on page 175.
Tire Specifications (Factory)
Tire Size Location Size
18" Front/Rear P235/45R18
19" Front/Rear P235/40R19
20" Front/Rear P235/35R20
Tire pressures vary depending on the type of tires
fitted. Refer to the tire pressures printed on the Tire and
Loading Information label. This label is located on the center door pillar and is visible when the driver’s door is
open (see Maintaining Tire Pressures on page 163).
Winter tires can be purchased from a Tesla service center or may be available for purchase on the Tesla web site.
Wheels and Tires
188 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Understanding Tire Markings
Laws require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information
identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire. It also provides the tire identification number
(TIN) for certification of safety standards, and in case of a recall.
1 Tire category. P indicates that the tire is for passenger vehicles.
2 Tire width. This 3-digit number is the width (in millimeters) of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge.
3 Aspect ratio. This 2-digit number is the sidewall height as a percentage of the tread width. So, if the tread
width is 205 mm, and the aspect ratio is 50, the sidewall height is 102 mm.
4 Tire construction. R indicates that the tire is of Radial ply construction.
5 Wheel diameter. This 2-digit number is the diameter of the wheel rim in inches.
6 Load index. This 2 or 3-digit number is the weight each tire can support. This number is not always shown.
7 Speed rating. When stated, indicates the maximum speed (in mph) at which the tire can be used for extended
periods. Q=99 mph (160 km/h), R=106 mph (170 km/h), S=112 mph (180 km/h), T=118 mph (190 km/h),
U=124 mph (200 km/h), H=130 mph (210 km/h), V=149 mph (240 km/h), W=168 mph (270 km/h), Y=186 mph
(300 km/h).
Wheels and Tires
189Specifications
8 Tire composition and materials. The number of plies in both the tread area and the sidewall area indicates how
many layers of rubber coated material make up the structure of the tire. Information is also provided on the
type of materials used.
9 Maximum tire load. The maximum load which can be carried by the tire.
10 Maximum permissible inflation pressure. This pressure should not be used for normal driving.
11 U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN). Begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all
federal standards. The next 2 digits/letters represent the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last 4
digits represent the week and year of manufacture. For example, the number 1712 is used to represent the 17th
week of 2012. The other numbers are marketing codes used at the manufacturer’s discretion. This information
can be used to contact consumers if a tire defect requires a recall.
12 Treadwear grade. This number indicates the tire’s wear rate. The higher the treadwear number is, the longer it
should take for the tread to wear down. A tire rated at 400, for example, lasts twice as long as a tire rated at
200.
13 Traction grade. Indicates a tire’s ability to stop on wet roads. A higher graded tire should allow you to stop your
vehicle in a shorter distance than a tire with a lower grade. Traction is graded from highest to lowest as AA, A,
B, and C.
14 Temperature grade. The tire’s resistance to heat is grade A, B, or C, with A indicating the greatest resistance.
This grading is provided for a correctly inflated tire, which is being used within its speed and loading limits.
Wheels and Tires
190 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the tire grading system developed by the National Highway Trac Safety
Administration (NHTSA), which grades tires by tread wear, traction and temperature performance. Tires that have
deep tread, and winter tires, are exempt from these marking requirements.
Where applicable, quality grades are found on the tire’s sidewall between the tread shoulder and maximum section
width. For example:
• TREADWEAR 180
•
TRACTION AA
• TEMPERATURE A
The quality grades are described next.
NOTE: In addition to the marking requirements, passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 wears one and a half times better on a government test course than a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends on the actual conditions of their use, however, and can depart significantly
from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices, road characteristics, and climate.
Traction
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are: AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent a tire’s ability to stop on
wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C
might have poor traction performance.
WARNING:
Defective tires are dangerous. Do not drive if a tire is damaged, excessively worn, or is inflated to
an incorrect pressure. The safety of the vehicle and occupants can be adversely aected. Check tires regularly
for wear and to ensure there are no cuts, bulges or exposure of the ply/cord structure.
WARNING:
The traction grade assigned to the tire is based on straight-ahead braking tests, and does not
include: acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics.
Temperature
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and
its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure.
The grade C corresponds to the minimum level of performance that all passenger car tires must meet under the
Federal Motor Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel
that exceed the minimum requirements.
WARNING:
A tire’s temperature grade is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, under-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
Tire and Loading Glossaries
General Wheel and Tire Terms
Accessory Weight The combined weight (in excess of those items replaced) of items available as factory
installed equipment.
Wheels and Tires
191Specifications
Bead The inner edge of a tire that is shaped to fit to the rim and form an air tight seal. The
bead is constructed of steel wires which are wrapped, or reinforced, by the ply cords.
Cold Tire Pressure The air pressure in a tire that has been standing in excess of three hours, or driven for less
than one mile.
Curb Weight The weight of a standard vehicle, including any optional equipment fitted, and with the
correct fluid levels.
Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum permissible weight of a vehicle with driver, passengers, load, luggage, and
equipment.
kPa (kilo pascal) A metric unit used to measure pressure. One kilo pascal equals approximately 0.145 psi.
Maximum Inflation
Pressure
The maximum pressure to which the tire should be inflated. This pressure is given on the
tire side wall in psi (lbf/in
2
).
CAUTION: This pressure marked on the tire is the maximum allowed by the tire
manufacturer. It is not the pressure Tesla recommends using for Model 3.
Maximum Loaded
Vehicle Weight
The sum of curb weight, accessory weight, vehicle capacity weight, and production
options weight.
Production Options
Weight
The combined weight of options installed which weigh in excess of 3 lb more than the
standard items that they replaced, and are not already considered in curb or accessory
weights.
PSI (lbf/in
2
)
Pounds per square inch (the unit used to measure tire pressure).
Recommended Tire
Inflation Pressure
Tire inflation pressure, established by Tesla, which is based on the type of tires that are
mounted on the vehicle at the factory. This information can be found on the Tire and
Loading Information label located on the door pillar.
Rim The metal support for a tire, or tire and tube, upon which the tire beads are seated.
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
The number of seats multiplied by 150 lbs plus the rated amount of load/luggage.
Load Carrying Definitions
Normal occupant weight 68 kilograms (150 lbs) times the number of occupants
specified in the second
column of the tables for calculating load limits (see Vehicle Loading on page 182).
Occupant distribution Distribution of occupants in a vehicle.
Passenger car tire A tire intended for use on passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and
trucks, that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 pounds or less.
Rim diameter Nominal diameter of the bead seat.
Rim size designation Rim diameter and width.
Rim type designation The manufacturing industry's designation for a rim by style or code.
Rim width Nominal distance between the rim's
flanges.
Vehicle maximum load on
the tire
Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of
the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing by two.
Vehicle normal load on
the tire
Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of
the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and dividing by two.
Pneumatic Radial Tire Definitions
Bead separation A breakdown of the bond between components in the bead.
Bias ply tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at alternate angles
substantially less than 90 degrees to the center line of the tread.
Wheels and Tires
192 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Carcass The tire structure, except tread and sidewall rubber which, that when inflated, bears the
load.
Chunking The breaking away of pieces of the tread or sidewall.
Cord The strands forming the plies in the tire.
Cord separation The parting of cords from adjacent rubber compounds.
Cracking Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or inner liner of the tire extending to cord material.
Extra load tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and higher inflation pressure than the
corresponding standard tire.
Groove The space between two adjacent tread ribs.
Inner liner The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium
within the tire.
Inner liner
separation
The parting of the inner liner from cord material in the carcass.
Load rating The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Maximum load
rating
The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Measuring rim The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical dimension requirements.
Open splice Any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall, or inner liner that extends to the cord
material.
Outer diameter The overall diameter of an inflated new tire.
Overall width The linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including
elevations due to labeling, decorations, or protective bands or ribs.
Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.
Ply separation A parting of rubber compound between adjacent plies.
Pneumatic tire A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, that,
when mounted on an automotive wheel, provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid
that sustains the load.
Radial ply tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90
degrees to the center line of the tread.
Reinforced tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the
corresponding standard tire.
Section width The linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding
elevations due to labeling, decoration, or protective bands.
Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and bead.
Sidewall separation The parting of the rubber compound from the cord material in the sidewall.
Snow tire A tire that attains a traction index equal to or greater than 110, compared to the ASTM
E1136-93 (re-approved 2003, incorporated by reference, see §571.5) Standard Reference
Test Tire when using the snow traction test as described in ASTM F1805-00 (incorporated
by reference, see §571.5), and that is marked with an Alpine Symbol specified in S5.5(i) on
at least one sidewall.
Test rim The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and may be any rim listed as appropriate for use
with that tire.
Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.
Tread rib A tread section running around the circumference of a tire.
Tread separation The pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass.
Wheels and Tires
193Specifications
Tread wear
indicators (TWI)
The projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the
degrees of wear of the tread.
Wheel-holding
fixture
The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire assembly securely during testing.
Wheels and Tires
194 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Tesla Roadside Assistance is available to you 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, for the duration of your warranty
period. Tesla Roadside Assistance is also available to speak with roadside service professionals to answer any
questions and explain the proper procedure for transporting your vehicle.
When contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance, please provide:
•
The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). The VIN is displayed when you touch the Tesla "T" at the top of the
touchscreen. The VIN can also been seen on the upper dashboard by looking through the driver's side of the
windshield.
•
Your exact location.
•
The nature of the problem.
If available in your region, you can also expedite your request, by choosing the Roadside Assistance option in the
Tesla mobile app.
NOTE: For a detailed description of Tesla's Roadside Assistance policy, go to the support page on the Tesla web site
for your region.
Regional Phone Number(s)
Mexico: 1-800-228-8145
United States and Canada: 1-877-79TESLA (1-877-798-3752)
NOTE: The phone number is also available by touching the Tesla "T" at the top center of the touchscreen.
Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance
195Roadside Assistance
DO NOT TRANSPORT WITH
WHEELS ON THE GROUND
The rear motor in Model 3 generates power when the
wheels spin. Always transport Model 3 with all four tires
o the ground. Ensure that the tires are unable to spin at
any time during transport.
WARNING: NEVER TRANSPORT YOUR VEHICLE
WITH THE TIRES IN A POSITION WHERE THEY
CAN SPIN. DOING SO CAN LEAD TO SIGNIFICANT
DAMAGE AND OVERHEATING. IN RARE CASES
EXTREME OVERHEATING MAY CAUSE THE
SURROUNDING COMPONENTS TO IGNITE.
Do not transport Model 3 using any method that is not
specified by Tesla. Adhere to the instructions provided in
the following sections and observe all warnings and
cautions provided. Damage caused by improper
transporting of your vehicle is not covered by the
warranty.
NOTE: Tesla is not liable or responsible for reimbursing
services not dispatched through Tesla Roadside
Assistance.
Approved Methods for Transporting
NOTE: The tires are allowed to rotate slowly (under 3
mph or 5 km/h) and for a very short distance (less than
30 feet or 10 meters) only when Transport Mode is
enabled (see Activate Transport Mode on page )
while the vehicle is being winched onto a
flatbed truck
or pulled out of a parking space for repositioning.
Exceeding these boundaries can lead to significant
damage and overheating that is not covered by the
warranty.
A flatbed truck or comparable transport vehicle is the
recommended method of transporting Model 3. The
vehicle can face either direction when using a flatbed.
If
Model 3 must be transported without a flatbed truck,
then wheel lifts and dollies must be used to ensure that
all four wheels are
o of the ground. This method may
only be used for a maximum of 35 miles (55 km), and
must not exceed the manufacturer speed rating of the
dollies. With this method, Tesla recommends the vehicle
facing forward so that the front wheels are lifted and the
rear wheels are on dollies.
CAUTION:
Enable Transport Mode (see Activate
Transport Mode on page ) before winching
Model 3 onto a flatbed truck (see Pull onto the
Flatbed Truck on page ). If Transport Mode is
not available or the touchscreen is not accessible,
self-loading dollies or tire skates must be used to
load the vehicle into the approved transportation
position. Tesla is not responsible for any damage
caused by or during the transport of Model 3,
including personal property damage or damage
caused by using self-loading dollies or tire skates.
WARNING:
Model 3 is equipped with high voltage
components that may be compromised as a result
of a collision (see High Voltage Components on
page 153). Before transporting Model 3, it is
important to assume these components are
energized. Always follow high voltage safety
precautions (wearing personal protection
equipment, etc.) until emergency response
professionals have evaluated the vehicle and can
accurately confirm that all high voltage systems
are no longer energized. Failure to do so may
result in serious injury.
Activate Transport Mode
Transport Mode keeps the parking brake disengaged
while winching Model 3 onto a flatbed truck. When
active, Transport Mode displays a message indicating
that the vehicle will remain free-rolling. The following are
required to enable Transport Mode:
•
12V power is required. You are unable to use the
touchscreen to activate Transport Mode if Model 3
has no power.
• Model 3 must detect a key. Transport Mode is
available only when a key is detected.
To activate Transport Mode:
Instructions for Transporters
196 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
1. Ensure the vehicle is in Park.
2. Chock the tires or otherwise ensure Model 3 is secure.
3.
Press and hold the brake pedal, then on the
touchscreen, touch Controls > Service > Towing. The
touchscreen displays a message reminding you how
to properly transport
Model 3.
4.
Press and hold the Transport Mode button until it
turns blue. Model 3 is now free-rolling and can slowly
be rolled (no faster than walking speed) or winched.
To cancel Transport Mode, shift Model 3 into Park.
NOTE: If Model 3 loses 12V power after Transport Mode
is enabled, Transport Mode cancels.
CAUTION:
If the electrical system is not working,
and you therefore cannot use the touchscreen to
activate Transport Mode, use self-loading dollies or
tire skates. Before doing so, always check the
manufacturer's specifications and recommended
loading capacity.
Pull onto the Flatbed Truck
NOTE: If Model 3 has no 12V power, you need an external
12V power supply to open the hood or use the
touchscreen. See
If Vehicle Has No Power on page .
CAUTION:
To avoid damage, only pull the vehicle
onto a flatbed truck using a properly-installed tow
eye. Using the chassis, frame, or suspension
components to pull the vehicle can result in
damage.
1.
Locate the tow eye. The tow eye is located under the
carpet in the front trunk.
2.
Release the tow eye cover by pressing firmly on its
top right perimeter until it pivots inward, then gently
pulling the raised section toward you.
NOTE: The tow eye cover is connected to the
vehicle's black negative (-) terminal.
3.
Fully insert the tow eye into the opening, then turn it
counter-clockwise until securely fastened.
4.
Attach the winch cable to the tow eye.
CAUTION:
Before pulling, make sure the tow
eye is securely tightened.
5.
Activate Transport Mode.
6.
Pull Model 3 slowly onto the flatbed truck.
Secure the Tires
The vehicle's tires must be secured onto the truck using
the eight-point tie-down method.
•
Ensure any metal parts on the tie-down straps do not
contact painted surfaces or the face of the wheels.
• Do not place tie-down straps over body panels or
through the wheels.
CAUTION:
Attaching the tie-down straps to the
chassis, suspension or other parts of the vehicle's
body may cause damage.
Instructions for Transporters
197Roadside Assistance
If Vehicle Has No Power
If Model 3 has no 12V power, perform the following
steps to open the hood or jump start the auxiliary 12V
battery.
Jump Starting the 12V Battery
CAUTION:
Model 3 cannot be used to jump start
another vehicle. Doing so can result in damage.
NOTE: If jump starting Model 3 using another vehicle,
refer to that vehicle manufacturer's instructions. The
following instructions assume an external 12V power
supply (such as a portable jump starter) is used.
CAUTION:
Avoid short circuits when jump starting
Model 3. Connecting cables to the wrong
terminals, touching leads together, etc., can result
in damage to Model 3.
1.
Open the hood (see Opening Hood with No Power
on page 19).
2.
Remove the maintenance panel by pulling it upwards
to release the trim clips that hold it in place.
3.
Remove the cabin intake trim panel by pulling it
upwards to release the trim clips that hold it in place.
4.
Connect the 12V power supply's red positive (+)
cable to the red positive (+) terminal on the 12V
battery.
CAUTION:
To avoid damaging Model 3, do not
allow the positive cable to contact other metal
components, such as the battery tie-down
bracket.
5.
Connect the 12V power supply's black negative (-)
cable to the black negative (-) terminal on the 12V
battery.
6.
Turn on the external power supply (refer to the
manufacturer’s instructions). Touch the touchscreen
to wake it up.
NOTE: It may take several minutes to receive enough
power to wake up the touchscreen.
7.
When external 12V power is no longer required,
disconnect both cables from the terminals on the
12V battery, beginning with the black negative (-)
cable.
8. Replace the cabin intake trim panel by placing it
back in its original location and pressing down until
it is secure.
9.
Replace the maintenance panel by placing it back in
its original location and pressing down until it is
secure.
10. Close the hood.
Instructions for Transporters
198 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
But wait, there's more! Below is a list of the Easter Eggs that have been discovered so far and how to access them.
To access all discovered Easter Eggs, touch the Toybox icon in the application launcher (see Touchscreen Overview
on page 4).
For This... Do This...
Arcade Feeling nostalgic? While in Park, access games from the app launcher or your Easter Egg tray
then select a game from the menu to play. Note that, depending on the game, you may need to
use your steering wheel buttons or a USB controller to play.
NOTE: Depending on vehicle configuration or market region, Entertainment, Arcade, and/or
Theater may not be available on your vehicle.
Santa Mode "What have you been longing for?" Enjoy the holidays year-round with this one! Simply initiate a
voice command (see Using Voice Commands on page 140) and say "Ho Ho Ho". Or, if you are
feeling extra sour, you can say "Ho Ho Ho Not Funny" instead.
Rainbow Road Need more cowbell? Visit Rainbow Road by moving the drive stalk fully down four times in quick
succession while Autosteer is enabled.
Sketchpad Triple-tap the Tesla "T" (top center of the touchscreen) and channel your inner Picasso. Show us
what you got! Touch Publish to submit your artistic compositions to Tesla for critiquing.
Mars Press and hold the Tesla "T" (top center of the touchscreen) then enter mars in the access code
popup. The map shows your Model 3 as a rover on the Martian landscape, and the About Your
Tesla box displays SpaceX's interplanetary spaceship.
The Answer to
the Ultimate
Question of
Life, The
Universe, and
Everything
Rename your car to 42 (see Naming Your Vehicle on page 122) and notice the new name of your
Model 3.
Romance Mode You can’t roast chestnuts by an open fire in your car, but you can still cozy up with your loved
ones by this virtual fireplace. While in Park, access Romance Mode from your Easter Egg tray.
Queue the music and get your romance on!
Emissions
Testing Mode
Holiday fun can come in surprising ways. Access Emissions Testing Mode from your Easter Egg
tray, then select your preferred fart style and a target seat. Activate by pressing the left scroll
wheel button when you’re ready to “release” your prank.
TRAX It's never too late to follow your dream of becoming a world-famous DJ. With TRAX, you can
turn your vehicle into your own personal music studio. While in Park, choose from an array of
instruments and unique sounds to create the next hit song. Access TRAX through your Easter
Egg tray on the touchscreen and get jamming. Microphone and headset not included (depending
on vehicle configuration and market region, this may not be available on your vehicle).
Easter Eggs
199Consumer Information
Document Applicability
Owner information is updated regularly to reflect
updates to your vehicle. However, in some cases,
recently released features may not be described. To
display information about recently released features,
view the Release Notes on the touchscreen. Release
Notes are displayed on the touchscreen after a software
update, and can be displayed at any time by touching
the Tesla "T" at the top of the touchscreen, then
touching the Release Notes link. Release notes can also
be accessed by navigating to
Controls > Software. If
information related to how to use the touchscreen
conflicts with information in the Release Notes, the
Release Notes take precedence.
Illustrations
Illustrations are provided for demonstration purposes
only. Depending on vehicle options, software version,
region of purchase, and
specific settings, your vehicle
may appear slightly dierent. Although the owner
information is applicable to both right-hand drive and
left-hand drive vehicles, many illustrations show only
left-hand drive vehicles. However, the essential
information that the illustrations are providing is correct.
Feature Availability
Some features are available only on some vehicle
configurations and/or only in specific market regions.
Options or features mentioned in the owner information
does not guarantee they are available on your
specific
vehicle.
Errors or Inaccuracies
All specifications and descriptions are known to be
accurate at time of publishing. However, because
continuous improvement is a goal at Tesla, we reserve
the right to make product modifications at any time. To
communicate any inaccuracies or omissions, or to
provide general feedback or suggestions regarding the
quality of this owner information, send an email to
OwnersManualFeedback@Tesla.com.
Location of Components
Owner information may specify the location of a
component as being on the left or right side of the
vehicle. As shown, left (1) and right (2) represent the
side of the vehicle when sitting inside.
Copyrights and Trademarks
© 2013-2020 Tesla, Inc. All information in this document
and all vehicle software is subject to copyright and other
intellectual property rights of Tesla, Inc. and its licensors.
This material may not be
modified, reproduced or
copied, in whole or in part, without the prior written
permission of Tesla, Inc. and its licensors. Additional
information is available upon request. Tesla uses
software created by the Open Source community.
Please
visit Tesla’s Open Source software website at
www.tesla.com/opensource. HD Radio is a registered
trademark of iBiquity Digital Corporation. The following
are trademarks or registered trademarks of Tesla, Inc. in
the United States and other countries:
All other trademarks contained in this document are the
property of their respective owners and their use herein
does not imply sponsorship or endorsement of their
products or services. The unauthorized use of any
trademark displayed in this document or on the vehicle
is strictly prohibited.
About this Owner Information
200 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Event Data Recorder (EDR)
Model 3 is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash
or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will
assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems
performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in
Model 3 is designed to record data such as:
•
How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts
were buckled/fastened;
•
How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the
accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
The data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data is recorded by
the EDR under normal driving conditions and no
personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash
location) is recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type
of personally identifying data routinely acquired during
a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is
required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed.
In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties,
such as law enforcement, that have the special
equipment, can read the information if they have access
to the vehicle or the EDR. Tesla may also access the EDR
remotely in some crash circumstances.
Vehicle Telematics
Model 3 is equipped with electronic modules that
monitor and record data from various vehicle systems,
including the motor, Autopilot components, Battery,
braking and electrical systems. The electronic modules
record information about various driving and vehicle
conditions, including braking, acceleration, trip and
other related information regarding your vehicle. These
modules also record information about the vehicle’s
features such as charging events and status, the
enabling/disabling of various systems, diagnostic
trouble codes, VIN, speed, direction and location.
The data is stored by the vehicle and may be accessed,
used and stored by Tesla service technicians during
vehicle servicing or periodically transmitted to Tesla
wirelessly through the vehicle’s telematics system. This
data may be used by Tesla for various purposes,
including, but not limited to: providing you with Tesla
telematics services; troubleshooting; evaluation of your
vehicle’s quality, functionality and performance; analysis
and research by Tesla and its partners for the
improvement and design of our vehicles and systems; to
defend Tesla; and as otherwise may be required by law.
In servicing your vehicle, Tesla can potentially resolve
issues remotely simply by reviewing your vehicle’s data
log.
Tesla’s telematics system wirelessly transmits vehicle
information to Tesla on a periodic basis. The data is used
as previously described and helps ensure the proper
maintenance of your vehicle. Additional
Model 3 features
may use your vehicle’s telematics system and the
information provided, including features such as
charging reminders, software updates, and remote
access to, and control of, various systems of your
vehicle.
Tesla does not disclose the data recorded in your vehicle
to any third party except when:
• An agreement or consent from the vehicle’s owner
(or the leasing company for a leased vehicle) is
obtained.
•
Ocially requested by the police or other authorities.
•
Used as a defense for Tesla.
•
Ordered by a court of law.
•
Used for research purposes without disclosing details
of the vehicle owner or identification information.
•
Disclosed to a Tesla aliated company, including
their successors or assigns, or our information
systems and data management providers.
For additional information regarding how Tesla
processes data collected from your vehicle, please
review Tesla's Privacy Notice at
http://www.tesla.com/
about/legal.
Data Sharing
For quality assurance and to support the continuous
improvement of advanced features such as Autopilot,
your Model 3 may collect analytics, road segment,
diagnostic, and vehicle usage data and send to Tesla for
analysis. This analysis helps Tesla improve products and
services by learning from the experience of billions of
miles that Tesla vehicles have driven. Although Tesla
shares this data with partners that contribute similar
data, the collected information does not identify you
personally and can be sent to Tesla only with your
explicit consent. In order to protect your privacy,
personal information is either not logged at all, is subject
to privacy preserving techniques, or is removed from
any reports before being sent to Tesla. You have control
over what data you share by touching
Controls > Safety
& Security > Data Sharing.
For additional information regarding how Tesla
processes data collected from your vehicle, please
review Tesla's Privacy Notice at http://www.tesla.com/
about/legal.
Disclaimers
201Consumer Information
NOTE: Although Model 3 uses GPS in connection with
driving and operation, as discussed in this owner's
manual, Tesla does not record or store vehicle-specific
GPS information, except the location where a crash
occurred. Consequently, Tesla is unable to provide
historical information about a vehicle's location (for
example, Tesla is unable to tell you where
Model 3 was
parked/traveling at a particular date/time).
Quality Control
You might notice a few miles/km on the odometer
when you take delivery of your Model 3. This is a result
of a comprehensive testing process that ensures the
quality of your
Model 3.
The testing process includes extensive inspections
during and after production. The
final inspection takes
place at Tesla and includes a road test conducted by a
technician.
California Proposition 65
WARNING:
Operating, servicing and maintaining a
passenger vehicle or o-highway motor vehicle
can expose you to chemicals including phthalates
and lead, which are known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure,
wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when
servicing your vehicle. For more information go
to: www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
WARNING:
Certain components of this vehicle
such as airbag modules and seat belt pre-
tensioners may contain Perchlorate Material.
Special handling may be required for service or
vehicle end of life disposal. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/
hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
WARNING:
Battery posts, terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead compounds.
Wash hands after handling.
Disclaimers
202 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Contacting Tesla
For detailed information about your Model 3, go to
www.tesla.com, and log on to your Tesla Account, or
sign up to get an account.
If you have any questions or concerns about your Model
3, call 1-877-79TESLA (1-877‑798-3752).
NOTE: You can also use voice commands to provide
feedback to Tesla. Say "Note", "Report", "Bug note", or
"Bug report" (in the English language) followed by brief
comments in your language of choice. Model 3 takes a
snapshot of its systems, including your current location,
vehicle diagnostic data, and screen captures of the
touchscreen. Tesla periodically reviews these notes and
uses them to continue improving
Model 3.
Reporting Safety Defects - US
If you believe that Model 3 has a defect which could
cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Trac Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Tesla.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
investigation. If it
finds that a safety defect exists in a
group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in
individual problems between you, your dealer, or Tesla.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety
Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to www.safercar.gov; or
write to: Administrator, National Highway
Trac Safety,
1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety from www.safercar.gov.
Reporting Safety Defects - Canada
If you believe that your Model 3 has a defect which
could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Transport Canada, in
addition to notifying Tesla. To contact Transport
Canada, call their toll-free number: 1-800-333-0510.
Reporting Safety Defects
203Consumer Information
FCC and IC Certification
Component Manufacturer Model Operating Frequency (MHz) FCC ID IC ID
Pillar Endpoint
Tesla
1089773
1089773E
13.56
2400-2483.5
2AEIM-10897773
2AEIM-1089773E
20098-1089773
20098-1089773E
Center Console Tesla 1089774
13.56
2400-2483.5
2AEIM-1089774 20098-1089774
Fascia Endpoint
Tesla
1089775
2400-2483.5
2AEIM-1089775 20098-1089775
Key fob Tesla 1133148 2400-2483.5 2AEIM-1133148 20098-1133148
TPMS
Continental TIS-01 433.92 KR5TIS-01 7812-TIS01
Radar Continental ARS 4-B 76000-77000 OAYARS4B 4135A-ARS4B
Homelink Gentex ADHL5C 286-440MHz NZLADHL5C 4112A-ADHL5C
CarPC Tesla
1098058
--
YZP-RBHP-B216C
RI7LE940B6NA
RBHP-B216C
5131A-LE940B6NA
Wireless Charger Tesla
WC2 -- 2AEIM-WC2 20098-WC2
The devices listed above comply with Part 15 of the FCC rules and Industry Canada's license-exempt RSS
Standard(s) and EU Directive 2014/53/EU.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1.
This device may not cause harmful interference; and
2.
This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Tesla could void your authority to operate the equipment.
Radio Frequency Information
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15
of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed
and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However,
there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause
harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment
o and
on, try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
•
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit dierent from that to which the receiver is connected.
Declarations of Conformity
204 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV
technician to help.
CAUTION: This equipment and its antennas must
not be co-located or operated with another
antenna or transmitter.
Canada
CAN ICES-3 (B)/NMB-3(B)
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie
Canada applicables aux appareils radioexempts de
licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions
suivantes : (1) l'appareilne doit pas produire de
brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter
tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le
brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre
lefonctionnement.
Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d’exposition
aux rayonnements IC établies pour unenvironnement
non contrôlé.
Declarations of Conformity
205Consumer Information
(APP_w207)
Autosteer temporarily unavailable
Autosteer is currently unavailable. This could be a
temporary condition due to external conditions that
include:
• Missing or faded lane markers
• Narrow or winding roads
•
Poor visibility due to rain, snow, fog, or other weather
conditions
•
Extremely hot or cold temperatures
• Bright light due to other vehicle headlights, direct
sunlight, or other light sources
If the alert is caused by a temporary factor like these, no
action or service is typically needed. Continue to your
destination. The alert will clear and Autosteer will be
available once the condition is no longer present.
Please note that the minimum speed to initiate
Autosteer when there is no vehicle detected ahead of
you and while driving on a road with visible lane
markings is 18 mph (30 km/h), unless certain vehicle and
environmental conditions are met. If a vehicle is
detected ahead of you:
•
You can initiate Autosteer at any speed under 90
mph (150 km/h).
•
You can even initiate Autosteer when stationary,
provided the other vehicle is at least 5 feet (150 cm)
in front of you.
This alert will be present if you have temporarily
exceeded 90 mph (150 km/h) with Autosteer active, and
Autosteer will not be available for the rest of your
current drive.
•
Note: If this alert becomes active while you are
driving in Germany, Autosteer should again be
available once your vehicle is traveling below 90 mph
(150 km/h).
If Autosteer is not available by the time you reach your
destination, and remains unavailable during your next
planned drive, the problem might be one of these issues:
• Damage or obstruction caused by mud, ice, snow, or
other environmental factors
•
Obstruction caused by an object mounted on the
vehicle, like a bike rack
• Obstructions caused by adding paint or adhesive
products like wraps, stickers, or rubber coatings to
your vehicle
•
A damaged or misaligned bumper
The solution might be as simple as washing your vehicle.
If you do not
find any obvious obstructions or you find
damage to the vehicle, schedule service at your
convenience. Your vehicle is OK to drive in the
meantime.
For more information, see Autosteer on page 88.
(APP_w218)
Autosteer speed limit exceeded
Take control of steering wheel
Autosteer is unavailable because your vehicle has
exceeded the maximum speed limit for this driver
assistance feature. Autosteer is only available at speeds
up to 90 mph (150 km/h).
Take immediate control of the steering wheel and
maintain control until you reach your destination. Your
vehicle is OK to drive.
In most cases, Autosteer will not be available for the rest
of your current drive. To reset it, you will need to bring
the vehicle to a complete stop and shift into Park. When
you shift into Drive to travel to your next destination,
Autosteer should again be available.
However, there is one exception. If this alert becomes
active while you are driving in Germany, Autosteer
should again be available once your vehicle is traveling
below 90 mph (150 km/h).
If Autosteer is not available during your next drive, and
remains unavailable throughout subsequent drives,
contact Tesla Service at your convenience. Your vehicle
is OK to drive in the meantime.
For more information, see Autosteer on page 88.
(APP_w221)
Cruise control unavailable
Reduced front radar visibility
Trac-Aware Cruise Control and Autosteer are
unavailable because the radar located in the front
bumper area of your vehicle has no or low visibility.
Continue to your destination. Your vehicle is OK to drive.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control and Autosteer will remain
unavailable as long as the radar lacks adequate visibility.
This could be a temporary obstruction caused by factors
like snow, ice, dirt, or mud. If the alert is caused by a
temporary factor like these, no action might be needed:
the condition might clear during your drive.
If the alert persists throughout your drive, examine the
front bumper before your next planned drive and
attempt to clear any obstruction.
Troubleshooting Alerts
206 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• See the About Autopilot on page 80 sections “How It
Works” and “Cleaning Cameras and Sensors” for
more on the radar location and care needed if
clearing dirt / debris from that area of the vehicle.
• See Cleaning on page 169 for general cleaning tips
and cautions.
Once the radar regains adequate visibility, the alert will
clear and both Trac-Aware Cruise Control and
Autosteer should again be available.
If this alert persists throughout subsequent drives but no
obstruction is visible on the front bumper where the
radar is located, contact Tesla Service at your earliest
convenience. Your vehicle is OK to drive in the
meantime.
(APP_w222)
Cruise control unavailable
Reduced front camera visibility
Trac-Aware Cruise Control and Autosteer are
unavailable because one or more of the front cameras in
your vehicle is blocked or blinded by external conditions.
Continue to your destination. Your vehicle is OK to drive.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control and Autosteer will remain
unavailable while a front camera lacks adequate
visibility. Cameras can be blocked or blinded due to
many factors that include:
•
Dirt or debris on the camera surface
•
Environmental conditions like rain, fog, snow, or dew
•
Bright sunlight or glare from another light source
•
Condensation (water droplets or mist) on the camera
surface
This is often a temporary issue that will clear up when
condensation evaporates or a particular environmental
condition is no longer present.
If the alert does not clear by the end of your drive,
inspect and clean the front camera area at the top
center of the windshield before your next planned drive.
Check the camera surface for condensation, dirt, or
other debris and attempt to clear any obstruction. See
the
About Autopilot on page 80 sections “How It
Works” and “Cleaning Cameras and Sensors” for more
on front camera location and tips for careful cleaning.
Although condensation on the inside of the front camera
enclosure cannot be wiped clean, you can usually clear it
quicker by following these steps:
1. Pre-condition the cabin with the temperature set to
High and A/C turned ON.
2.
Turn on the front windshield defroster.
Once all front cameras regain adequate visibility, the
alert will clear and both
Trac-Aware Cruise Control and
Autosteer should again be available.
If this alert persists throughout subsequent drives but no
front camera obstruction is visible, contact Tesla Service
at your earliest convenience. Your vehicle is OK to drive
in the meantime.
(APP_w224)
Cruise control unavailable
Continue driving to allow cameras
to calibrate
Trac-Aware Cruise Control and Autosteer are
unavailable because the cameras on your vehicle are not
fully calibrated. Continue to your destination. Your
vehicle is OK to drive.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control and Autosteer will remain
unavailable until camera calibration is complete.
Your vehicle must maneuver with great precision when
features like Trac-Aware Cruise Control and Autosteer
are active. Before these features can be used for the first
time, the cameras must complete an initial self-
calibration. Occasionally, one or more cameras can
become uncalibrated.
For your convenience, a calibration progress indicator is
displayed on the touchscreen. Calibration typically
completes after your vehicle has driven 20-25 miles
(32-40 km), but the distance varies depending on road
and environmental conditions. For example, driving on a
straight road with highly visible lane markings helps the
cameras calibrate quicker.
See Drive to Calibrate Cameras on page 81 for more
information.
When calibration is complete, Trac-Aware Cruise
Control and Autosteer should be available.
If the alert persists and camera calibration has not
completed after your vehicle has driven 100 miles (160
km) or more, or Trac-Aware Cruise Control and
Autosteer remain unavailable despite successful camera
calibration, contact Tesla Service at your earliest
convenience. Your vehicle is OK to drive in the
meantime.
(APP_w304)
Camera blocked or blinded
Clean camera or wait for it to
regain visibility
One or more of the vehicle cameras is blocked or
blinded due to external conditions. When the cameras
cannot provide accurate visual information, some or all
Autopilot features may be temporarily restricted.
Troubleshooting Alerts
207Consumer Information
Cameras can be blocked or blinded due to many
factors that include:
• Dirt or debris on the camera surface
• Environmental conditions like rain, fog, snow, or dew
• Bright sunlight or glare from another light source
•
Condensation (water droplets or mist) on the
camera surface
Continue to your destination. This is often a temporary
issue that will clear up when condensation evaporates
or a particular environmental condition is no longer
present.
If the alert does not clear by the time you reach your
destination, check the camera surface for condensation,
dirt, or other debris.
For camera locations, see About Autopilot on page 80.
Clean the camera as necessary before your next
planned drive by gently wiping the camera lens with a
soft damp cloth.
If you continue to see this alert after cleaning the
cameras, check the inside surfaces of the door pillar
camera enclosures for condensation.
Although condensation on the inside of the camera
enclosures cannot be wiped clean, you can usually clear
it quicker by following these tips:
1.
Pre-condition the cabin with the temperature set to
High and A/C turned ON.
2.
Turn on the front windshield defroster.
3.
Direct the air vents toward the door pillar cameras.
For more information on cleaning cameras and
removing condensation, see Cleaning Cameras and
Sensors on page 82.
If the alert does not clear by the end of your next
planned drive, despite camera cleaning and following
the tips above to remove condensation, schedule
service at your convenience. The vehicle is OK to drive
in the meantime.
(CC_a001)
Unable to charge – Insucient
grounding
Check outlet or wiring for proper
grounding
What this alert means:
No ground connection detected in the Wall Connector.
What to do:
Make sure the Wall Connector is properly grounded. If
uncertain, consult your electrician to ensure proper
grounding at your circuit breaker or power distribution
box and that appropriate connections are made to the
Wall Connector.
(CC_a002)
Unable to charge – Insucient
grounding
Disconnect and retry or use
dierent equipment
What this alert means:
Ground fault. Current is leaking through an unsafe path.
Possible Line to ground or Neutral to ground fault.
What to do:
Try again by disconnecting the Wall Connector from the
vehicle and reconnecting. If the problem persists, turn
OFF the circuit breaker servicing the Wall Connector,
wait 10 seconds, turn the circuit breaker ON again, then
try reconnecting the Wall Connector to the vehicle. If
the problem persists, contact Tesla.
(CC_a003)
Unable to charge - Wall Connector
GFCI tripped
Disconnect and retry or use
dierent equipment
What this alert means:
Ground fault. Current is leaking through an unsafe path.
Possible Line to ground or Neutral to ground fault.
What to do:
Try again by disconnecting the Wall Connector from the
vehicle and reconnecting. If the problem persists, turn
OFF the circuit breaker servicing the Wall Connector,
wait 10 seconds, turn the circuit breaker ON again, then
try reconnecting the Wall Connector to the vehicle. If
the problem persists, contact Tesla.
(CC_a004)
Unable to charge – Wall Connector
issue
Wall Connector needs service
What this alert means:
Wall Connector hardware issue. Possible issues include:
1. Contactor not working
Troubleshooting Alerts
208 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
2. Self-test of internal ground fault monitoring circuit
failed
3. Thermal sensor disconnected
4. Other hardware component issues
What to do:
An internal issue was detected by the Wall Connector.
1. Try charging again by disconnecting the Wall
Connector from the vehicle and reconnecting.
2.
If the issue persists, turn OFF the circuit breaker for
the Wall Connector, wait 10 seconds, and turn the
circuit breaker ON again. Then try reconnecting the
Wall Connector to the vehicle.
3.
If the issue persists, check for loose connections.
a. Make sure there is no power to the Wall
Connector.
b.
Remove the face plate and inspect the wiring
terminals for any loose connections.
c.
Contact an electrician if necessary to make sure all
wires are properly connected and torqued
according to the instructions in the Wall
Connector Installation Manual.
4.
Once all connections have been checked and made
secure, restore power to the Wall Connector and try
charging again by reconnecting to the vehicle.
5.
If the issue persists, the Wall Connector needs
service. Schedule a service appointment through
your Mobile App.
(CC_a005)
Unable to charge - Wall Connector
GFCI tripped
Disconnect and retry or use
dierent equipment
What this alert means:
Ground fault. Current is leaking through an unsafe path.
Possible Line to ground or Neutral to ground fault.
What to do:
Try again by disconnecting the Wall Connector from the
vehicle and reconnecting. If the problem persists, turn
OFF the circuit breaker servicing the Wall Connector,
wait 10 seconds, turn the circuit breaker ON again, then
try reconnecting the Wall Connector to the vehicle. If the
problem persists, contact Tesla.
(CC_a006)
Unable to charge – Wall Connector
overcurrent
Disconnect and retry or use
dierent equipment
What this alert means:
Over current protection.
What to do:
Reduce the vehicle's charge current setting. If the
problem persists and the attached vehicle is
manufactured by Tesla, contact Tesla. If the problem
persists and If the attached vehicle is not manufactured
by Tesla, contact the original manufacturer.
(CC_a007)
Unable to charge – Voltage too
high
Check voltage is within Wall
Connector rating
What this alert means:
Over or under voltage protection.
What to do:
Consult your electrician to ensure appropriate voltage
on the circuit breaker that services the Wall Connector.
(CC_a008)
Unable to charge – Voltage too low
Check voltage is within Wall
Connector rating
What this alert means:
Over or under voltage protection.
What to do:
Consult your electrician to ensure appropriate voltage
on the circuit breaker that services the Wall Connector.
(CC_a009)
Unable to charge – Input wired
incorrectly
Reconnect Wall Connector wiring
correctly
What this alert means:
Troubleshooting Alerts
209Consumer Information
Input miswired: possibly Line and Neutral are swapped.
What to do:
The wiring between the wall power and the Wall
Connector has been incorrectly installed. Consult your
electrician.
(CC_a010)
Unable to charge – Wall Connector
issue
Wall Connector needs service
What this alert means:
Wall Connector hardware issue. Possible issues include:
1.
Contactor not working
2. Self-test of internal ground fault monitoring circuit
failed
3.
Thermal sensor disconnected
4.
Other hardware component issues
What to do:
An internal issue was detected by the Wall Connector.
1.
Try charging again by disconnecting the Wall
Connector from the vehicle and reconnecting.
2.
If the issue persists, turn OFF the circuit breaker for
the Wall Connector, wait 10 seconds, and turn the
circuit breaker ON again. Then try reconnecting the
Wall Connector to the vehicle.
3.
If the issue persists, check for loose connections.
a.
Make sure there is no power to the Wall
Connector.
b.
Remove the face plate and inspect the wiring
terminals for any loose connections.
c.
Contact an electrician if necessary to make sure
all wires are properly connected and torqued
according to the instructions in the Wall
Connector Installation Manual.
4.
Once all connections have been checked and made
secure, restore power to the Wall Connector and try
charging again by reconnecting to the vehicle.
5. If the issue persists, the Wall Connector needs
service. Schedule a service appointment through
your Mobile App.
(CC_a011)
Unable to charge – Wall
Connector too hot
Let Wall Connector cool and try
again
What this alert means:
Over temperature protection (latcho).
What to do:
Make sure the Wall Connector is not covered by
anything and that there is no heat source nearby. If the
problem persists in normal ambient temperatures
(under 100°F or 38°C), contact Tesla.
(CC_a012)
Unable to charge - Wall connection
too hot
Check outlet or Wall Connector
wiring
High temperature detected by Wall Connector alerts
indicate the building connection to the Wall Connector
is getting too warm, so charging has stopped to protect
the wiring and Wall Connector.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle or your
Wall Connector, but rather an issue with the building
wiring. This may be caused by a loose building wiring
connection to the Wall Connector and can be
fixed
quickly by an electrician.
To regain normal charge operation, try the following
steps.
If the Wall Connector is plugged into a wall outlet, make
sure:
•
The plug is fully inserted into the receptacle / outlet
•
The plug / outlet area is not blocked or covered by
anything
•
There is no heat source nearby
If the issue persists or the Wall Connector is hard-wired,
contact an electrician to inspect the building wiring
connection to the Wall Connector. They should make
sure that all wires are properly connected and torqued
according to the installation guide for the Wall
Connector.
Wall Connector installation guides can be found here.
Troubleshooting Alerts
210 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
(CC_a013)
Unable to charge – Charge handle
too hot
Check charge handle or charge port
for debris
What this alert means:
Over temperature protection (latcho).
What to do:
Make sure the connector is fully inserted into the charge
inlet in the vehicle's charging port, is not covered by
anything, and there is no heat source nearby. If the
problem persists in normal ambient temperatures (under
100°F or 38°C), contact Tesla.
(CC_a014)
Unable to charge – Wall Connector
issue
Wall Connector needs service
What this alert means:
Wall Connector hardware issue. Possible issues include:
1.
Contactor not working
2.
Self-test of internal ground fault monitoring circuit
failed
3.
Thermal sensor disconnected
4.
Other hardware component issues
What to do:
An internal issue was detected by the Wall Connector.
1.
Try charging again by disconnecting the Wall
Connector from the vehicle and reconnecting.
2.
If the issue persists, turn OFF the circuit breaker for
the Wall Connector, wait 10 seconds, and turn the
circuit breaker ON again. Then try reconnecting the
Wall Connector to the vehicle.
3.
If the issue persists, check for loose connections.
a. Make sure there is no power to the Wall
Connector.
b. Remove the face plate and inspect the wiring
terminals for any loose connections.
c.
Contact an electrician if necessary to make sure all
wires are properly connected and torqued
according to the instructions in the Wall
Connector Installation Manual.
4. Once all connections have been checked and made
secure, restore power to the Wall Connector and try
charging again by reconnecting to the vehicle.
5. If the issue persists, the Wall Connector needs
service. Schedule a service appointment through
your Mobile App.
(CC_a015)
Unable to charge – Vehicle
connection issue
Insert charge handle fully into
charge port
What this alert means:
A communication error occurred between the Wall
Connector and the vehicle.
What to do:
Try again by disconnecting the Wall Connector from the
vehicle and reconnecting. If possible, plug the vehicle
into another Wall Connector or a Mobile Connector to
determine if the vehicle is able to communicate with
other charging equipment. If the problem persists,
contact Tesla.
(CC_a016)
Unable to charge – Vehicle
connection issue
Insert charge handle fully into
charge port
What this alert means:
A communication error occurred between the Wall
Connector and the vehicle.
What to do:
Try again by disconnecting the Wall Connector from the
vehicle and reconnecting. If possible, plug the vehicle
into another Wall Connector or a Mobile Connector to
determine if the vehicle is able to communicate with
other charging equipment. If the problem persists,
contact Tesla.
(CC_a017)
Unable to charge – Vehicle
connection issue
Insert charge handle fully into
charge port
What this alert means:
Troubleshooting Alerts
211Consumer Information
A communication error occurred between the Wall
Connector and the vehicle.
What to do:
Try again by disconnecting the Wall Connector from the
vehicle and reconnecting. If possible, plug the vehicle
into another Wall Connector or a Mobile Connector to
determine if the vehicle is able to communicate with
other charging equipment. If the problem persists,
contact Tesla.
(CC_a018)
Unable to charge – Vehicle
connection issue
Insert charge handle fully into
charge port
What this alert means:
A communication error occurred between the Wall
Connector and the vehicle.
What to do:
Try again by disconnecting the Wall Connector from the
vehicle and reconnecting. If possible, plug the vehicle
into another Wall Connector or a Mobile Connector to
determine if the vehicle is able to communicate with
other charging equipment. If the problem persists,
contact Tesla.
(CC_a019)
Unable to charge – Vehicle
connection issue
Insert charge handle fully into
charge port
What this alert means:
A communication error occurred between the Wall
Connector and the vehicle.
What to do:
Try again by disconnecting the Wall Connector from the
vehicle and reconnecting. If possible, plug the vehicle
into another Wall Connector or a Mobile Connector to
determine if the vehicle is able to communicate with
other charging equipment. If the problem persists,
contact Tesla.
(CC_a020)
Unable to charge – Wall Connector
issue
Wall Connector needs service
What this alert means:
Wall Connector hardware issue. Possible issues include:
1.
Contactor not working
2.
Self-test of internal ground fault monitoring circuit
failed
3. Thermal sensor disconnected
4. Other hardware component issues
What to do:
An internal issue was detected by the Wall Connector.
1.
Try charging again by disconnecting the Wall
Connector from the vehicle and reconnecting.
2.
If the issue persists, turn OFF the circuit breaker for
the Wall Connector, wait 10 seconds, and turn the
circuit breaker ON again. Then try reconnecting the
Wall Connector to the vehicle.
3.
If the issue persists, check for loose connections.
a.
Make sure there is no power to the Wall
Connector.
b.
Remove the face plate and inspect the wiring
terminals for any loose connections.
c.
Contact an electrician if necessary to make sure
all wires are properly connected and torqued
according to the instructions in the Wall
Connector Installation Manual.
4.
Once all connections have been checked and made
secure, restore power to the Wall Connector and try
charging again by reconnecting to the vehicle.
5.
If the issue persists, the Wall Connector needs
service. Schedule a service appointment through
your Mobile App.
(CC_a021)
Unable to charge – No Master Wall
Connector
Check that Master is powered and
available
What this alert means:
Circuit Breaker Sharing Network: Need one (and only
one) Wall Connector set to Master.
What to do:
Troubleshooting Alerts
212 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Only one Wall Connector can be set to a master
configuration. All other linked Wall Connectors must be
set to paired (position F). Set one of the Wall
Connectors to Master and all others to paired.
(CC_a022)
Unable to charge – More than 1
Master
Ensure only 1 Wall Connector is set
as Master
What this alert means:
Circuit Breaker Sharing Network: Need one (and only
one) Wall Connector set to Master.
What to do:
Only one Wall Connector can be set to a master
configuration. All other linked Wall Connectors must be
set to paired (position F). Set one of the Wall
Connectors to Master and all others to paired.
(CC_a023)
Unable to charge – Too many Wall
Connectors
Ensure no more than 3 units paired
to Master
What this alert means:
Circuit Breaker Sharing Network: More than three Wall
Connectors are paired with the same Master.
What to do:
One or more paired Wall Connectors must be moved to
a dierent circuit and disconnected (unpaired) from this
Circuit Breaker Sharing Network.
(CC_a024)
Unable to charge – Low Wall
Connector current
Increase Master current
or unpair other units
What this alert means:
Incorrect rotary switch setting.
What to do:
Make sure there is no power to the Wall Connector.
Remove the face plate and adjust the rotary switch to a
valid operating current setting. The correlation between
switch setting and current is printed on the inside of the
Wall Connector. You can also refer to the Set the
Operating Current section in the Wall Connector
Installation Manual. If the Wall Connector is set up for
load sharing (paired with other Wall Connectors), the
rotary switch of the master unit must be set to an
operating current setting that allows each paired Wall
Connector to receive at least 6A of charge current.
Example: Three Wall Connectors are paired for load
sharing. The master unit needs to be set to a current of
at least 3 * 6A = 18A or greater.
(CC_a025)
Unable to charge – Wall Connector
issue
Wall Connector needs service
What this alert means:
Wall Connector hardware issue. Possible issues include:
1.
Contactor not working
2.
Self-test of internal ground fault monitoring circuit
failed
3.
Thermal sensor disconnected
4.
Other hardware component issues
What to do:
An internal issue was detected by the Wall Connector.
1.
Try charging again by disconnecting the Wall
Connector from the vehicle and reconnecting.
2.
If the issue persists, turn OFF the circuit breaker for
the Wall Connector, wait 10 seconds, and turn the
circuit breaker ON again. Then try reconnecting the
Wall Connector to the vehicle.
3.
If the issue persists, check for loose connections.
a.
Make sure there is no power to the Wall
Connector.
b.
Remove the face plate and inspect the wiring
terminals for any loose connections.
c. Contact an electrician if necessary to make sure all
wires are properly connected and torqued
according to the instructions in the Wall
Connector Installation Manual.
4.
Once all connections have been checked and made
secure, restore power to the Wall Connector and try
charging again by reconnecting to the vehicle.
5.
If the issue persists, the Wall Connector needs
service. Schedule a service appointment through
your Mobile App.
Troubleshooting Alerts
213Consumer Information
(CC_a026)
Unable to charge – Wall Connector
issue
Wall Connector needs service
What this alert means:
Wall Connector hardware issue. Possible issues include:
1.
Contactor not working
2.
Self-test of internal ground fault monitoring circuit
failed
3. Thermal sensor disconnected
4. Other hardware component issues
What to do:
An internal issue was detected by the Wall Connector.
1.
Try charging again by disconnecting the Wall
Connector from the vehicle and reconnecting.
2.
If the issue persists, turn OFF the circuit breaker for
the Wall Connector, wait 10 seconds, and turn the
circuit breaker ON again. Then try reconnecting the
Wall Connector to the vehicle.
3.
If the issue persists, check for loose connections.
a.
Make sure there is no power to the Wall
Connector.
b.
Remove the face plate and inspect the wiring
terminals for any loose connections.
c.
Contact an electrician if necessary to make sure
all wires are properly connected and torqued
according to the instructions in the Wall
Connector Installation Manual.
4.
Once all connections have been checked and made
secure, restore power to the Wall Connector and try
charging again by reconnecting to the vehicle.
5.
If the issue persists, the Wall Connector needs
service. Schedule a service appointment through
your Mobile App.
(CC_a027)
Unable to charge – Wall Connector
issue
Wall Connector needs service
What this alert means:
Wall Connector hardware issue. Possible issues include:
1. Contactor not working
2. Self-test of internal ground fault monitoring circuit
failed
3. Thermal sensor disconnected
4. Other hardware component issues
What to do:
An internal issue was detected by the Wall Connector.
1.
Try charging again by disconnecting the Wall
Connector from the vehicle and reconnecting.
2. If the issue persists, turn OFF the circuit breaker for
the Wall Connector, wait 10 seconds, and turn the
circuit breaker ON again. Then try reconnecting the
Wall Connector to the vehicle.
3. If the issue persists, check for loose connections.
a. Make sure there is no power to the Wall
Connector.
b. Remove the face plate and inspect the wiring
terminals for any loose connections.
c.
Contact an electrician if necessary to make sure
all wires are properly connected and torqued
according to the instructions in the Wall
Connector Installation Manual.
4.
Once all connections have been checked and made
secure, restore power to the Wall Connector and try
charging again by reconnecting to the vehicle.
5.
If the issue persists, the Wall Connector needs
service. Schedule a service appointment through
your Mobile App.
(CC_a028)
Unable to charge – Incorrect switch
setting
Adjust rotary switch setting in Wall
Connector
What this alert means:
Incorrect rotary switch setting.
What to do:
Make sure there is no power to the Wall Connector.
Remove the face plate and adjust the rotary switch to a
valid operating current setting. The correlation between
switch setting and current is printed on the inside of the
Wall Connector. You can also refer to the Set the
Operating Current section in the Wall Connector
Installation Manual. If the Wall Connector is set up for
load sharing (paired with other Wall Connectors), the
rotary switch of the master unit must be set to an
operating current setting that allows each paired Wall
Connector to receive at least 6A of charge current.
Example: Three Wall Connectors are paired for load
sharing. The master unit needs to be set to a current of
at least 3 * 6A = 18A or greater.
Troubleshooting Alerts
214 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
(CC_a029)
Unable to charge – Vehicle
connection issue
Insert charge handle fully into
charge port
What this alert means:
A communication error occurred between the Wall
Connector and the vehicle.
What to do:
Try again by disconnecting the Wall Connector from the
vehicle and reconnecting. If possible, plug the vehicle
into another Wall Connector or a Mobile Connector to
determine if the vehicle is able to communicate with
other charging equipment. If the problem persists,
contact Tesla.
(CC_a030)
Unable to charge – Master / paired
mismatch
Make Wall Connector current
ratings match
What this alert means:
Circuit Breaker Sharing Network: The paired Wall
Connectors have dierent maximum current capabilities.
What to do:
Only Wall Connectors with the same maximum current
capabilities can be paired in a load-sharing (circuit
breaker sharing) network. Inspect the type labels on the
Wall Connectors to make sure the current capabilities
match. It is further recommended to only pair Wall
Connectors with the same part number, as an easy way
to make sure paired units are compatible.
(CC_a041)
Charging speed reduced
High temperature detected by Wall
Connector
High temperature detected by Wall Connector alerts
indicate the building connection to the Wall Connector
is getting too warm, so charging has been slowed to
protect the wiring and Wall Connector.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle or your
Wall Connector, but rather an issue with the building
wiring. This may be caused by a loose building wiring
connection to the Wall Connector and can be
fixed
quickly by an electrician.
To regain normal charge speed, contact an electrician to
inspect the building wiring connection to the Wall
Connector. They should make sure that all wires are
properly connected and torqued according to the
installation guide for the Wall Connector.
Wall Connector installation guides can be found here.
(CP_a004)
Charging equipment not
recognized
Try again or try dierent equipment
The charge port is unable to detect whether a charge
cable is inserted or the type of charge cable connected.
If this alert appears while a charge cable is connected, it
should be determined whether the issue is caused by
the charging equipment or the vehicle. Try charging the
vehicle using
dierent external charging equipment
(charge cable, charging station, charging stall, etc.).
•
If the vehicle begins charging, the issue was likely
with the equipment.
•
If the vehicle still does not charge, the issue may be
with the vehicle.
If this alert appears while a charge cable is not
connected or if the issue is suspected to be with the
vehicle, inspect the charge port inlet and the charge
cable connector for any obstructions (use a
flashlight as
necessary). Debris, moisture, and/or foreign objects
present in the charge port inlet or the charge cable
connector can prevent the charge port from properly
detecting charge cables. If any obstruction is found:
1.
Remove the debris / foreign object or dry any
moisture.
2.
Try re-inserting the cable into the charge port.
Charging should now be possible.
As this alert is usually specific to external charging
equipment and power sources, and it does not typically
indicate an issue with your vehicle that can be resolved
by scheduling service, it is recommended that you:
• Try charging with multiple, dierent types of
charging equipment.
•
Make sure any charge port inlet obstruction has been
removed.
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 72
for more details. Additional third-party charging stations
may also be available in your area to help you to
pinpoint the issue.
Troubleshooting Alerts
215Consumer Information
For more information on troubleshooting Mobile
Connector or Wall Connector status lights, refer to the
product's Owner's Manual at Charging & Adapter
Product Guides. If using other external charging
equipment, refer to the manufacturer's provided
documentation for troubleshooting tips.
For more information on charging, see Charging
Instructions on page 156.
(CP_a046)
Charging equipment
communication lost
Check power source and charging
equipment
Charging stopped because communication between
the vehicle and the external charging equipment was
interrupted.
Confirm whether the external charging equipment is
powered by looking for any status lights, displays, or
other indicators on the equipment.
If the equipment is not powered, try to restore the
external charging equipment’s power source.
•
If attempting to charge at a public station and power
is unable to be restored, contact the station
operator.
•
If attempting to charge at a private station (for
example: charging at home) and power is unable to
be restored, contact an electrician.
If the equipment is powered, try charging the vehicle
using dierent external charging equipment.
•
If the vehicle begins charging, the issue was likely
with the equipment.
•
If the vehicle still does not charge, the issue may be
with the vehicle.
As this alert is usually specific to external charging
equipment and power sources, and it does not typically
indicate an issue with your vehicle that can be resolved
by scheduling service, it is recommended that you:
•
Make sure the external charging equipment is
powered.
• Try charging with multiple, dierent types of
charging equipment.
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 72
for more details. Additional third-party charging
stations may also be available in your area to help you
to pinpoint the issue.
For more information on troubleshooting Mobile
Connector or Wall Connector status lights, refer to the
product's Owner's Manual at Charging & Adapter
Product Guides. If using other external charging
equipment, refer to the manufacturer's provided
documentation for troubleshooting tips.
(CP_a053)
Unable to charge - Charge station
not powered
Check power source or try a
dierent station
Charging cannot begin because the charging
equipment is not ready. A charge handle is detected,
but the charging station is not communicating with the
vehicle. This issue could occur because:
• The charging station is not powered.
•
The control pilot signal between the charging station
and the vehicle is interrupted.
Try charging the vehicle with dierent charging
equipment or at a dierent charging station.
If the vehicle starts to charge, the issue was likely with
the equipment.
If using a Tesla Mobile Connector or Wall Connector,
first check the status lights on the front. If no status
lights are visible, check the power source and contact
an electrician to inspect the building wiring connection
to the wall outlet or the Wall Connector to
confirm that
all wires are properly connected and torqued.
If using other external charging equipment, consult the
product's owner's manual to learn how to confirm that
the station is powered. Contact an electrician to inspect
the building wiring and charging equipment as
necessary.
If the vehicle still does not charge, the issue may be
with the vehicle.
As this alert is usually specific to external charging
equipment and power sources, and it does not typically
indicate an issue with your vehicle that can be resolved
by scheduling service, it is recommended that you:
• Try charging with dierent charge equipment / at
dierent stations.
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 72
for more details. Additional third-party charging
stations may also be available in your area to help you
to pinpoint the issue.
Troubleshooting Alerts
216 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
For more information on troubleshooting Mobile
Connector or Wall Connector status lights, refer to the
product's Owner's Manual at Charging & Adapter
Product Guides. If using other external charging
equipment, refer to the manufacturer's provided
documentation for troubleshooting tips.
(CP_a054)
Charge port latch not engaged
Fully insert charge cable or check
for obstruction
The charge port latch is unable to latch the charge cable
in the charge port inlet. If the latch is not engaged, AC
charging (for example, charging with a Tesla Mobile
Connector or Wall Connector) will be limited to 16A and
DC Fast Charging / Supercharging will be unavailable.
The charge port light will pulse amber if this alert
appears during AC charging and will be solid amber if
this alert appears when attempting to DC Fast Charge /
Supercharge.
Try re-inserting the charge cable fully into the charge
port inlet.
•
If the vehicle begins charging and the charge port
light pulses green, the charge cable may not have
been fully inserted. The latch may not have engaged
during previous attempts, because the cable was not
fully inserted, even though it may have appeared to
be. AC charging should no longer be limited and DC
Fast Charging / Supercharging should be possible.
•
If charging is still limited or the vehicle does NOT
charge, inspect the charge port inlet and the charge
cable connector for any obstructions (use
flashlight
as necessary). Debris, and/or foreign objects present
in the charge port inlet or the charge cable connector
can prevent the charge cable from being fully
inserted and the charge port latch from engaging. If
any obstruction is found:
1.
Remove the debris / foreign object.
2.
Try re-inserting the cable into the inlet. AC
charging should no longer be limited and DC Fast
Charging / Supercharging should be possible.
As this alert is usually specific to external charging
equipment and power sources, and it does not typically
indicate an issue with your vehicle that can be resolved
by scheduling service, it is recommended that you:
• Make sure the charge cable is fully inserted during
charging.
•
Make sure any charge port inlet obstruction has been
removed.
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 72
for more details. Additional third-party charging stations
may also be available in your area to help you to
pinpoint the issue.
For more information on troubleshooting Mobile
Connector or Wall Connector status lights, refer to the
product's Owner's Manual at Charging & Adapter
Product Guides. If using other external charging
equipment, refer to the manufacturer's provided
documentation for troubleshooting tips.
For more information on charging, see Charging
Instructions on page 156.
(CP_a055)
Charging equipment
communication lost
Check power source and charging
equipment
Charging stopped because communication between the
vehicle and the external charging equipment was
interrupted.
Confirm whether the external charging equipment is
powered by looking for any status lights, displays, or
other indicators on the equipment.
If the equipment is not powered, try to restore the
external charging equipment’s power source.
•
If attempting to charge at a public station and power
is unable to be restored, contact the station operator.
•
If attempting to charge at a private station (for
example: charging at home) and power is unable to
be restored, contact an electrician.
If the equipment is powered, try charging the vehicle
using dierent external charging equipment.
•
If the vehicle begins charging, the issue was likely
with the equipment.
• If the vehicle still does not charge, the issue may be
with the vehicle.
As this alert is usually specific to external charging
equipment and power sources, and it does not typically
indicate an issue with your vehicle that can be resolved
by scheduling service, it is recommended that you:
• Make sure the external charging equipment is
powered.
•
Try charging with multiple, dierent types of
charging equipment.
Troubleshooting Alerts
217Consumer Information
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 72
for more details. Additional third-party charging
stations may also be available in your area to help you
to pinpoint the issue.
For more information on troubleshooting Mobile
Connector or Wall Connector status lights, refer to the
product's Owner's Manual at Charging & Adapter
Product Guides. If using other external charging
equipment, refer to the manufacturer's provided
documentation for troubleshooting tips.
(CP_a057)
Charging equipment reports error
Check equipment for error code or
message
Charging was interrupted because the external
charging equipment has reported a fault that prevents
the vehicle from charging.
Inspect the external charging equipment and look for
status lights, displays, or other status indicators on the
equipment. Consult the equipment owner’s manual for
further troubleshooting instructions.
Try charging the vehicle with dierent charging
equipment or at a dierent charging station.
•
If the vehicle starts to charge, the issue was likely
with the equipment.
•
If the vehicle still does not charge, the issue may be
with the vehicle.
As this alert is usually specific to external charging
equipment and power sources, and it does not typically
indicate an issue with your vehicle that can be resolved
by scheduling service, it is recommended that you:
•
Try charging with dierent charge equipment / at
dierent stations.
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 72
for more details. Additional third-party charging
stations may also be available in your area to help you
to pinpoint the issue.
For more information on troubleshooting Mobile
Connector or Wall Connector status lights, refer to the
product's Owner's Manual at Charging & Adapter
Product Guides. If using other external charging
equipment, refer to the manufacturer's provided
documentation for troubleshooting tips.
(CP_a101)
Charging speed reduced
High temperature detected by Wall
Connector
High temperature detected by Wall Connector alerts
indicate the building connection to the Wall Connector
is getting too warm, so charging has been slowed to
protect the wiring and Wall Connector.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle or your
Wall Connector, but rather an issue with the building
wiring. This may be caused by a loose building wiring
connection to the Wall Connector and can be
fixed
quickly by an electrician.
To regain normal charge speed, contact an electrician
to inspect the building wiring connection to the Wall
Connector. They should make sure that all wires are
properly connected and torqued according to the
installation guide for the Wall Connector.
Wall Connector installation guides can be found here.
(CP_a102)
Charging stopped
High temperature detected by Wall
Connector
High temperature detected by Wall Connector alerts
indicate the building connection to the Wall Connector
is getting too warm, so charging has stopped to protect
the wiring and Wall Connector.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle or your
Wall Connector, but rather an issue with the building
wiring. This may be caused by a loose building wiring
connection to the Wall Connector and can be
fixed
quickly by an electrician.
To regain normal charge operation, contact an
electrician to inspect the building wiring connection to
the Wall Connector. They should make sure that all
wires are properly connected and torqued according to
the installation guide for the Wall Connector.
Wall Connector installation guides can be found here.
(DI_a201)
Regenerative braking temporarily
reduced
Will improve as vehicle is driven
Regenerative braking performance has been
temporarily reduced to below 65% of its full capacity.
The exact reduction is indicated by the dashed lines on
the power meter:
Troubleshooting Alerts
218 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
While this alert is present, the deceleration rate of the
vehicle due to regenerative braking will be reduced and
more brake pedal application will be required to slow
the vehicle (similar to what is needed in a gas-powered,
non-electric, vehicle).
This alert is expected under the following conditions:
•
Battery is near full charge:
◦
Regenerative braking is reduced when the battery
is at 95% charge or higher.
•
Battery is cold:
◦
The battery may not be warm enough for full
regenerative braking performance (possibly at the
beginning of a drive).
◦
In extremely cold climates, this alert may remain
present indefinitely and regenerative braking may
remain reduced, as driving the vehicle may not
warm the battery enough to fully restore
performance.
Typically, driving will clear this alert because it will
reduce the battery charge level below 95% and
suciently warm the battery.
This is a completely normal part of vehicle operation and
should not cause alarm. The notice on the screen is for
your information only.
For more information on regenerative braking, see the
Regenerative Braking section in the Owner’s Manual.
Regenerative Braking on page 62.
(ESP_a118)
Assist for low brake performance
activated
To stop, keep brake pedal firmly
pressed
Hydraulic Fade Compensation is active. This brake assist
function activates temporarily to make sure you have full
braking capability in conditions where reduced braking
performance is detected by your vehicle.
Continue to press the brake pedal as you normally
would, and do not "pump" (repeatedly press and
release) the pedal as this will interrupt the function.
This alert will clear when your vehicle comes to a stop or
you are no longer pressing the brake pedal. It may still
be displayed for up to 5 seconds afterward.
When this assist function activates, you may feel the
brake pedal pull away from your foot and notice a strong
increase in brake pressure. You may also hear a pumping
sound coming from the brake hydraulic unit at the front
of the vehicle. This will usually last for a few seconds,
depending on road surface and vehicle speed. This is
completely normal and does not indicate any issue with
your vehicle.
Reduced braking performance is usually temporary, and
can occur for a number of reasons including high brake
temperatures after heavy brake use, or driving in
extremely cold or wet conditions. It can also indicate
that your brake pads or rotors have worn to the point
that normal replacement is needed.
If you continue to experience reduced braking
performance which does not improve over time, please
contact Tesla service at your convenience for a brake
inspection.
For more information, see Hydraulic Fade Compensation
on page 61.
(PCS_a017)
AC charging interrupted
Check power source and charging
equipment
Power has been lost during charging. This could result
from the charging equipment losing power from the
source (for example, a wall outlet) or from an issue with
the charging equipment.
Troubleshooting Alerts
219Consumer Information
This alert is often accompanied by other alerts that can
help you identify and troubleshoot the issue. Start by
investigating any other displayed alerts that relate to
charging issues.
Alternatively, you can check Mobile Connector or Wall
Connector status lights to
confirm power to the device,
and also refer to the product owner’s manual for
troubleshooting information based on blink codes. If
using other (non-Tesla) external charging equipment,
check for a display or other user interface that provides
troubleshooting help.
If there is clearly no power to the charging equipment,
check the circuit breaker for the wall outlet / Wall
Connector to make sure it has not tripped.
Further troubleshooting tips based on equipment type:
•
If using a Mobile Connector, try charging the vehicle
with a
dierent wall outlet.
◦ If the vehicle starts to charge, the issue was likely
with the original wall outlet. It is recommended
that you contact an electrician to inspect the
building wiring connection to that outlet.
◦
If the vehicle still does not charge, the issue may
be with the Mobile Connector.
•
If using a Wall Connector, try charging the vehicle
with dierent charging equipment like a Mobile
Connector powered by a separate wall outlet.
◦
If the vehicle starts to charge, the issue was likely
with the Wall Connector. Contact an electrician to
inspect the building wiring connection to the Wall
Connector. They should make sure that all wires
are properly connected and torqued according to
the installation guide for the Wall Connector.
As this alert is usually specific to external charging
equipment and power sources, and it does not typically
indicate an issue with your vehicle that can be resolved
by scheduling service, it is recommended that you:
•
Try charging with dierent wall outlets.
•
Try charging with dierent charging equipment.
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 72
for more details. Additional third-party charging
stations may also be available in your area to help you
to pinpoint the issue.
For more information on troubleshooting Mobile
Connector or Wall Connector status lights, refer to the
product's Owner's Manual at Charging & Adapter
Product Guides. If using other external charging
equipment, refer to the manufacturer's provided
documentation for troubleshooting tips.
(PCS_a053)
Charge rate reduced
Check for an extension cord or bad
utility wiring
Charging speed has been reduced because the onboard
charger in your vehicle has detected a large voltage
drop during charging.
Likely causes of this issue include:
• Problems with the building wiring and/or the wall
outlet.
• An extension cord or other wiring that cannot
support the requested charge current.
This issue can also result from turning on electric
devices that draw a lot of power from the same branch
circuit while the vehicle is charging.
If this issue has occurred multiple times at your normal
charging location, contact an electrician to inspect the
electrical installation. They should check the following:
•
Any installed charging equipment and its connection
to the building wiring.
•
The building wiring, including any wall outlet used
with a Mobile Connector.
•
The electrical connection to the power utility line
where it enters the building.
Discuss with the electrician whether the charge current
on the vehicle should be lowered, or if the installation
should be upgraded to support a higher charge current.
As this alert is usually specific to external charging
equipment and power sources, and it does not typically
indicate an issue with your vehicle that can be resolved
by scheduling service, it is recommended that you:
•
Try charging with multiple, dierent types of
charging equipment at dierent locations.
•
Contact an electrician to inspect the wiring and
equipment at your normal charging location.
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 72
for more details. Additional third-party charging
stations may also be available in your area to help you
to pinpoint the issue.
For more information on troubleshooting Mobile
Connector or Wall Connector status lights, refer to the
product's Owner's Manual at Charging & Adapter
Product Guides. If using other external charging
equipment, refer to the manufacturer's provided
documentation for troubleshooting tips.
Troubleshooting Alerts
220 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
(PCS_a054)
Unable to charge
Check for an extension cord or bad
utility wiring
Charging has been interrupted because the onboard
charger in your vehicle has detected an unusually large
voltage drop.
Likely causes of this issue include:
• Problems with the building wiring and/or the wall
outlet.
• An extension cord or other wiring that cannot
support the requested charge current.
This issue can also result from turning on electric
devices that draw a lot of power from the same branch
circuit while the vehicle is charging.
If this issue has occurred multiple times at your normal
charging location, contact an electrician to inspect the
electrical installation. They should check the following:
•
Any installed charging equipment and its connection
to the building wiring.
•
The building wiring, including any wall outlet used
with a Mobile Connector.
•
The electrical connection to the power utility line
where it enters the building.
Discuss with the electrician whether the charge current
on the vehicle should be lowered, or if the installation
should be upgraded to support a higher charge current.
As this alert is usually specific to external charging
equipment and power sources, and it does not typically
indicate an issue with your vehicle that can be resolved
by scheduling service, it is recommended that you:
•
Try charging with multiple, dierent types of
charging equipment at dierent locations.
•
Contact an electrician to inspect the wiring and
equipment at your normal charging location.
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 72
for more details. Additional third-party charging stations
may also be available in your area to help you to
pinpoint the issue.
For more information on troubleshooting Mobile
Connector or Wall Connector status lights, refer to the
product's Owner's Manual at Charging & Adapter
Product Guides. If using other external charging
equipment, refer to the manufacturer's provided
documentation for troubleshooting tips.
(UI_a013)
Air pressure in tires very low
PULL OVER SAFELY - Check for flat
tire
This alert indicates that one or more of the tires on your
vehicle is extremely low or flat.
The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) has
detected that the air pressure in one or more of your
tires is
significantly lower than the recommended cold
pressure (RCP). This recommended pressure is displayed
on the Tire and Loading information label.
You should pull over carefully as soon as possible. In a
safe location, check for a flat tire.
You can request Tesla roadside assistance options
(mobile tire, loaner wheel, tow) if required. See
Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance on page 195 for
more information.
In a non-emergency situation, it is recommended that
you visit your local Service Center for assistance.
The alert will clear once the TPMS has a consistent tire
pressure measurement for each of your tires within 3 psi
of the recommended cold pressure.
For more information on tire pressure, inflation, and
maintenance, see Tire Care and Maintenance on page
163.
(UI_a014)
Air pressure below
recommendation for tires
Check pressure and refill air as
needed
This alert does NOT indicate that there is a flat tire.
The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) has
detected that the air pressure in one or more of your
tires is at least 20% lower than the recommended cold
tire pressure. This recommended pressure should be
displayed on the Tire and Loading information label.
See Maintaining Tire Pressures on page 163 for detailed
information on how to keep the tires properly inflated.
This alert may appear in cold weather because the tire
pressure decreases when cold.
• Although drops in tire pressure are expected in
colder weather, air should still be added to maintain
the recommended cold tire pressure.
•
The alert may clear as the vehicle is driven. This is
because the tires will warm up and the tire pressure
will increase.
Troubleshooting Alerts
221Consumer Information
◦ Even if the alert clears, the tires should still be
refilled with air once they have cooled. The
recommended cold tire pressure should be
maintained.
If you repeatedly see this alert for the same tire, have
the tire inspected for a slow leak.
For more information on tire pressure and inflation, see
Tire Care and Maintenance on page 163.
(UMC_a002)
Unable to charge - Mobile
Connector GFCI tripped
Disconnect and retry or use
dierent equipment
The vehicle cannot charge because the ground-fault
circuit interrupter (GFCI) in the Mobile Connector has
tripped.
Like the GFCI in a wall outlet, this feature is designed to
stop the
flow of electricity when there is a problem. It
has interrupted charging to protect your vehicle and
the charging equipment.
This could happen for many reasons. The problem could
be in the charge cable, the charge handle, the charge
port, or even an onboard vehicle component.
Inspect the charge port as well as the charge handle for
pooled water or unusual levels of moisture.
•
If you find excessive moisture, wait and let both the
inside area of the charge port and the exposed
portion of the charge handle dry
suciently before
trying again.
Inspect the charge equipment for damage.
•
If the cable is in any way damaged or deteriorated,
do not use it. Try dierent charging equipment
instead.
•
If the cable is in good condition, try charging again
with the same Mobile Connector.
If the issue persists and prevents charging, try charging
with dierent charging equipment.
As this alert is usually specific to external charging
equipment and power sources, and it does not typically
indicate an issue with your vehicle that can be resolved
by scheduling service, it is recommended that you:
•
Try charging with multiple, dierent types of
charging equipment.
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 72
for more details. Additional third-party charging
stations may also be available in your area to help you
to pinpoint the issue.
For more information on troubleshooting Mobile
Connector status lights and charging issues, refer to the
product's owner's manual.
(UMC_a004)
Unable to charge with Mobile
Connector
Voltage too high / Try a dierent
wall outlet
The vehicle cannot charge, or charging is interrupted,
because either the Mobile Connector:
•
Detects the wall outlet voltage is too high.
OR
•
Detects an unexpected increase in supply voltage
from the wall outlet.
Try charging the vehicle with a dierent wall outlet.
If the vehicle starts to charge, the issue was likely with
the original wall outlet. It is recommended that you
contact an electrician to inspect the building wiring
connection to that outlet.
If the vehicle still does not charge when you try a
dierent wall outlet, try charging at a dierent location.
As this alert is usually specific to external charging
equipment and power sources, and it does not typically
indicate an issue with your vehicle that can be resolved
by scheduling service, it is recommended that you:
•
Try charging with dierent wall outlets.
•
Try charging with dierent charging equipment.
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 72
for more details. Additional third-party charging
stations may also be available in your area to help you
to pinpoint the issue.
For more information on troubleshooting Mobile
Connector status lights and charging issues, refer to the
product's owner's manual.
Troubleshooting Alerts
222 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
(UMC_a005)
Unable to charge with Mobile
Connector
Voltage too low / Try a dierent
wall outlet
The vehicle cannot charge, or charging is interrupted,
because either the Mobile Connector:
•
Does not detect enough supply voltage from the wall
outlet.
OR
• Detects an unexpected drop in supply voltage from
the wall outlet.
Try charging the vehicle with a dierent wall outlet.
If the vehicle starts to charge, the issue was likely with
the original wall outlet. It is recommended that you
contact an electrician to inspect the building wiring
connection to that outlet.
If the vehicle still does not charge when you try a
dierent wall outlet, try charging at a dierent location.
As this alert is usually specific to external charging
equipment and power sources, and it does not typically
indicate an issue with your vehicle that can be resolved
by scheduling service, it is recommended that you:
•
Try charging with dierent wall outlets.
•
Try charging with dierent charging equipment.
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 72
for more details. Additional third-party charging stations
may also be available in your area to help you to
pinpoint the issue.
For more information on troubleshooting Mobile
Connector status lights and charging issues, refer to the
product's owner's manual.
(UMC_a008)
Charging stopped
High temperature detected by
Mobile Connector
High temperature detected by Mobile Connector alerts
indicate the outlet used to charge is becoming too
warm, so charging has stopped to protect the outlet.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle or your
Mobile Connector, but rather an issue with the outlet. A
warm outlet may be caused by a plug that is not fully
inserted, a loose building wiring connection to the
outlet, or an outlet that is beginning to wear out.
To regain normal charge operation, make sure your
adapter is fully plugged into the outlet. If charging
speed does not return to normal, contact an electrician
to inspect the outlet and building wiring connections to
the outlet and complete any repairs needed.
If the outlet is worn, it should be replaced with a high-
quality outlet. Consider upgrading to a Tesla Wall
Connector for greater convenience and highest charging
speed.
(UMC_a017)
Charging speed reduced
High temperature detected by
Mobile Connector
High temperature detected by Mobile Connector alerts
indicate the outlet used to charge is becoming too
warm, so charging has been slowed to protect the
outlet.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle or your
Mobile Connector, but rather an issue with the outlet. A
warm outlet may be caused by a plug that is not fully
inserted, a loose building wiring connection to the
outlet, or an outlet that is beginning to wear out.
To regain normal charge speed, make sure your adapter
is fully plugged into the outlet. If charging speed does
not return to normal, contact an electrician to inspect
the outlet and building wiring connections to the outlet
and complete any repairs needed.
If the outlet is worn, it should be replaced with a high-
quality outlet. Consider upgrading to a Tesla Wall
Connector for greater convenience and highest charging
speed.
(VCFRONT_a182)
12V battery must be replaced soon
Software updates will not complete
until serviced
The 12V battery has aged or degraded and needs to be
replaced. Until the battery is replaced, vehicle software
updates will not complete.
It is recommended to replace the battery at your earliest
convenience. In the meantime, continue normal use of
the vehicle.
Troubleshooting Alerts
223Consumer Information
The vehicle is still OK to drive with this alert present, for
a period of time. However, if you continually delay the
12V battery replacement, the vehicle may eventually not
have enough power to start or restart.
If the 12V battery is too low to turn on the vehicle or
open the doors, follow the instructions in Jump Starting
the 12V Battery on page 198.
For more information on the battery system, see
Battery Information on page 155.
(VCFRONT_a192)
Electrical system power reduced
Vehicle may shut down
unexpectedly
The electrical system cannot maintain the voltage
required to support all vehicle features.
If you drive the vehicle while this alert is present, certain
features may be disabled or function at a reduced level
due to the low voltage. It is also possible the vehicle will
shut down unexpectedly.
Try turning o non-critical features, like seat heaters or
cabin fans, to help the vehicle maintain electrical power
for as long as possible.
Eliminating or reducing usage of non-critical features
may allow the vehicle to reach its destination without
shutting down, although this is not guaranteed.
Schedule service before your next planned drive. The
vehicle may shut down unexpectedly or may not restart
without service.
(VCSEC_a221)
Air pressure below
recommendation for tires
Check pressure and refill air as
needed
This alert does NOT indicate that there is a flat tire.
The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) has
detected that the air pressure in one or more of your
tires is at least 20% lower than the recommended cold
tire pressure. This recommended pressure should be
displayed on the Tire and Loading information label.
See Maintaining Tire Pressures on page 163 for detailed
information on how to keep the tires properly inflated.
This alert may appear in cold weather because the tire
pressure decreases when cold.
•
Although drops in tire pressure are expected in
colder weather, air should still be added to maintain
the recommended cold tire pressure.
• The alert may clear as the vehicle is driven. This is
because the tires will warm up and the tire pressure
will increase.
◦
Even if the alert clears, the tires should still be
refilled with air once they have cooled. The
recommended cold tire pressure should be
maintained.
If you repeatedly see this alert for the same tire, have
the tire inspected for a slow leak.
For more information on tire pressure and inflation, see
Tire Care and Maintenance on page 163.
(VCSEC_a228)
Air pressure in tires very low
PULL OVER SAFELY - Check for
flat tire
This alert indicates that one or more of the tires on your
vehicle is extremely low or flat.
The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) has
detected that the air pressure in one or more of your
tires is significantly lower than the recommended cold
pressure (RCP). This recommended pressure is
displayed on the Tire and Loading information label.
You should pull over carefully as soon as possible. In a
safe location, check for a flat tire.
You can request Tesla roadside assistance options
(mobile tire, loaner wheel, tow) if required. See
Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance on page 195 for
more information.
In a non-emergency situation, it is recommended that
you visit your local Service Center for assistance.
The alert will clear once the TPMS has a consistent tire
pressure measurement for each of your tires of at least
30 psi.
For more information on tire pressure, inflation, and
maintenance, see Tire Care and Maintenance on page
163.
Troubleshooting Alerts
224 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
A
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System): 61
absolute speed limit: 116
access panel, removing: 173
accessories: 23
plugging into power socket: 23
adjacent lane speed: 110
aero covers: 165
air circulation: 124
air conditioning: 124
air distribution: 124
air filter: 127
air vents: 126
airbags: 38
alarm: 141
all-season tires: 167
Always Show Estimated Round Trip Energy: 131
ambient lights: 54
anti-lock braking (ABS): 61
application launcher: 4
audio: 47, 134, 136
equalizer: 136
immersive sound: 136
playing files: 134
steering wheel scroll button: 47
volume control: 134
auto fold: 49
auto high beam: 55
Auto Lane Change: 90
auto tilt: 49
AUTO wipers: 60
automatic emergency braking: 114
automatic navigation: 129
Autopark: 102
autopilot: 110
blind spot collision warning: 110
side collision warning: 110
Autopilot: 80, 83, 88, 90, 102, 104, 113, 116
Auto Lane Change: 90
automatic emergency braking: 113
Autopark: 102
Autosteer: 88
collision avoidance assist: 113
forward collision warning: 113
overtake acceleration: 83
overview: 80
speed assist: 116
speed limit warning: 116
staying within speed limits: 116
Summon:
104
Trac-Aware Cruise Control: 83
Autopilot components: 80
Autosteer: 88
average range: 71
B
backup camera: 73
battery (12V): 155, 188
complete discharge: 155
specifications: 188
Battery (high voltage): 155, 173, 188
care of: 155
coolant: 173
specifications: 188
temperature limits: 155
battery (key), replacing: 10
blind spot collision warning: 110
Bluetooth: 136, 137
devices, playing audio files from: 136
general information: 137
phone, pairing and using: 137
body repairs: 178
body touch up: 170
brakes: 61, 114, 173, 186
automatic in emergencies: 114
fluid level: 173
overview of: 61
specifications: 186
Bumper Clearance (Summon): 104
C
cabin air filter: 127
cabin camera: 23
cabin temperature control: 124
Calendar app: 139
calibrating windows: 15
California Proposition 65: 202
camera (rear view): 73
cameras (autopilot): 80
Camp Mode: 127
car cover: 171
car washes: 169
card: 9
cargo area: 16
cargo volume: 186
carpets, cleaning: 170
CCS (Combo): 154
CE certifications: 204
Index
CHAdeMO: 154
chains: 168
change of ownership: 123
charge port: 156
charge port light: 158
charge port manual release: 157
charge port release cable: 157
charging: 153, 154, 156, 158
charge settings: 158
charging status: 158
components and equipment: 153
instructions: 156
public charging stations: 154
scheduling: 158
charging locations, finding: 131
child protection: 15
disabling rear window switches: 15
child seats: 32
installing and using: 32
child-protection locks: 14
cleaning: 169
climate controls: 124
coat hangers: 23
cold weather best practices: 77
collision avoidance assist: 113
Compressor Overclock (Track Mode): 69
connecting to Wi-Fi: 147
console: 21, 23
12V power socket: 23
opening: 21
rear: 21
USB ports: 21
consumption chart: 71
contact information: 196, 204
roadside assistance: 196
Tesla: 204
copyrights: 200
cruise control: 83
D
dashboard overview: 2
Dashcam: 74
data recording: 201
data sharing: 201
declarations of conformity: 204
delivery mileage: 202
devices: 135, 136
Bluetooth, playing audio files: 136
playing audio files from: 135
dimensions:
184
Dog Mode: 127
dome (map) lights: 54
door handles: 13
door labels: 182
doors: 13, 14
Child Lock: 14
exterior door handles: 13
interior locking and unlocking: 14
keyless entry: 13
locking: 13
opening from exterior: 13
opening from interior: 13
Unlock on Park: 14
unlocking: 13
doorsfunction: 14
Walk-Away Door Lock: 14
drive away locking: 14
Drive gear: 53
driver: 45
profiles: 45
driving: 25, 51, 71
seating position: 25
starting: 51
tips to maximize range: 71
E
Easter Eggs: 200
easy entry, driver profile: 45
EDR (event data recorder): 201
electric parking brake: 63
emergency braking: 113
emergency flashers: 56
Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance: 110
emission label: 181
energy: 57, 62
gained from regenerative braking: 62
range information: 57
Energy app: 71
energy use predictions (navigating): 131
Erase & Reset: 123
event data recording: 201
exterior: 3, 54, 169, 170, 171, 184
car cover: 171
cleaning: 169
dimensions: 184
lights: 54
overview: 3
polishing, touch up, & repair: 170
Index
F
factory defaults, restoring: 123
factory reset: 123
fan speed, interior: 124
favorites (Media Player): 135
Favorites (navigation): 130
FCC certifications: 204
features, downloading new: 148
firmware (software) updates: 148
flash drives, playing audio files from: 135
flashers, warning: 56
floor mats: 171
fluids: 161, 173
replacement intervals: 161
reservoirs, checking: 173
fog lights: 54
forward collision warning: 113
front license plate: 179
front passenger detection: 40
front trunk: 18
G
G-meter: 69
garage doors, opening: 145
gates, opening: 145
GAWR: 182
gears: 53
glovebox: 21
Glovebox PIN: 141
Gross Axle Weight Rating: 182
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating: 182
ground clearance: 184
GVWR: 182
H
Handling Balance (Track Mode): 69
hazard warning flashers: 56
head supports: 26
headlights: 54, 55
after exit: 55
controlling: 54
high beams: 55
heating: 124
high beam headlights: 55
high voltage: 153, 161, 188
Battery specifications: 188
components: 153
safety: 161
hills, stopping on:
68
hitches: 183
Home location: 132
HomeLink: 104, 145
programming and using: 145
when using Summon: 104
hood: 18
horn: 48
hub caps: 165
I
I'm Feeling Lucky, Hungry: 129
IC certifications: 204
identification labels: 181
instant range: 71
interior: 2, 54, 124, 170, 184
cleaning: 170
dimensions: 184
lights: 54
overview: 2
temperature control: 124
interior cabin camera: 23
internet radio: 134
intrusion detection: 141
J
J1772: 154
jacking: 175
jump starting: 198
K
Keep Climate On: 127
key: 10, 204
FCC and IC certifications: 204
replacing battery: 10
key card: 9
keyless entry: 13
keys: 8, 11
adding key cards and phones: 11
deleting key cards and phones: 11
displaying a list of: 11
overview: 8
L
label: 182
Tire and Loading Information: 182
vehicle certification: 182
Index
lane assist: 110
lane change, automatic: 90
Lane Departure Avoidance: 110
Lap Timer: 69
LATCH child seats, installing: 34
license plate bracket: 179
lifting: 175
lights: 54, 55, 56
hazard warning: 56
headlights after exit: 55
turn signals: 56
load limits: 182
location tracking: 129
locking: 13
lug nut covers: 165
lumbar adjustment: 25
M
maintenance: 161, 163, 169, 172, 173
brake fluid, checking: 173
cleaning: 169
daily checks: 161
fluid replacement intervals: 161
monthly checks: 161
panel, removing: 173
replacing wiper blades: 172
service intervals: 161
tires: 163
washer fluid, topping up: 173
washer jets, cleaning: 172
map orientation: 129
map updates: 133
mats: 171
media: 134
mileage upon delivery: 202
mirrors: 49
mobile app: 150
mobile app access: 150
Mobile Connector: 154, 156
description: 154
using: 156
modifications: 176
motor specifications: 186
my car does what?: 200
N
naming: 122
Navigate on Autopilot: 92
navigating: 129, 130
NCC
certifications: 204
Neutral gear: 53
NHTSA, contacting: 204
O
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration: 113
occupancy sensor: 40
occupant classification: 42
odometer: 7
oset from speed limit: 116
Online Routing: 132
opening hood without power: 198
overhang dimensions: 184
overtake acceleration: 83
Owner Information, about: 200
P
Park Assist: 66
Park gear: 53
parking brake: 63
parking, using Autopark: 102
parking, using Summon: 104
parts replacement: 176
passenger detection: 40
passenger front airbag: 40
pedestrian warning: 76
personal data, erasing: 123
phone: 8, 11, 137
adding as a key: 11
authenticating as a key: 8
removing as a key: 11
using: 137
phone app: 138
phone key: 8
PIN: 45
PIN to Drive: 141
Post-drive Cooling (Track Mode): 69
power cycling: 51
power socket: 23
power windows: 15
powering on and o: 51
Proposition 65: 202
public charging stations: 154
R
radar: 80
radio: 134
Radio Frequency information: 204
Index
range: 62, 71
driving tips to maximize: 71
regenerative braking: 62
range assurance: 72
Re-route: 132
rear seats, folding and raising: 26
rear view camera: 73
rear window switches, disabling: 15
recent (Media Player): 135
Recents (navigation): 130
recording videos: 74, 143
recording videos (Track Mode): 69
regenerative braking: 62
regenerative braking, in Track Mode: 69
relative speed limit: 116
release notes: 149
restarting the touchscreen: 51
Reverse gear: 53
RFID transponders: 176
roadside assistance: 196
roof racks: 183
rotating tires: 164
Round Trip Energy (navigating): 131
S
safety defects, reporting: 204
safety information: 31, 36, 44
airbags: 44
child seats: 36
seat belts: 31
schedule service: 150
scheduled charging: 159
scheduled departure: 159
using: 159
seat belts: 29, 30, 170
cleaning: 170
in a collision: 30
overview of: 29
pre-tensioners: 30
wearing when pregnant: 30
seat covers: 28
seat heaters: 124, 126
seating capacity: 182
seats: 25, 124
adjusting: 25
heaters: 124
security settings: 141
sensors: 80
Sentry Mode: 141
service data recording:
201
service intervals: 161
Settings, erasing: 123
shifting gears: 53
Show Calendar Upon Entry: 139
Side Clearance (Summon): 104
side collision warning: 110
slip start: 65
Smart Summon: 107
smartphone: 8, 11
authenticating as a key: 8
removing as a key: 11
Software Reinstall: 148
software reset: 123
software update preferences: 148
software updates: 148
software version: 7
specifications: 184, 186, 188
12V battery: 188
brakes: 186
cargo volume: 186
dimensions: 184
exterior: 184
High Voltage Battery: 188
interior: 184
motor: 186
steering: 186
subsystems: 186
suspension: 188
tires: 188
transmission: 186
weights: 186
wheels: 188
speed assist: 116
Speed Limit Mode: 123
speed limit warning: 116
Stability Assist (Track Mode): 69
stability control: 65
starting: 51
steering specifications: 186
steering wheel: 47, 54
adjusting position: 47
adjusting sensitivity: 47
buttons: 47
lights, controlling: 54
scroll buttons: 47
steering, automatic: 88
streaming radio: 134
streaming services: 134
summer tires: 167
Index
Wall Connector: 154
warning flashers: 56
washer fluid, topping up: 173
washer jets, cleaning: 172
washers, using: 60
weight specifications: 186
wheel chocks: 197
wheels: 164, 165, 188
aero covers, removing and installing: 165
alignment: 164
lug nut covers, removing and installing: 165
replacing: 164
specifications: 188
torque: 188
Wi-Fi, connecting to: 147
windows, calibrating: 15
windshield washer fluid, topping up: 173
winter tires: 168
wiper blades, replacing: 172
wipers, using: 60
Work location: 132
Index
Publication date: October 29, 2020
